Archive for the ‘Obama’ Category

Obama Sharpton

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: In order to psychologically program Americans for an attack on a presidential figure, a woman threw a shoe at Hillary Clinton during a Las Vegas speech less than 24 hours before Obama will speak in New York City. Based on Clinton’s non-reaction to the attack and her comments immediately afterwards, it appears that the entire incident was staged. Although only time will tell, the woman (intelligence operative) will likely never serve a day in prison for the attack.

David Chase Taylor
April 11, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — On Friday, April 11, 2014, President Barack Obama will travel to New York City where he is slated to give a speech at Al Sharpton’s National Action Network conference which is being held at the Sheraton New York Times Square Hotel.

Obama’s decision to give the keynote address at the annual NAN fundraiser is rather questionable and highly suspicious considering that earlier this week it was revealed that Al Sharpton was cocaine dealing FBI informant who openly worked against the African-American community.

Sharpton, a Freemason tool, is evidently being demonized publically just prior to Obama’s April 11th speech which may suggest that foul play is afoot. Aside from making Obama look unpresidential and corrupt, Sharpton appears to have been embroiled in the timely scandal in order to draw unprecedented media attention to both him and his fundraiser just prior to a high-profile terror attack involving Obama.

A terror scenario whereby the Times Square, the hotel, Obama or Sharpton are targeted with terror is highly plausible. Because the host hotel is located in Times Square in downtown New York City, its security (or lack thereof) could be compromised by any one of the thousands of people or vehicles traveling surrounding the venue. In other words, Obama will become a sitting duck and is therefore a very lucrative false-flag terror target, especially considering that all previous Obama assignation false-flags have been thwarted to date.

The timely trip to New York City by Obama will be the 12th domestic road trip he has taken in the last 90 days, something unprecedented for a 2nd term president. Recent domestic trips by Obama include Maryland, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin and Tennessee on January 29 and 30, Michigan on February 7, California on February 14, Florida on March 7, Florida again on March 20, Michigan and Illinois on April 2, and Texas on April 9-10, 2014.

The rash of spontaneous road trips by Obama have evidently being scheduled in order to provide the necessary window in Secret Service security so that an assassination “event” targeting Obama can finally commence. Interestingly, on March 25, 2014, 3 Secret Service agents were sent home from Amsterdam after exhibiting unprofessional behavior. In the wake of an Obama assassination “event”, alleged misconduct by the Secret Service will likely be cited as a primary reason for the attack.

Since 2007, there have been over 75 Obama assassination threats and plots in which individuals were either questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against Obama. It appears that most if not all of these Obama-related assassination events were staged in order to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race. Whether people like Obama or not, the staged or real assassination of Obama must be stopped at all costs. An assassination “event” of Obama would ultimately divide America between black and white, Democrat and Republican, and would inevitably cause riots, looting, violence, bloodshed and chaos across America.

FLASHBACK: MSNBC Attack Foiled
Back on December 4, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Live TV Obama Assassination “Event” Planned for December 5, 2013 on MSNBC?” in respect to a possible “live” Obama terror event planned for American University (AU). Two weeks later on December 16, 2013, it was reported that American University went into lockdown after an alleged gunman was reported on campus. Predictably, the gunman turned out to be an off-duty police officer but that fact wasn’t reported until the entire AU campus was locked down for 2 full hours. The gunman at American University was evidently staged in order to create a major diversion on campus so that intelligence agencies (i.e., the ATF, FBI, CIA, etc.) could dispose of any incriminating evidence (i.e., weapons and/or explosives) planted on campus in preparation for the planned attacks. In order to remove said incriminating evidence without drawing any suspicion from students and staff, a mini-false-flag was executed in order to provide the necessary cover needed to clean-up the now foiled false-flag. In other words, since the terror plots were exposed, a second operation had to be executed under the cover of an emergency in order to tie up loose ends.

FLASHBACK: Smithsonian Attack Foiled
Back on November 20, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Obama Assassination “Event” May Be Planned for JFK Legacy Dinner at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History”. Coincidentally, three days later on November 23, 2013, it was confirmed that an unidentified man fell to his death from the fourth floor railing at the Smithsonian National Museum of the American Indian in Washington, D.C. Whether or not this man was involved in an Obama assassination “event” is not known, but his death is highly suspicious and has all the earmarks of a foiled state-sponsored terror attack.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax and the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Obama Texas

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 6, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — On April 9-10, 2014, President Obama and first lady Michelle will take a timely two-day trip to Texas. According to reports, the Obamas are scheduled to visit Fort Hood, Texas on April 9 to pay their respects to the victims of the blood sacrifice (see below) which took place there on April 2, 2014. The next day April 10, the Obamas will travel to Austin, Texas where the president is scheduled to deliver remarks at a civil rights summit at the Lyndon Baines Johnson Library to commemorate the 50th anniversary of the signing of the Civil Rights Act.

Aside from the fact that John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Texas, there is a rather high possibility that an assassination “event” or terror attack may occur in the state of Texas while the Obamas are present. Due to the fact that international intelligence agencies were unable to execute the White House Coup D’état Terror Plot and the State of the Union Terror Plot, both of which involved terror attacks on the Obama White House (which is currently slated for demolition), there is also the chance that a staged coup may take place in Washington D.C. during Obama’s 48-hour absence.

Interestingly, on April 1, 2014, it was revealed that the Obama White House executed a major counterterrorism drill on April 2, 2014 in Washington D.C. which was specifically designed to test the federal government’s response to bombs attacks and a chemical weapons strike on the Metro subway system. The terror exercise, code named Eagle Horizon 2014, drilled the transfer of government functions to a remote and secure locations as part of the so-called “continuity of government” plan. In other words, the feds executed a coup d’état-like terror drill in which Obama will enact martial law and declare himself dictator in the wake of an attack on America’s capital.

Obama’s suspicious trip to Texas will be the 11th domestic road trip Obama has taken in the last 90 days, something unprecedented for a 2nd term president. Recent trips by Obama include Maryland, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin and Tennessee on January 29 and 30, Michigan on February 7, California on February 14, Florida on March 7, Florida again on March 20, and Michigan and Illinois on April 2. The rash of spontaneous road trips by Obama have evidently being scheduled in order to provide the necessary window in Secret Service security so that an assassination “event” targeting Obama can finally commence.

Sine 2007, there have been over 75 Obama assassination threats and plots in which individuals were either questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against Obama. It appears that most if not all of these Obama-related assassination events were staged in order to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race. Whether people like Obama or not, the staged or real assassination of Obama must be stopped at all costs. An assassination “event” of Obama would ultimately divide America between black and white, Democrat and Republican, and would inevitably cause riots, looting, violence, bloodshed and chaos across America.

Obama Blood Sacrifices
Wherever President Obama seems to visit, a shooting or inexplicable death (i.e., a Roman-like blood sacrifice) tends to occur in the days prior to his arrival. This was also the case with Obama’s trip to Texas as evidenced by the blood sacrifice which took place at Fort Hood on April 2, 2014. The first of these incidents identified by Truther.org was the shooting which occurred at the Columbus Mall in Maryland on January 25, 2014, just 4 days prior to Obama’s arrival in Maryland on January 29, 2014. The second incident identified was a 17-year old student was shot in Tennessee on January 9, 2014, just 21 days prior to Obama’s arrival in Tennessee on January 30, 2014. A Michigan State student died in shooting on February 1, 2014, the same date that Obama announced his trip Michigan State University. The forth incident identified was a Cal State football player suddenly died on February 7, 2014, just 7 days prior to Obama’s trip to California on February 14, 2014. These premeditated attacks and killings were evidently executed in order to: a) provide Obama with a gun-control talking point; b) set the precedent for false-flag terror in the respective state; and c) satisfy the blood lust that the progenitors of state-sponsored terror obviously have.

U.S. Airports Slated for Demolition
In what appears to be the cover for the insertion of remote controlled explosives into multiple U.S. airport towers, it was reported on February 6, 2014, that the FAA will “examine” hundreds of airport towers nationwide after an air traffic controller was allegedly injured in a lightning strike. Aside from being downright laughable, the FAA’s so-called examinations could theoretically provide the necessary cover for the insertion of explosives into U.S. airport towers. Lightening has occurred since the dawn of time and aside from a lightning rod, there is not much mankind can do to avoid it. Needless to say, the FAA’s so-called “examinations” are highly suspect and suggests that state-sponsored airport tower terror is imminent. Although unlikely, it is possible that one of the airports Obama uses while traveling to and from Texas could suffer an attack.

FLASHBACK: MSNBC Attack Foiled
Back on December 4, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Live TV Obama Assassination “Event” Planned for December 5, 2013 on MSNBC?” in respect to a possible “live” Obama terror event planned for American University (AU). Two weeks later on December 16, 2013, it was reported that American University went into lockdown after an alleged gunman was reported on campus. Predictably, the gunman turned out to be an off-duty police officer but that fact wasn’t reported until the entire AU campus was locked down for 2 full hours. The gunman at American University was evidently staged in order to create a major diversion on campus so that intelligence agencies (i.e., the ATF, FBI, CIA, etc.) could dispose of any incriminating evidence (i.e., weapons and/or explosives) planted on campus in preparation for the planned attacks. In order to remove said incriminating evidence without drawing any suspicion from students and staff, a mini-false-flag was executed in order to provide the necessary cover needed to clean-up the now foiled false-flag. In other words, since the terror plots were exposed, a second operation had to be executed under the cover of an emergency in order to tie up loose ends.

FLASHBACK: Smithsonian Attack Foiled
Back on November 20, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Obama Assassination “Event” May Be Planned for JFK Legacy Dinner at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History”. Coincidentally, three days later on November 23, 2013, it was confirmed that an unidentified man fell to his death from the fourth floor railing at the Smithsonian National Museum of the American Indian in Washington, D.C. Whether or not this man was involved in an Obama assassination “event” is not known, but his death is highly suspicious and has all the earmarks of a foiled state-sponsored terror attack.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax and the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

l_d1d587df82cdc6dc05a933c9bda18e2d

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: On April 1, 2014, it was revealed that the Obama White House will execute a major counterterrorism drill on Tuesday, April 2, 2014 in Washington D.C. that is designed to test the federal government response to car bombs attacks and a chemical weapons strike on the Metro subway system. The terror exercise, code named Eagle Horizon 2014, will dril the transfer of government functions to a remote and secure locations as part of the so-called “continuity of government” plan. In other words, the feds will be executing a terror drill in which Obama will enact martial law and declare himself dictator.

David Chase Taylor
April 2, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — On Wednesday, April 2, 2014, lame duck President Barack Obama will travel to the U.S. states of Michigan and Illinois. Obama is slated to attend University of Michigan in Ann Arbor to talk about minimum wage, while holding a Democratic campaign fundraiser in his hometown of Chicago. While most Presidential trips are planned months and weeks in advance, the sudden trip to by Obama to Michigan and Illinois was announced less than 24 hours prior to his departure.

Obama’s suspicious trip to Michigan and Illinois will be the 9th and 10th domestic road trip Obama has taken in the last 2 months, something unprecedented for a 2nd term president. Recent trips by Obama include Maryland, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin and Tennessee on January 29 and 30, Michigan on February 7, California on February 14, 2014, Florida on March 7, 2014, and Florida again on March 20, 2014. The spontaneous road trips by Obama are evidently being scheduled in order to provide the necessary window in Secret Service security so that an assassination “event” targeting Obama can finally commence.

Due to the fact that international intelligence agencies were unable to execute the White House Coup D’état Terror Plot and the State of the Union Terror Plot, both of which involved terror attacks on the Obama White House (which is currently slated for demolition), there is also the chance that a coup may take place in Washington D.C. in Obama’s absence.

U.S. Airports Slated for Demolition
In what appears to be the cover for the insertion of remote controlled explosives into multiple U.S. airport towers, it was reported on February 6, 2014, that the FAA will “examine” hundreds of airport towers nationwide after an air traffic controller was allegedly injured in a lightning strike. Aside from being downright laughable, the FAA’s so-called examinations could theoretically provide the necessary cover for the insertion of explosives into U.S. airport towers. Lightening has occurred since the dawn of time and aside from a lightning rod, there is not much mankind can do to avoid it. Needless to say, the FAA’s so-called “examinations” are highly suspect and suggests that state-sponsored airport tower terror is imminent. Although unlikely, it is possible that one of the airports Obama uses while traveling to and from Michigan or Illinois could suffer an attack.

FLASHBACK: MSNBC Attack Foiled
Back on December 4, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Live TV Obama Assassination “Event” Planned for December 5, 2013 on MSNBC?” in respect to a possible “live” Obama terror event planned for American University (AU). Two weeks later on December 16, 2013, it was reported that American University went into lockdown after an alleged gunman was reported on campus. Predictably, the gunman turned out to be an off-duty police officer but that fact wasn’t reported until the entire AU campus was locked down for 2 full hours. The gunman at American University was evidently staged in order to create a major diversion on campus so that intelligence agencies (i.e., the ATF, FBI, CIA, etc.) could dispose of any incriminating evidence (i.e., weapons and/or explosives) planted on campus in preparation for the planned attacks. In order to remove said incriminating evidence without drawing any suspicion from students and staff, a mini-false-flag was executed in order to provide the necessary cover needed to clean-up the now foiled false-flag. In other words, since the terror plots were exposed, a second operation had to be executed under the cover of an emergency in order to tie up loose ends.

FLASHBACK: Smithsonian Attack Foiled
Back on November 20, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Obama Assassination “Event” May Be Planned for JFK Legacy Dinner at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History”. Coincidentally, three days later on November 23, 2013, it was confirmed that an unidentified man fell to his death from the fourth floor railing at the Smithsonian National Museum of the American Indian in Washington, D.C. Whether or not this man was involved in an Obama assassination “event” is not known, but his death is highly suspicious and has all the earmarks of a foiled state-sponsored terror attack.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax and the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Obama Florida

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
March 20, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — On March 20, 2014, President Barack Obama will take a sudden trip to the state of Florida, his second in the last 2 weeks. Obama’s first stop will be in Orlando before Air Force One will take him to Miami. Once in there, Obama will headline two events; one for the Democratic National Committee and the other for the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee. While most Presidential trips are planned weeks and months in advance, the sudden trip to the Sunshine State by Obama was announced less than 24 hours prior to his departure.

Obama’s suspicious trip to Florida will be the 8th state he has visited in the last 2 months after traveling to Maryland, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin and Tennessee on January 29 and 30, Michigan on February 7, California on February 14, 2014, and Florida on March 7, 2014. The spontaneous road trips by Obama are evidently being scheduled in order to provide the necessary window in Secret Service security so that an assassination “event” targeting Obama can finally commence.

Back on March 4, 2014, it was reported that a Palm Beach man flew a KKK flag along with a sign that read “Members Wanted”. Curiously, Palm Beach is only 70 miles away from Miami where Obama is slated to speak. The timely incident appears to have been fabricated by intelligence agencies in order to paint Florida racist just prior to a race-based assassination “event” targeting the African-American Obama.

Due to the fact that international intelligence agencies were unable to execute the White House Coup D’état Terror Plot and the State of the Union Terror Plot, both of which involved terror attacks on the Obama White House (which is currently slated for demolition), it now appears that that an attack on Obama will commence outside of Washington, D.C.

U.S. Airports Slated for Demolition
In what appears to be the cover for the insertion of remote controlled explosives into multiple U.S. airport towers, it was reported on February 6, 2014, that the FAA will “examine” hundreds of airport towers nationwide after an air traffic controller was allegedly injured in a lightning strike. Aside from being downright laughable, the FAA’s so-called examinations could theoretically provide the necessary cover for the insertion of explosives into U.S. airport towers. Lightening has occurred since the dawn of time and aside from a lightning rod, there is not much mankind can do to avoid it. Needless to say, the FAA’s so-called “examinations” are highly suspect and suggests that state-sponsored airport tower terror is imminent. Although unlikely, it is possible that one of the airports Obama uses while traveling to and from Florida could suffer an attack.

FLASHBACK: MSNBC Attack Foiled
Back on December 4, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Live TV Obama Assassination “Event” Planned for December 5, 2013 on MSNBC?” in respect to a possible “live” Obama terror event planned for American University (AU). Two weeks later on December 16, 2013, it was reported that American University went into lockdown after an alleged gunman was reported on campus. Predictably, the gunman turned out to be an off-duty police officer but that fact wasn’t reported until the entire AU campus was locked down for 2 full hours. The gunman at American University was evidently staged in order to create a major diversion on campus so that intelligence agencies (i.e., the ATF, FBI, CIA, etc.) could dispose of any incriminating evidence (i.e., weapons and/or explosives) planted on campus in preparation for the planned attacks. In order to remove said incriminating evidence without drawing any suspicion from students and staff, a mini-false-flag was executed in order to provide the necessary cover needed to clean-up the now foiled false-flag. In other words, since the terror plots were exposed, a second operation had to be executed under the cover of an emergency in order to tie up loose ends.

FLASHBACK: Smithsonian Attack Foiled
Back on November 20, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “Obama Assassination “Event” May Be Planned for JFK Legacy Dinner at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of American History”. Coincidentally, three days later on November 23, 2013, it was confirmed that an unidentified man fell to his death from the fourth floor railing at the Smithsonian National Museum of the American Indian in Washington, D.C. Whether or not this man was involved in an Obama assassination “event” is not known, but his death is highly suspicious and has all the earmarks of a foiled state-sponsored terror attack.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax and the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

clinton_obama_AP12060418471_480x360

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: On November 19, 2013, just 2 days after the following report was published, two separate yet possibly connected events occurred within the state of Virginia. The first incident occurred when a campus police officer at Liberty University in Virginia executed a male student during an alleged “confrontation”. The second incident occurred when Virginia State Sen. Creigh Deeds was stabbed multiple times at his Bath County home while son Gus was shot to death. Whether or not either of these highly suspicious incidents were related to the Obama assassination event planned for Arlington, Virginia, is not known, but patsies are usually terminated in the wake of foiled terror attacks while the family members of a politician in “the know” are usually targeted as a threat to stay quiet.

David Chase Taylor
November 17, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich President Obama is scheduled to honor the 50th anniversary of the John F. Kennedy assassination with a visit to his grave that marked by an eternal flame at Arlington National Cemetery on Wednesday, November 20, 2013.

This will mark the second time that Obama will have attended Arlington National Cemetery within a 9 day period as he was previously there on Veterans Day, November 11, 2013.

According to reports, Obama will be accompanied by former president Bill Clinton and former first lady and secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton. The Arlington visit comes the same day that Obama awards President Clinton the Presidential Medal of Freedom, an honor that Kennedy established 50 years ago.

Download & Forward PDF

With Obama’s poll numbers at an all-time low, it appears that the establishment will attempt to execute an assassination “event” targeting both Obama and Bill Clinton in hopes that some of Clinton’s popularity, which is higher than ever, rubs off on Obama in the wake of an attack.

Although most of America collectively hates Obama, for whatever reason, they love Bill Clinton. An attack on both Clinton and Obama would ultimately revive the presidency of Clinton who would then make speeches and television appearances for the next year retelling the story of how he and Obama heroically escaped the assassination attempt.

As witnessed by the numerous patsies arrested thus far for threats against Obama, the alleged assassin(s) of Obama and Clinton would most likely be white, male, and have a U.S. military background. This would allow the Obama administration to demonize gun owners and veterans simultaneously in the aftermath of the assassination attempt.

When Obama detours from his regular schedule (e.g., gave a  “live” speech to mark the 50th anniversary of MLK’s “I have a dream” speech; gave a “live” Rose Garden speech to mark the anniversary of the fall of Lehman Bros.; and took a sudden and inexplicable road trip to Ohio and Pennsylvania), something suspicious is definitely being planned—Obama and Clinton rather odd appearance at Arlington National Cemetery is no different.

The aforementioned events are created in order to provide the necessary window in Secret Service security for an assassination attempt. Coincidentally, on November 14, 2013, two Secret Service supervisors were axed from Obama security detail. A day later on November 15, 2013, it was reported that Secret Service officials have been accused of misconduct in 17 countries. Needless to say, these recent revelations in respect to the Secret Service make Obama’s security team look highly unprofessional and capable of allowing a breach in both protocol and security.

Whether people like Obama or not, the staged or real assassination of Obama must be stopped at all costs. An assassination “event” of Obama would ultimately divide America between black and white, Democrat and Republican, and would inevitably cause riots, looting, violence, bloodshed and chaos across America.

FBI Weapons Theft
As previously reported, if an Obama assassination “event” is to be executed by the FBI, a few of their weapons must be stolen prior in order to create
plausible deniability in the aftermath of the attack. Coincidentally, on November 8, 2013, 2 rifles were stolen from an FBI SWAT emergency response vehicle in Andover, Massachusetts. In order to give the story legs and as much publicity as possible, the FBI has offered a $20,000 reward for information leading to the return of 2 rifles. According to the report, the stolen weapons include an M-16 and a “sniper rifle” in the .308 caliber which could be used in the future assassination of Obama. In the aftermath of an Obama assassination “event” using FBI weapons, it will likely be reported that FBI identification and/or uniforms were also stolen from the vehicle which predictably will be used in an attack. According to Google Maps, Andover is roughly 456 miles away from Arlington, Virginia, less than a 7 hour drive via I-95 South.

Obama Assassination Threats
Since 2007, there have been
over 75 Obama assassination plots in which individuals were questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against Obama. While some of these cases may have in fact been legitimate threats, most if not all of them appear to be staged “events” orchestrated to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race.

2013 Obama Assassination Headlines:

1. January 14, 2013: Man ‘Spits In Face Of Secret Service Agent at Obama’s Home’ (Chicago, IL)
2. January 22, 2013:
Prisoner: I Threatened To Kill Obama To Get Medical Care (Boca Raton, FL)
3. April 9, 2013:
Man with BB Gun Arrested near Obama’s Motorcade (Hartford, CT)
4. April 17, 2013:
‘Master Of Impressions’ Arrested In Obama Ricin Letter Case (Corinth, MS)
5. May 8, 2013:
New Terrorist Magazine Targets Obama, Drones (Middle East)
6. May 29, 2013:
Secret Service Confirms Ricin Letter Was Addressed To President Obama (Texas)
7. May 30, 2013:
Man Jailed For Threatening Obama On Twitter (Charlotte, NC)
8. June 11, 2013:
Secret Service “Visits” Outspoken Critic of Obama (Unknown)
9. June 17, 2013:
Obama Assassination Fears – Aircraft Carriers on Standby at G8 Summit (Ireland)
10. June 19, 2013:
FBI Foils Plot Possibly Targeting President Obama (New York, NY)
11. August 20, 2013:
Woman Charged With Threatening To Kill Obama, Again (Rochester, NY)
12. August 22, 2013:
Inmate Pleads Guilty To Threatening To Kill Obama (Columbus, GA)
13. September 5, 2013:
Iran Threatens Brutal Attacks On Americans, Obama Family (Tehran, Iran)
14. September 11, 2013:
Russian Arrested For Threatening To Kill Obama (Brooklyn, NY)
15. September 12, 2013:
Man Charged With Obama Death Threat (Clarks Summit, PA)
16. October 13, 2013:
Bill Maher: Fear of assassination drives Obama’s policies (Los Angeles, CA)
17. October 25, 2013:
Teen jailed for 3 months for Obama tweet threat (Casablanca, Morocco)
18. October 31, 2013:
Man accused of Obama threat gets bond (Las Cruces, NM)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Governmental Security Breaches & Emergencies
Prior to a high profile terror attack on a figure like the President of the United States, the public must first be psychologically programed to accept that this is in fact possible. Since September 7, 2013, there have been at least 6 major attacks or threats which indicate that highly secure governmental persons and buildings are vulnerable to attack. Whether or not these coordinated events will manifest themselves in an attack on President Obama is not known, but the precedent for a major security breach has definitely been set.

High-Profile Security Breaches:

1. September 7, 2013: Burglar Arrested Inside Buckingham Palace (London, England)
2. September 19, 2013:
Tony Blair’s Daughter Threatened in Gun Robbery (London, England)
3. September 22, 2013:
President of Kenya’s Nephew Killed in Mall Attack (Damascus, Syria)
4. October 14, 2013:
Police Stop Man with Knife at Buckingham Palace (London, England)
5. November 11, 2013
Dutch King pelted with tomatoes during visit to Moscow (Moscow, Russia)
6. November 13, 2013:
Prosecutor warns of a mafia threat against Pope Francis (Rome, Italy)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

0825_obama_mug_bn_small-1

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
November 14, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Unable to execute a White House Down terror scenario, Obama is suddenly and inexplicably hitting the road with stops in Ohio and Pennsylvania on November 14, 2013. Considering that there was just a school shooting in Pittsburgh on November 13, 2013, there is a real possibility that an Obama assassination “event” may transpire in Pennsylvania within the next 24 hours.

Download & Forward PDF

Just 2 days after the aforementioned White House Down (SSTTA) report was published, the Secret Service “axed” 2 agents from Obama’s security detail on November 14, 2013. Whether or not these men were part of the White House Down terror plot is unknown, but their timely departure is highly suspicious and has made Obama’s Secret Service personal look weak—potentially inviting a future assassination attempt.

As Truther.org’s sister website ObamaCSI.com chronicles, there have been 20 Obama assassination-related reports in 2013 alone, including 2 recently foiled plots which indicates that an attack on Obama is imminent. The first foiled attack was planned for August 28, 2013, in Washington, D.C. when Obama was to be attacked while giving a “live” speech to mark the 50th anniversary of MLK’s “I have a dream” speech. The second incident foiled attack was planned for September 16, 2013, when Obama was slated to give a speech at the White House Rose Garden where he was scheduled to be attacked in the wake of domestic terror attacks. In both cases, special “events” were created in order to provide the necessary window for an attack—Obama’s sudden appearances in Ohio and Pennsylvania are no different.

It was roughly 5 years ago when Obama stated the following in respect to the people of Pennsylvania: “You go into these small towns in Pennsylvania…And it’s not surprising then they get bitter, they cling to guns or religion or antipathy toward people who aren’t like them.” Based on his statement and the recent arrest of Pennsylvania Obama assassination patsy (see below), it is highly likely that an Obama assassination suspect will eventually emanate from the gun-clinging state of Pennsylvania.

Whether people like Obama or not, the staged or real assassination of Obama must be stopped at all costs. An assassination “event” of Obama would ultimately divide America between black and white, Democrat and Republican, and would inevitably cause riots, looting, violence, bloodshed and chaos across America.

FBI Weapons Theft
If an Obama assassination “event” is executed by the FBI, a few of their weapons must be stolen prior in order to create plausible deniability in the aftermath of the attack. Coincidentally, on November 8, 2013, 2 rifles were stolen from an FBI SWAT emergency response vehicle in Andover, Massachusetts. In order to give the story legs and as much publicity as possible, the FBI has offered a $20,000 reward for information leading to the return of 2 rifles. According to the report, the stolen weapons include an M-16 and a “sniper rifle” in the .308 caliber which could be used in the future assassination of Obama. In the aftermath of an Obama assassination “event” using FBI weapons, it will likely be reported that FBI identification and/or uniforms were also stolen from the vehicle which predictably will be used in an attack. According to Google Maps, Andover is roughly 322 miles away from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.—less than a 5 hour drive via I-95 South.

Pennsylvania Obama Assassination Trial
In what appears to be pre-Pennsylvania Obama assassination “event” programming, it was reported on September 12, 2013, that a Pennsylvania grand jury has charged 42-year-old Nicholas Savino of Clarks Summit, Pennsylvania, with threatening to kill President Barack Obama. Prosecutors reportedly stated that Savino sent a threatening email to the White House on August 16, 2013, which stated that that Obama is the Antichrist and that he must stand down or be shot dead. Clarks Summit is only about 10 miles outside Scranton where Obama visited on August 23, 2013, just a week after Savino sent his email. According to reports, local police seized ammunition and weapons at a Clarks Summit home on behalf of the Secret Service. Evidently, Savino will go on trial in the aftermath of an upcoming Obama assassination “event” in Pennsylvania. The staged made-for-TV trial will ultimately rehash the Obama assassination “event” for millions people and make the fabricated narrative of the Obama attack more believable—all part of the U.S. government’s premeditated Obama assassination “event” narrative.

Obama Assassination Threats
Since 2007, there have been over 75 Obama assassination plots in which individuals were questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against Obama. While some of these cases may have in fact been legitimate threats, most if not all of them appear to be staged “events” orchestrated to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race.

2013 Obama Assassination Headlines:

1. January 14, 2013: Man ‘Spits In Face Of Secret Service Agent Guarding Obama’s Home’ (Chicago, IL)
2. January 22, 2013: Prisoner: I Threatened To Kill Obama To Get Medical Care (Boca Raton, FL)
3. April 9, 2013: Man With BB Gun Arrested Near Obama’s Motorcade (Hartford, CT)
4. April 17, 2013: ‘Master Of Impressions’ Arrested In Obama Ricin Letter Case (Corinth, MS)
5. May 8, 2013: New Terrorist Magazine Targets Obama, Drones (Middle East)
6. May 29, 2013: Secret Service Confirms Ricin Letter Was Addressed To President Obama (Texas)
7. May 30, 2013: Man Jailed For Threatening Obama On Twitter (Charlotte, NC)
8. June 11, 2013: Secret Service “Visits” Outspoken Critic of Obama (Unknown)
9. June 17, 2013: Obama Assassination Fears – Aircraft Carriers on Standby during G8 Summit (Ireland)
10. June 19, 2013: FBI Foils Plot Possibly Targeting President Obama (New York, NY)
11. August 20, 2013: Woman Charged With Threatening To Kill Obama, Again (Rochester, NY)
12. August 22, 2013: Inmate Pleads Guilty To Threatening To Kill Obama (Columbus, GA)
13. September 5, 2013: Iran Threatens Brutal Attacks On Americans, Obama Family (Tehran, Iran)
14. September 11, 2013: Russian Arrested For Threatening To Kill Obama (Brooklyn, NY)
15. September 12, 2013: Man Charged With Obama Death Threat (Clarks Summit, PA)

16. October 13, 2013:
Bill Maher: Fear of assassination drives Obama’s policies (Los Angeles, CA)
17. October 25, 2013: Morocco teen jailed for 3 months for Obama tweet threat (Casablanca, Morocco)
18. October 31, 2013:
Man accused of Obama threat gets bond (Las Cruces, NM)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Governmental Security Breaches & Emergencies
Prior to a high profile terror attack on a figure like the President of the United States, the public must first be psychologically programed to accept that this is in fact possible. Since September 7, 2013, there have been at least 6 major attacks or threats which indicate that highly secure governmental persons and buildings are vulnerable to attack. Whether or not these coordinated events will manifest themselves in an attack on President Obama is not known, but the precedent for a major security breach has definitely been set.

High-Profile Security Breaches:

1. September 7, 2013: Burglar Arrested Inside Buckingham Palace (London, England)
2. September 19, 2013: Tony Blair’s Daughter Threatened in Gun Robbery (London, England)
3. September 22, 2013: President of Kenya’s Nephew Killed in Mall Attack (Damascus, Syria)
4. October 14, 2013: Police Stop Man with Knife at Buckingham Palace (London, England)

5. November 11, 2013 Dutch King pelted with tomatoes during visit to Moscow (Moscow, Russia)
6. November 13, 2013: Prosecutor warns of a mafia threat against Pope Francis (Rome, Italy)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines]

JFK Assassination Trending
Despite the fact that the 50th anniversary of the JFK assassination is not until November 22, 2013, it every major newspaper and magazine in America is running stories about JFK assassination, albeit a few weeks too early. The obvious question is why? Could it be that these stories have been published in an attempt to program Americans for an impending Obama assassination event? Interestingly, many of the reports suggest that there was in fact a conspiracy behind the murder of JFK who was evidently assassinated by his limo driver, a theory STRATFOR operative Alex Jones won’t even touch.

JFK Assassination Reports:

1. November 8, 2013: A list of JFK assassination-related TV shows (Washington Post)
2. November 8, 2013: ‘President Kennedy is dead’: Readers remember a terrible day (LA Times)
3. November 9, 2013: For Boomers, JFK Death Ripples Still (ABC News)
4. November 9, 2013: If JFK had lived longer (Milwaukee Journal-Sentinel)
5. November 9, 2013: Inside the world of JFK conspiracy theories (New York Post)
6. November 9, 2013:‘I failed’: Cop handcuffed to JFK killer describes Oswald’s death (NBC News)
7. November 10, 2013: Nurse Claims JFK had another bullet in his body  (NY Daily News)
8. November 10, 2013: ‘JFK,’ ‘Letters to Jackie: Remembering President Kennedy’ (Variety)
9. November 10, 2013: Echoes of history heard in JFK Air Force One tapes (USA Today)
10. November 10, 2013: Inconsistencies Haunt Official Record of Kennedy’s Death (NPR)
11. November 10, 2013: TV observes 50th anniversary of JFK assassination (Denver Post)
12. November 11, 2013: The JFK Myth, 50 Years Later (U.S. News & World Report)
13. November 11, 2013: Kerry believes Oswald acted with others in killing JFK (Jerusalem Post)
14. November 11, 2013: JFK Assassination: Many Recall Where They Were (Huff Post)
15. November 11, 2013: JFK single-bullet theory probed using latest forensics tech (CBS News)
16. November 11, 2013: JFK assassination: President Kennedy’s last Veterans Day (CSM)
17. November 11, 2013: PBS’ ‘American Experience: JFK’ is the Kennedy special to see (LA Times)
18. November 11, 2013: Evolving Portraits of J.F.K. (New York Times)
19. November 11, 2013: Was My Father the Reason JFK Got Shot? (National Journal)
20. November 11, 2013: JFK in Texas: Photos From Before and After the Killing of a President (TIME)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

Million Vet March

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE:  A second veteran protest is being organized by the Military Coalition (TMC) for October 15, 2013 from 9:45am-11:00am at the National WWII memorial. Whether or not a terror attack is planned for the event is not known, but the timing is highly suspicious.

David Chase Taylor
October 12, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — At 09:00 AM on Sunday, October 13, 2013, the “Million Vet March on the Memorials” will commence at the World War II Memorial in Washington, D.C.  According to the official website, the march is a direct response to President Barack Obama who has “shut down our nation’s war memorials” and “has declared open war on our honored veterans!”.

Download & Forward PDF

Based on breaking news and events, it appears that the Million Vet March is a trap by the Obama administration in order to set-up American veterans for terror-related attacks which may occur at various memorials and monuments in Washington D.C. (e.g., National Mall, Lincoln Memorial, Washington Memorial, White House, etc.) while the march is taking place. Suspiciously, most of the Washington landmarks (see list below) have underwent recent “construction” or “renovation” projects which may have provided the necessary cover for the installation of explosives which could be detonated come Sunday.   

The fact that Congressman Steve Stockman (36th Congressional District of Texas), Colonel Rob Maness (Louisiana Candidate for US Senate), and Dennis Michael Lynch (Filmmaker & Award Winning Entrepreneur) are cheerleading (and possibly filming) the march suggests that this is not a grassroots effort but rather a coordinated event in order to lure veterans into Washington, D.C. so that they can be publically scapegoated for domestic terror attacks—all part of a calculated effort to take America’s collective attention off of the pathetic Obama administration and the government shutdown.

Disaster Drill: Capital Shield 2014
In apparent pre-terror planning, on October 3, 2013, exactly 10 days prior to the march, a terror drill entitled Capital Shield 2014 was executed in Washington, D.C.
According to reports, the joint training exercise consisted of 38 participating agencies from DOD and Capital region response agencies who performed “mock mass casualty rescues, Defense Support to civil agency technical rescues and law enforcement tactical responses”. The stated goal of the exercise was to “ensure government agencies at every level are prepared to coordinate action to protect the public in the event of an actual disaster in the National Capital Region”.

U.S. Military Veteran Aggression Trending
In a bid to demonize American veterans prior to major domestic terror attacks, it was reported on September 27, 2013, that two U.S. Army vets have been accused of plotting to kill a DEA agent, an ominous sign that veteran terror is imminent. Ever since the self-imposed government shutdown began on October 1, 2013, there have been a rash of veteran related incidents on the East Coast of the United States in which U.S. military veterans were arrested after they allegedly “stormed” through barriers blocking war memorials. Based on the sheer amount of incidents and the press coverage they have received, it can only be surmised that there is a coordinated effort to paint veterans as aggressive, irrational and violent prior to major domestic terror attacks in which they well be scapegoated.

Veteran Related Incidents since October 1, 2013:

1. October 1, 2013: Veterans Storm WWII Memorial at National Mall (Washington, D.C.)
2. October 5, 2013: Police Remove Vietnam War Veterans at Memorial Wall
(Washington, D.C.)
3. October 5, 2013: Vets Storm Iwo Jima Memorial Closed, Barricades Erected
(Rosslyn, Virginia)
4. October 8, 2013: Police Arrest Veterans at NYC Memorial
(New York, New York)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

Washington, D.C. Terror Trending
In 2013 alone, there have been at least 7 terror-related events targeting Washington, D.C. Although Truther.org was able to thwart 4 of these state-sponsored terror plots, there have been 3 recent terror-related events in Washington which suggest the city will once again be targeted for terror.  

Washington D.C. Terror Attacks & Plots:

1. June 19, 2013: Attack on Tea Party’s IRS March Foiled (Washington, D.C.)
2. July 4, 2013:
Firebombing of Washington, D.C. Foiled (Washington, D.C.)
3. August 28, 2013:
Obama’s 50th Anniversary of MLK’s Speech Attack Foiled (Washington, D.C.)
4. September 15, 2013: White House Terror Attack Foiled (Washington, D.C.)
5. September 16, 2013: Navy Yard “Terrorgate” Massacre (Washington, D.C.)
6. October 3, 2013: U.S. Capitol Building Shooting (Washington, D.C.)
7. October 4, 2013: Man Burnt Alive at National Mall (Washington, D.C.)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]


A Potential Motive?

Aside from the U.S. government shutdown and the closure of war memorials by the Obama administration, the October 8, 2013, report that the Pentagon is withholding death benefits from fallen soldiers’ families
will likely be cited as motive in veteran attacks targeting Washington, D.C. The timing of this report, whether true or not, is impeccable and again shows a concerted effort by the U.S. government to enrage veterans in an attempt to scapegoat them for future terror-related events.

Memorial Attacks Trending
Starting on July 26, 2013, there have been an unprecedented amount of incidents in which memorials, monuments and landmarks have been attacked and vandalized. Whether or not these events will culminate in a veteran attack on Washington, D.C. is unknown, but the precedent has definitely been set.

Memorial & Monument Attacks:

1. July 26, 2013: Green Paint Splattered on Lincoln Memorial (Washington, D.C.)
2. July 30, 2013:
Woman Arrested in Paint Vandalism at D.C. Cathedral (Washington, D.C.)
3. July 29, 2013:
Paint Splatter Found on Smithsonian Statue (Washington, D.C.)
4. September 23, 2013:
Vandals Torch Ronald Reagan Statue in Park (Temecula, California)
5. September 23, 2013:
10 Commandments Monument Toppled in Washington (Washington, D.C.)
6. October 2, 2013: Arm Cut Off of Ronald Reagan Statue in Poland (Gdansk, Poland)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

I. WASHINGTON D.C. PRIMED FOR TERROR:

City of Washington D.C. (District of Columbia)
The city of
Washington, D.C., formally known as the “District of Columbia”, is the current capital of the United States and therefore makes it a lucrative false-flag/state-sponsored terror target. Interestingly, almost every major landmark (i.e., the National Mall, the Pentagon, the U,S. Capitol Building, the Supreme Court Building, the Washington Monument, and White House), have recently been “under construction” and therefore are subject to demolition at a future date. On October 26, 2012, it was reported that historical American artifacts were stolen from the U.S. National Archives in Washington D.C., including the Wright Brothers airplane patent, the bombing maps for the nuclear attack on Japan, and photos allegedly taken by astronauts while on the moon.  The shocking news was then complemented by reports that Washington D.C.’s Pennsylvania Avenue, also known as “America’s Main Street,” was now being listed among the nation’s endangered landscapes because of neglect and deferred maintenance, despite the fact that almost every major historical building, landmark or monument in Washington D.C. has either recently undergone renovation or is still currently under construction.  The notion that Washington D.C. is doomed is corroborated by recent government terror drills which are preparing the capital for future acts of terror. On February 22, 2012, it was reported that a new security project to lock down gateways to the U.S. Capitol is being planned, aimed at targeting gang assaults and lone wolf attackers. According to the report, officials are warning lawmakers and Capitol security against a developing type of assault called a “blended attack” that combines a physical attack against a target along with a cyber-attack against the same or different targets.

The Lincoln Memorial (Washington, D.C.)
The Lincoln Memorial is an American national monument built to honor Abraham Lincoln and it’s located on the National Mall in Washington, D.C. across from the Washington Monument. On September 1, 2012, it was reported that construction workers had finally taken down the construction fence which had marred the view of the Lincoln Memorial Reflecting Pool for nearly two years. According to the report, the renovation costing $34 million gave the pool a new steel reinforced foundation as well as a new filtration system that pumps water from the Potomac Tidal Basin. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic Washington D.C. landmarks is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the National Mall. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a coordinated terrorist attack. Is an apparent ominous sign of things to come, on April 11, 2013, it was reported that a body a man was pulled from the Potomac River near the Roosevelt Memorial. According to the report, this was the second time within a week a body has been discovered in National Mall area.

The National Mall (Washington D.C.)
The National Mall is an open-area national park in downtown Washington, D.C., and therefore is a false-flag/state-sponsored terror target, especially when it’s full of people protesting the Obama administration. On September 1, 2012, it was reported that construction workers had finally taken down the construction fence which had marred the view of the Lincoln Memorial Reflecting Pool for nearly two years. According to the report, the renovation costing $34 million gave the pool a new steel reinforced foundation as well as a new filtration system that pumps water from the Potomac Tidal Basin. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic Washington D.C. landmarks is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the National Mall. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Is an apparent ominous sign of things to come, on April 11, 2013, it was reported that a body a man was pulled from the Potomac River near the Roosevelt Memorial. According to the report, this was the second time within a week a body has been discovered in National Mall area. These random deaths serve as a psychological splinter in the minds of the public for future reference in the aftermath of terror related attacks against American landmarks.

The Pentagon (Arlington County, Virginia)
The
Pentagon is the headquarters of the United States Department of Defense, located in Arlington County, Virginia. Just prior to the 9/11 terror attacks, the Pentagon suspiciously underwent a renovation project in the exact location where it was later attacked. The ongoing renovation project is called “The Pentagon Renovation Project” and it was initiated in the 1990’s, but was only concluded in June of 2011. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the Pentagon is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around The Pentagon. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. On September 28, 2011, it was reported that a Massachusetts man with a degree in physics was arrested for plotting to blow up the Pentagon with homemade drones. According to the report, Rezwan Ferdaus planned to fill two remote-controlled model airplanes with C-4 explosives and hand grenades and direct them into the iconic Washington buildings.

The U.S. Capitol Building (Washington D.C.)
The
United States Capitol is the meeting place of the United States Congress, the legislature of the federal government of the United States, and is located atop Capitol Hill in Washington, D.C. On June 14, 2012, it was reported that the U.S. Capitol dome will undergo its first major face-lift in more than 50 years, costing $19 million in repairs to the lower portion of the dome. According to the American Institute of Architects, American Society of Civil Engineers and other groups, “The U.S. Capitol is not merely Congress’ work space; it is also an attraction for millions of visitors from around the world…and a potential target for those who wish to do us harm“. Whether or not the “facelift” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of iconic dome is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the United States Capitol. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. On September 28, 2011, it was reported that a Massachusetts man with a degree in physics was arrested for plotting to blow up the US Capitol with homemade drones. According to the report, Rezwan Ferdaus planned to fill two remote-controlled model airplanes with C-4 explosives and hand grenades and direct them into the iconic Washington buildings. Three months later on December 5, 2011, it was reported that the Israeli Knesset and Jerusalem anti-terror police conducted a terror exercise in which a plane crashes into the Knesset, Israel’s congressional building. According to the report, the drill simulated a crashed plane containing “dangerous materials” so it was necessary for Israeli security officers to wear “protective clothing for radiation and biological contamination”. This drill is significance because the U.S. Capitol was first targeted for terror by an Israeli suicide bomber in 1998. Roughly 8 months later on August 20, 2012, it was reported that the U.S. Air Force and Coast Guard flew an “intercept and identification” exercises entitled “Falcon Virgo” over Washington D.C. as part of efforts to prevent suicide aircraft attacks or other threats to the U.S. capital. 10 months later on June 19, 2013, another NORAD executed Falcon Virgo 13-09, on June 18 through June 19, 2013, in the National Capital Region, Washington, D.C. Four months prior on February 17, 2013, it was reported that authorities had arrested and charged a Virginia man on his way to what he thought would be a suicide attack on the U.S. Capitol. According to the report, Amine El Khalifi allegedly expressed interest in conducting a suicide attack and was subsequently charged in U.S. District Court with attempting to use a weapon of mass destruction. Roughly two months later on April 8, 2013, it was reported that a Florida man is under arrest after police say he brought unregistered guns and ammunition onto the grounds of the U.S. Capitol Building.

The U.S. Supreme Court Building (Washington D.C.)
The
Supreme Court Building is the seat of the Supreme Court of the United States and is situated in Washington, D.C. On May 22, 2012, it was reported that the U.S. Supreme Court is getting a “facelift” and that workers have now started a two-year Supreme Court renovation project on the building’s marble facade. According to the report, the decision for the 2012 renovation was due to a November 2005 incident, in which 80 pounds of marble fell from the Authority figure of Robert Aitken’s sculpture of “Liberty Enthroned. Why the U.S. government waited 7 years to allegedly repair one of its most precious landmarks is highly suspicious. Whether or not the “facelift” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of iconic structure not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Supreme Court Building. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack.

The Washington Monument (Washington D.C.)
The
Washington Monument is an obelisk on the National Mall in Washington, D.C., built to commemorate George Washington, commander-in-chief of the Continental Army and the first American president. On August 24, 2011, it was reported that due to an earthquake, the Washington Monument had suffered a crack near the pyramid-shaped tip and had monument been permanently tilted. Although this report was later denied by officials, the Washington Monument is currently closed due to construction and is not scheduled to re-open until 2014. Whether or not the “repair” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic American landmark is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Washington Monument. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack.

The White House (Washington D.C.)
The
White House is the official residence and principal workplace of the President of the United States, and therefore it is a lucrative false-flag/state-sponsored terror target. On September 12, 2012, it was reported that after nearly two years and $86 million worth of construction, the West Wing of the Obama White House has emerged from its visual seclusion “remarkably unchanged”. According to the report, the construction project began in September of 2010 with the excavation of a huge multistory pit in front of the West Wing. Whether or not the “construction” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of America’s most famous residence is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the White House. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a coordinated terrorist attack. Aside from its suspicious construction, the White House has been the target of a number of high-profile terror plots and threats. On January 18, 2012, it was reported that an Occupy Wall Street protester threw a smoke bomb over the fence of the White House. Two months later on March 8, 2012, it was reported that a top hacker and committed anarchist who worked closely with the LulzSec, openly spoke of burning down the White House. Six months later on September 30, 2012, it was reported that the White House was attacked by hackers allegedly linked to China’s government. The unprecedented cyber-terror attack targeted the U.S. government’s most sensitive computer networks, ultimately breaching a system used by the White House Military Office for nuclear commands. A month later on October 21, 2012, it was reported that a year-long investigation by the Investigative Project on Terrorism (IPT) has found that scores of known radical Islamists made hundreds of visits to the Obama White House, meeting with top administration officials.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

1186188_10151883405824411_1909005438_n

Download “Terrorgate Memo”

David Chase Taylor
October 3, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — In what appears to be a desperate attempt to muddy the waters in respect to the ever-growing Terrorgate Scandal, on Thursday, October 3, 2013, it was reported that at least a dozen gunshots were fired outside the United States Capitol Building, resulting in a death of one person and a lockdown of Washington, D.C.

The “Terrorgate Memo” has enough direct and circumstantial evidence to bring down the entire Obama administration.

According to initial reports, gunfire occurred just outside the Capitol Building followed by a car chase that ended near the Capitol. The shots reportedly came from a suspect in a black two-door sedan which allegedly raced off right after attempting to ram the gate at the White House. Reuters reported that the suspect was shot and killed by Capitol Police which then predictably stated that the shooting was an “isolated incident”.

The U.S. Capitol Police’s CERT team has been implicated in the U.S. Navy Yard Shooting which was a mass execution ordered by Obama to mitigate the ever-growing Terrorgate Scandal. To date, the Terrorgate cover-up has resulted in the deaths of at least 18 U.S. and E.U. Special Forces as well as the unprecedented arrest of 3 top U.S. Navy brass.

Based on the fact the a terror drill entitled Capital Shield 2014 was executed in Washington, D.C. on October 3, 2013, the alleged shooting victim was likely a total hoax. Intelligence agencies have a history of creating similar yet fraudulent events in a calculated attempt to muddy the waters in respect to real life stories such as Terrorgate.

Although Thursday’s shooting has no doubt had a chilling effect across Capitol Hill and America, it cannot stop the Terrorgate information from being disseminated. At the time of publishing, the Terrorgate Memo is being featured on thousands of websites and blogs and hundreds of thousands of people are currently being exposed to the information. To say that the Obama administration is desperate would be an understatement.

Terrorgate & U.S. Capitol Shooting Similarities:

Same Weapon: Gun
Same City: Washington, D.C.
Same Agency: U.S. Capitol Police
Same Result: Murder

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

Obama-head-down

Download “Terrorgate Memo”

David Chase Taylor
September 29, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich —  Although the Obama administration has thus far survived the Fast and Furious, Solyndra and Benghazi scandals, it won’t survive Terrorgate—a shocking series of terror related events which makes Hitler’s Reichstag Fire pale in comparison.

The Terrorgate cover-up has to date resulted in the murder of at least 18 U.S. and E.U. Special Forces as well as the unprecedented arrest of 3 top U.S. Navy brass. As the fallout from Terrorgate continues to rock Capitol Hill, the resignation of President Obama looms large pending charges of treason and conspiracy to commit murder by House and Senate Democrats and Republicans.

When Obama called the Washington Navy Yard Massacre just “another mass shooting“, it was wishful thinking as reality begs to differ. Evidence acquired to date conclusively proves that the Navy Yard Massacre of September 16, 2013, was just the first in a series of mass executions and assassinations ordered by the Obama administration in order to mitigate Terrorgate blowback. In essence, Terrorgate is a state-sponsored terror scandal in which the Obama administration was caught red-handed conspiring to commit unprecedented acts of terror upon the American people, namely in the cities of College Station, Texas, Las Vegas, Nevada, and Washington, D.C.

Download: “Terrorgate Memo” (PDF)

The Terrorgate scandal essentially began when the Obama administration premeditatedly targeted two “Live TV” sporting events on Saturday, September 14, 2013, in order to showcase its own version of the “Shock and Awe” military doctrine. The first attack was slated to occur at an NCAA Football game in College Station, followed by a secondary attack on a boxing match in Las Vegas. In order to play up the “race war” angle of the attack as well as demonize the 2nd Amendment, a gun-related massacre targeting Hispanics celebrating Mexican Independence Day on the Las Vegas Strip was also planned.

Based on the 3 live terror drills which were being executed simultaneously on September 14, 2013, Kyle Field (i.e., Texas A&M’s football stadium) and the MGM Grand casino were slated to be attacked with military grade explosives. In all likelihood, the attacks would have caused structural failure, ultimately trapping and killing thousands of fans in attendance.

In the immediate aftermath of the attacks, Obama planned to address the nation from the White House Rose Garden where he would institute martial law and implicate white American gun owners and militia members in the attacks. While grandstanding on “Live TV”, Obama was scheduled to be attacked with CBRN-like weapon, ultimately leaving the White House radioactive or under quarantine.

Coincidentally, a terror drill in which the U.S. President was attacked by a CBRN weapon was executed by the Marine Corps on September 13, 2013, less than 24 hours before the scheduled attack on the White House. The logic behind the self-inflicted White House attack was three-fold: a) it would make Obama a personal victim of the attack enabling him to relate to the real victims, b) it would make Obama appear sympathetic to the world, and c) it would provide an alibi of sorts for Obama by making him appear uninvolved in the attacks.

However, prior to the fruition of these cowardly acts of terror, world-renowned whistleblower Truther.org issued false-flag terror warnings in respect to all three terror attacks (e.g., College Station, Las Vegas, and the White House). Once the terror plots were exposed, the Obama administration was forced to go into damage control which has thus far resulted in the execution of 3 state-sponsored terror cells (consisting of 6 men each), who became expendable due to their firsthand knowledge of the Obama sanctioned terror plots.

In the 7 days following the foiled terror attacks, 18 white males, all of which worked for the government in some capacity, were executed or killed in highly suspicious accidents. In each case, the men were either “military contractors”, Special Forces, policemen or SWAT team members of the U.S. Capitol Police, the U.S. Navy, the Marine Corps, U.S. Army Special Forces, NATO, or the European Union. In order to create plausibility deniability in the aftermath of black ops such as Terrorgate, domestic terror attacks are generally executed by non-enlisted military personal who are commonly referred to as “contractors” or “contract killers”.

Executed Terrorgate Terrorists (September 16-23, 2013):

navy-yard-victims

1. Terror Cell “A” (U.S. Navy/Marine Corps): The first state-sponsored terror cell consisting of 6 men was neutralized on September 16, 2013, when 13 civilians and contractors alike were executed in the Washington Navy Yard. Of the 13 reported victims, 6 were white males (see circled photos) who were most likely “contractors” affiliated with the Marine Corps or the Navy SEALS. Based on the proximity of the massacre in respect to the White House, it can be theorized that the 6-man terror cell executed at the Navy Yard was likely responsible for executing the CBRN attack on the White House.

Austrian Massacre Victims
2. Terror Cell “B” (NATO/EU):
The second state-sponsored terror cell consisting of 6 men was initially targeted on September 17, 2013, when 5 white males were executed in Austria, 3 of which were allegedly policemen associated with Austrian Special Forces, also known as the Jagdkommando. Two days later on September 19, 2013, an EU “customs official/policeman was executed in Kosovo, completing the execution of the second team. A day later, the man was identified as Audrius Shevcevicius of Lithuania, potentially indicating that the entire NATO/EU was not Austrian but rather from a Baltic state. Foreign troops are often used by intelligence agencies to commit heinous acts of terror in other countries—Terrorgate was evidently no different.

U.S. Navy & Special Forces Victims
3. Terror Cell “C” (U.S. Navy & Special Forces): The third state-sponsored terror cell consisting of 6 men was initially targeted on September 19, 2013, when a highly decorated U.S. Marine was killed in a suspicious accident when his amphibious vehicle inexplicably exploded. Two day later on September 21, 2013, three U.S. Special Forces were executed in Afghanistan in what was openly called an “insider attack”.  Roughly 48 hours later on September 23, 2013, two more members of the U.S. Navy were killed in a suspicious helicopter accident, completing the execution of the third team.

Download: “Terrorgate Memo” (PDF)

America’s Last Chance?
Just as the burning of the Reichstag 80 years ago brought about the dictatorship of Adolf Hitler and the emergence of Nazi Germany, Terrorgate was designed in part to implement martial law in America and elevate Obama to dictator status. Patriots and peace activists wanting to prevent a Nazi-like scenario in the U.S. must take it upon themselves to research and forward the “Terrorgate Memo” to friends, family, media (both alternative and mainstream), and law enforcement until Terrorgate is trending worldwide. If President Richard Nixon was forced to resign over the Watergate Scandal (wiretapping) and President Bill Clinton was partially impeached over the Lewinski Scandal (perjury), then President Barack Obama can be forced to resign over the Terrorgate Scandal (conspiracy, murder and treason). It is imperative to remember that this may be the last chance to destroy Obama politically. Terrorgate contains more than enough hard evidence, both circumstantial and direct, to bring down the entire Obama administration—the only question is whether or not it will see the light of day. Only by capitalizing on the Terrorgate scandal will Obama be relegated to his rightful place in history as “Terrorist in Chief”.

Terrorgate  
The following 21 Terrorgate events occurred just prior to, during, or immediately after the
Washington Navy Yard Massacre of September 16, 2013. Due to the fact that intelligence agencies (e.g., the CIA, FBI, NATO, etc.) purposely create state-sponsored terror plots ripe with disinformation, patsies, propaganda and rabbit holes (i.e., 9/11, 7/7, etc.), the evidence in respect to Terrorgate has been organized chronologically in order to eliminate confusion and show fluidity between separate yet interconnected events.

THE TERRORGATE TIMELINE:

1. White House Protest Removed (Thursday, September 12, 2013)
2.
College Station, Texas Terror Warning Issued (Friday, September 13, 2013)
3. Domestic WMD Terror Drills (Friday, September 13-20, 2013)
4. NCAA Football Attack (Saturday, September 14, 2013)
5. Las Vegas, Nevada Terror Warning Issued (Friday, September 13, 2013)
6. Presidential CBRN Terror Drill (Friday, September 13, 2013)
7. New Obama Press Conference Announced (Sunday, September 15, 2013)
8. White House Terror Warning Issued (Sunday, September 15, 2013)
9.
U.S. Capitol Police “Stand-Down at Navy Yard (Monday, September 16, 2013) 
10. Washington Navy Yard Massacre Executed (Monday, September 16, 2013)
11. Three Top U.S. Navy Officials Arrested (Monday, September 16, 2013)
12. Obama Cancels Rose Garden Speech (Monday, September 16, 2013)
13. White House Attacked (Monday, September 16, 2013)
14. Austrian Massacre Executed (Monday, September 16, 2013)
15. White House Terror Patsy Takes Plea Deal (Wednesday, September 18, 2013)
16. U.S. Marine Killed (Wednesday, September 18, 2013)
17. U.S. Navy Evacuates Military Base (Wednesday, September 18, 2013)
18. Kosovo Assassination Executed (Thursday, September 19, 2013)
19. Three U.S. Special Forces Executed (Saturday, September 21, 2013)
20. Two Navy Airmen Killed In Helicopter Crash (Monday, September 23, 2013) .
21. Obama Speaks At Marine Barracks (Monday, September 23, 2013)

1. White House Protest Removed (Thursday, September 12, 2013)
Terrorgate officially began on September 12, 2013, when the
32-year long protest which had been taking place directly in front of the White House was inexplicably ended by the National Park Service. The protest’s removal was conducted in order to remove any potential witnesses from the front of the White House so IEDs and/or CBRN agents could be rigged up for the White House terror attack which was scheduled to take place two days later September 14, 2013. Predictably, the historic end to the “Peace Vigil” which had stood uninterrupted in Lafayette Square since 1981 was not reported until September 15, 2013, further indicating that foul play was planned.

2. College Station, Texas Terror Warning Issued (Friday, September 13, 2013)
A day later on September 13, 2013,
Truther.org released a terror warning entitled “2013-2014 NCAA Attack (FFTTA): University Of California Massacre And NCAA College Football Terror Trending” which stated that the football game between the Alabama Crimson Tide and the Texas A&M Aggies on September 14, 2013, at 3:30 PM (EST) in College Station, Texas, was blinking red for false-flag terror attack. Coincidentally, on September 6, 2013, exactly a week prior to the scheduled attack, a U.S. Airman’s uniforms were stolen from Lakewood, Colorado, only 14 hours north of College Station on U.S. Route 287. Due to the fact that Texas A&M is a Senior Military College and home to the Corps of Cadets (i.e., composed of three Air Force Wings, three Army Brigades, two Navy and Marine Regiment), the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), and the Office of Naval Research, an alleged terrorist disguised in an Air Force uniform would have easily been able to gain access to the university and Kyle Field in order to conduct the attack.

3. Domestic WMD Terror Drills
(Friday, September 13-20, 2013)

On the same exact day that the NCAA football game was to be played in College Station, Texas, major domestic terror exercises were being executed in the neighboring state. The post-domestic terror response drills were first reported on September 18, 2013, when it was revealed that more than 1,000 National Guard service members, civilian first responders and role players were involved in 3 massive terror drills which took place north of Texas from September 13-20, 2013. The participants included Oklahoma’s National Guard 63rd Civil Support Team (CST) and the 168th Brigade Support Battalion, Arkansas’ 61st CST, New Mexico’s 64th CST and Texas’ 6th WMD CST and Homeland Response Force of Austin, Texas, which is coincidentally only 107 miles from College Station via U.S. Route 290. The terror drills, one of which was executed at Chilocco Indian School near Newkirk, Oklahoma, simulated rescue operations and crowd control in the aftermath three similar but different emergency response scenarios (e.g., a domestic terror attack, chemical weapons attack, and tornado superstorm).

4. NCAA Football Attack (Saturday, September 14, 2013)
In addition to the information contained within the Truther.org report warning that an NCAA football terror attack was trendingfor College Station, two very strange events occurred on Saturday, September 14, 2013, which foreshadowed that a major terror attack against NCAA football was imminent. The first incident occurred when University of Minnesota coach Jerry Kill suffered a game-day seizure while playing Western Illinois. Whether or not Kill’s seizure was real, faked or artificially induced is not known, but the obvious grammatical similarities between the names of “Kill” and “Kyle” Field (i.e., the official name of Texas A&M’s football stadium), was an ominous sign if there ever was one. A few hours later, gunfire erupted outside the Ohio State Buckeyes’ hotel in Oakland, California, yet another sign that NCAA football was being literally targeted that Saturday afternoon. Strangely, on September 15, 2013, just 3 days prior to the scheduled attack on Texas A&M University, an unarmed African-American football player from Florida A&M University was shot and killed execution style by a white police office in North Carolina. The fact that a white policeman was actually arrested and immediately charged with voluntary manslaughter of a black man indicates that a high-profile racially charged Trayvon Martin-like murder trial was planned in the wake of the NCAA football terror attack. A lengthy drawn-out television trial featuring white-on-black football player crime would incessantly rehash the “A&M” name, now synonymous with domestic terror, ultimately keeping the attack fresh in the minds of millions for years to come. In a calculated bid to paint Texas completely racist just prior to a racially motivated terror attack in the state, acclaimed racist Paula Deen chose the Metropolitan Cooking Show in Houston, Texas on Saturday, September 14, 2013, to make her supposed comeback. When addressing the purportedly sold-out crowd, Deen stated, “I’ve said all along that the one place that I would want to make my first step back out was Texas”. Although the aforementioned events could be construed as random, they were all orchestrated events Obama administration’s premeditated “race war” terror narrative. 

5. Las Vegas, Nevada Terror Warning Issued (Friday, September 13, 2013)
A day prior to the scheduled attack on Las Vegas, Truther.org published its second terror warning in respect to Terrorgate. The report entitled “Floyd Mayweather, Jr. vs. Saúl Álvarezat Fight (FFTTA): September 14, 2013 Las Vegas Terror Attack Trending” stated that the high-profile boxing match at the MGM Grand as well as the Las Vegas Strip were blinking red for an Obama sanctioned terror attack.
Unbeknownst to Truther.org at the time of publishing was a September 11, 2013 report by Fox News which stated that Las Vegas Police had installed 37 high-definition cameras on the Las Vegas Strip just 3 days prior to the scheduled attack. Had the gun-related massacre targeting Mexican-Americans celebrating Mexican Independence Day on the Las Vegas Strip been allowed to come to fruition, the new cameras would have caught the massacre in HD for all the world to see. Coincidentally,on September 17, 2013, only 3 days after the Las Vegas terror attack was scheduled to take place, alleged militia leader Steven Matthew Fernandes, who was accused of stockpiling weapons and bragging about a mass casualty attack on the Las Vegas Strip, pleaded guilty to federal bomb charges in a plea deal. The impeccable timing of the plea deal is highly suspect considering that Fernandes, who was arrested on September 13, 2012, was scheduled go on trial in the aftermath of the Las Vegas attack. In the aftermath of Las Vegas “race war” attack in which mostly Mexicans were killed, a lengthy drawn-out television trial featuring a Las Vegas terror suspect with a Mexican last name would ultimately rehash the memory of the terror attack for millions people and make the fabricated narrative of a Las Vegas based terror militia more believable—all part of the Obama administration’s premeditated “race war” terror narrative.   

6. Presidential CBRN Terror Drill (Friday, September 13, 2013)
On September 13, 2013, one day prior to the terror attacks in College Station and Las Vegas, members of the U.S. Navy’s
Marine Corps, conducted a CBRN terror drill targeting Obama outside the Barclays Center in Brooklyn, New York. The unprecedented bio-terror attack exercise was executed by the Chemical Biological Incident Response Force (CBIRF), a division based out of Naval Support Facility Indian Head in Indian Head, Maryland, located 5.1 miles from the White House and only 6.2 miles from the Washington Navy Yard where the massacre would occur only 3 days later. Interestingly, the Navy’s CBIRF was reportedly present at both of Obama’s presidential inaugurations as well as his State of the Union addresses, potentially indicating that a high-profile CBRN attack on Obama has been in the works for some time now. According to The Brooklyn Paper, “The attack scenario, according to Hall, is a plot with every element planned to the T: a fake president [Obama] and first lady will be in attendance at a packed fake basketball game [between the Nets and Celtics] that is to be rocked by a simulated explosion. Firefighters on the scene will have to determine what fake chemicals or radiological agents are in the air. They will then rush dead-people mannequins and Office of Emergency Management actors made up to look like blast victims out of the arena, first through a decontamination line attended to by people in hazardous material suits, then to a medical tent.” The Marine Corps terror drill was real-life preparation for the real CBRN attack on the White House which was scheduled less than 24 hours later on September 14, 2013, when Obama would be addressing the American public on “Live TV”. However, since the both the College Station and Las Vegas terror attacks were ultimately foiled, Obama was unable to conduct his live speech from the White House Rose Garden. Therefore, a secondary Rose Garden event now known as the Lehman Bros. speech (see below) was immediately created in order to ensure that the White House terror attack would be conducted as planned.

7. New Obama Press Conference Announced
(Sunday, September 15, 2013)

A day after the terror attacks targeting College Station and Las Vegas were foiled, it was revealed at 2:15 p.m. (EST) on September 15, 2013, that President
Obama would use the 5 year anniversary of collapse of Lehman Bros. to cite America’s economic progress. According to the report, Obama was scheduled to give a live television speech from the White House Rose Garden on Monday, September 16, 2013. Although live White House press events featuring Obama are generally scheduled weeks in advance, the Lehman Bros. speech was scheduled within 24 hours to ensure that an unprecedented Obama assassination “event” using the explosives placed at the White House on Thursday, September 12, 2013, could be utilized in the “Live TV” terror attack.

8. White House Terror Warning Issued
(Sunday, September 15, 2013)

In the wake of Obama’s sudden and unexpected Lehman Bros. speech announcement of September 15, 2013,
Truther.org released its third terror warning in respect to Terrorgate entitled “September 16, 2013: White House Attack (FFTTA): Potential Assassination Event During Obama’s “LIVE” Rose Garden Speech” which stated that Obama and the White House were blinking red in respect to a false-flag assassination “event”. In the wake of the Washington Navy Yard Massacre which occurred less than 24 hours later, Obama’s Rose Garden speech was canceled and a terror related incident consisting of gun fire and/or fire-crackers occurred outside the White House. The security breach necessary in order to clear the White House premises of the unexploded IEDs and CBRN agents which has been placed at the White House on Thursday, September 12, 2013.

9. U.S. Capitol Police “Stand-Down” (Monday, September 16, 2013) 
The men most likely responsible for the
Washington Navy Yard massacre were members of the “Containment and Emergency Response Team” (CERT) of the United States Capitol Police who were coincidentally at the scene of the crime when shooting was first reported at 8:20 AM (EST) on September 16, 2013. This was all but confirmed on September 18, 2013, when a BBC report entitled “Navy Yard: Swat Team ‘Stood Down’ At Mass Shooting Scene” was published which stated the tactical team of the U.S. Capitol Police was told to leave the Navy Yard by an unnamed supervisor officer. According to the report, “Multiple sources in the Capitol Police department have told the BBC that its highly trained and heavily armed four-man Containment and Emergency Response Team (CERT) was near the Navy Yard when the initial report of an active shooter came in about 8:20 local time.” The CERT team, wearing full tactical gear and armed with HK-416 assault weapons, were the only police at the Navy Yard with long guns, which is coincidentally what witnesses said the shooters were armed with. According to a statement by Gwendolyn Crump, a spokeswoman for the Metropolitan Police Department of D.C., the allegations that the CERT team stood down were “not true”. Crump is telling the truth because the CERT team inside Building 197 never stood down as evidenced by the 13 dead U.S. Navy civilians and contractors. In the aftermath of the attack, an unidentified CERT officer told the Washington Post that, “We were definitely the closest tactical team in the city…[CERT] was at the scene very early on…They were ordered to disengage and turn back. For what reason, we don’t know.” The CERT officer’s statement is quite telling in that he again confirms that the one or more CERT teams were in fact engaged in the Navy Yard operation from the beginning. Once CERT’s targets had been neutralized, their mission was completed and they were subsequently told to disengage. After CERT was free and clear of the Navy Yard, a disinformation campaign about two other military-style gunmen (see below) was fed to the media in order to create confusion as to who was really conducting the executions. The U.S. Capital’s CERT team consist of only three cells (i.e., two assault teams of at least six officers each, plus a counter-sniper unit) one of which was reportedly off-duty on Monday, September 16, 2013, due to an alleged training exercise at Fort Meade in Annapolis, Maryland, only 27 miles from the Washington Navy Yard. Why the shorthanded U.S. Capitol Police ordered one or more of their CERT teams to engage in the scene of an active shooting on a U.S. military base which is outside their jurisdiction and in violation of their own stated mission is beyond reason and only makes sense in the context that the CERT teams were indeed responsible for the massacre to begin with. According to the Capitol Police, CERT’s “primary mission consists of rescuing Congressional members, their staff, and visitors who have been taken hostage by terrorists. Secondary missions include, countering threats made against dignitaries, responding to critical incidents and providing security for major events, such as the Presidential Inauguration.”

CERT Navy Yard Massacre Facts:

1. CERT was on location at the Navy Yard—before the 911 call was made at 8:20 AM (EST)
2. CERT was armed with “long guns”—exactly what witnesses stated the shooters were armed with
3. CERT was officially “engaged” in the shooting—before being ordered to “stand down”
4. CERT acted outside their stated mission—over 1.5 miles away from the U.S. Capitol Building
5. CERT’s third team was “training” at Fort Meade—possibly the cover for the Navy Yard Operation

10. Washington Navy Yard Massacre (Monday, September 16, 2013)  
Around 8:20 AM (EST) on September 16, 2013, police received a 911 call about gunfire at Building 197, the Naval Sea Systems Command headquarters which is located in the Washington Navy Yard, only 2.6 miles from the White House. By 11:12 A.M. (EST), the alleged shooter, Aaron Alexis of Texas, had been identified. The official narrative states that Alexis was a lone gunman, armed only with an assault-style rifle, a shotgun and a handgun, who killed 12 people before being executed himself. According to reports, Alexis was civilian contractor, former Navy reservist and a subcontractor for Hewlett Packard Enterprises called “The Experts,who had “legitimate” access to the complex.

Reagan National Airport Shutdown
In the wake of the Navy Yard executions, air traffic at Reagan National Airport in Washington, D.C. was immediately grounded. Why authorities shut down a major metropolitan airport over a supposedly random shooting does not make sense unless the they were worried that one or more of the Special Forces which had just been ambushed in the Washington Navy Yard would shoot their way out of the lockdown and manage to escape on a plane out of Washington, D.C. Considering that at least 6 heavily armed and highly dangerous professional terrorists had just been double-crossed, all the necessary precautions were employed to ensure that they were unable to escape.

Dead Police Officers Disappear
Although the
official narrative of the Navy Yard Massacre states that only one police officer was wounded, initial reports which have now been redacted stated that 2 police officers were killed. A news report from UPI stated that as many as 24 people were shot, including two police officers, while Penn Live confirmed that six people were killed, including 1 law enforcement officer. How many police officers were killed or wounded is not known, and for good reason. They were likely members of the CERT team (see below) which carried out the executions and therefore their identity must be hidden from both the military community and the public.

Camouflaging the Executions
Despite what officials say in respect to the Navy Yard Massacre, the targeting of 13 Navy employees and contractors was anything but random. Aside from the 6 white males involved with Special Forced who were the main target of the attack, 7 other victims, consisting of mainly minorities (i.e., 4 women, 2-African American males, and 1 other male whose race is indistinguishable) were evidently executed because they were either: a) eyewitnesses to the CERT team’s executions, or b) were killed in order to camouflage the execution of the all-white 6-member state-sponsored terror cell.

Military Gunman Disinfo
In the aftermath of the CERT executions at the Navy Yard, disinformation was leaked through the media at 12:14 PM (EST) stating that Washington, D.C. Police were looking for two other possible suspects. One was described as a white male in a khaki tan military uniform with a handgun, while the other was a black male, about 50, who may have had a long gun and was wearing an olive, drab colored, possible military style uniform. This information was purposely fabricated and disseminated to provide cover for the CERT team which was in fact responsible for the massacre.

Navy Yard False-Flag Disinfo
Predictably, STRATFOR operative Alex Jones and other intelligence trolls immediately begun floating conspiracy theories that the Navy Yard shooting was another Obama false-flag terror attack. Propaganda reports entitled “AP Reported Navy Attack Day Before It Happened? Debunked?” and “Shooting At Navy Yard Shooting Witness False Flag Actors Staged?” are just a few samples of the coordinated disinformation campaign to confuse the public and the military community as to what really happened at the Washington Navy Yard on September 16, 2013.

Patsy Aaron Alexis
Less than 3 hours after the Navy Yard Massacre began, Washington, D.C. Police Chief Cathy Lanier stated that Aaron Alexis was believed to be the “single and sole” person responsible for the attack. When conclusive statements are made by officials in the immediate aftermath of a supposedly random terror-related incidents, the likelihood of foul play increases exponentially simply because a complete and thorough investigation has not been conducted. The claim that Alexis acted alone was not verifiable at the time and therefore it must be surmised that Police Chief Lanier was covering for the real Navy Yard attackers—the U.S. Capitol Police’s CERT team. Alexis was also vilified in an unprecedented barrage of media attacks which stated that he was treated multiple times for psychological issues (e.g., sleep deprivation, anger and paranoia), and that police had warned the Navy about his mental instability 6 weeks prior to the shooting. Posthumously propaganda reports such as “Family Recounts Chilling Airport Encounter With Navy Gunman”, “Navy Yard Killer Aaron Alexis Believed Government Was Attacking His Brain”, and “Washington Navy Yard Gunman ‘Obsessed With Violent Video Games’” so demonized and smeared Alexis that even if he was innocent and alive to defend himself, it would take a lifetime to clear his name.

Navy Yard Video
On September 25, 2013, a full 9 days after the attack, video footage of what purports to be Aaron Alexis at the Washington Navy Yard was released. Strangely enough, Alexis is seen acting in a defensive manner which indicates that he was being hunted as opposed to doing the killing. This was evidenced at 00:24 in the video when Alexis sees a steady stream of people exiting the building down the hallway. Instead of trying to shoot them, Alexis appears to be looking for a way out of the building. Evidently, he doesn’t trust that he will be safe with the others. Had the Navy wanted to extinguish the conspiracy theories that that Alexis was not the gunman, they would have released more than a 31-second video. Regardless, odds are that Alexis had absolutely nothing to do with the Navy Yard Massacre and was simply in the wrong place at the wrong time.

11. Three Top U.S. Navy Officials Arrested (Monday, September 16, 2013)
Political blowback from Terrorgate reached an unprecedented level on September 18, 2013, it was reported that a Navy contractor, a Navy commander and a Navy criminal investigator were suddenly arrested and charged with conspiracy in a bribery scheme. According to the U.S. attorney’s office, Leonard Francis was arrested in California on September 16, 2013, the day of the Navy Yard Massacre. Commander Michael Misiewicz, who was assigned to U.S. Northern Command, was arrested at Peterson Air Force Base in Colorado Springs, Colorado. NCIS Supervisory Special Agent John Beliveau II was also arrested in Virginia, apparently the same military base which experienced a “security” breach and subsequent evacuation on September 18, 2013. Although these men face up to 5 years in prison for their bogus charges, it’s highly likely that they were in large part responsible for overseeing the College Station, Las Vegas, and Washington, D.C. terror attacks and were arrested to keep them from talking to the media. Once these Navy men have an “understanding” with intelligence agencies, they will likely be promoted and go on to commit even greater acts of terror in the future.

12. Obama Cancels Rose Garden Speech (Monday, September 16, 2013)  
On September 16, 2013, at 12:32 PM (EST), less than 24 hours after it was scheduled, President Obama unceremoniously canceled his primetime
Rose Garden appearance by holding a watered-down press conference inside the White House. Although Obama did initially address the Navy Yard massacre which had occurred only 4 hours prior, the crux of his speech highlighted the exemplary work that he and his administration had accomplished since the collapse of Lehman Bros. in 2008. Why the Obama administration refused to cancel the Lehman Bros. speech in the wake of what Obama himself called a “mass shooting” is not known, but Truther.org’s February 16, 2012, report entitled “Alex Jones Cancels Speaking Tour 3 Days After Exposure As Possible STRATFOR Double Agent” was instrumental in discrediting radio host Alex Jones, the establishment’s #1 disinformation operative. Evidently, the intelligence community wasn’t keen on history repeating itself and therefore elected to have Obama give his Lehman Bros. speech despite the massacre, albeit indoors.

13. White House Attacked (Monday, September 16, 2013)
Less than 24 hours after a Truther.org terror warning about an imminent assassination “event” at the White House Rose Garden, the White House was attacked, albeit only with gunfire and/or firecrackers. According to reports, a shoeless man was allegedly arrested for throwing firecrackers over the White House’s fence on Monday, September 16, 2013, just hours after the Navy Yard Massacre. According to reports, the incident outside the northwest gate was initially described as gunshots with some people tweeting that shots had been heard. The notion of gunfire was quickly denied when Secret Service spokesman Ed Donovan stated that “There have not been shots outside the White House”. Predictably, the security breach resulted in uniformed government agents sealing off the area in front of the White House. This in turn enabled military specialists to remove the unexploded IEDs and/or CBRN agent which were placed in and around the front of the White House on Thursday, September 12, 2013, when the 32-year long protest in front of the White House was inexplicably removed.

14. Austrian Massacre (Monday, September 16, 2013)
On the same day as the Navy Yard Massacre, another mass execution was carried out in Austria when a gunman allegedly killed three police officers and a paramedic before coming suicide inside a farm building near Vienna. In total, 5 white males, 3 of which were allegedly policemen associated with Austrian Special Forces (i.e., the Jagdkommando)were killed in the 24 hours following the Navy Yard Massacre. As to be expected in state-sponsored assassination operations, an information blackout in respect to the media was in full effect in Austria. The suspect, only referred to by the European press as “Alois H” (i.e., Alois Hitler, the father of Adolf Hitler, was also from Austria) allegedly had more than 100 weapons stashed on his property. According to the official narrative, the lone assassin was 55-year-old Alois Huber, the owner of a trucking firm. Police reportedly stopped Huber at a roadblock west of Vienna where he was allegedly poaching. Huber then tried to escape in his car but crashed into a ditch near the central Austrian town of Annaberg, where he shot and killed a member of Austria’s Cobra SWAT team. Instead of trying to leave the scene, Huber waited around for an ambulance to respond and subsequently shot and killed the medic as he tried to give first aid to the fatally wounded policeman. Huber also shot and wounded another officer at the scene of the crash before kidnaping a policeman and hijacking his police car before driving some 60km to his farm. Once at the farm, Huber allegedly executed his police hostage in the police car and barricaded himself inside a farmhouse. During the 12-hour standoff, Huber shot sporadically at the 100 Austrian Special Forces troops which had surrounded the property on the outskirts of Melk, Austria. Eventually, a SWAT team wearing body armor and toting assault rifles commandeered three Austrian army tanks and attacked the compound. As previously witnessed in the Waco Siege of 1993, once the government tanks move in, a raging fire generally ensues. On September 18, 2013, less than a day after a charred body was found in the smoldering wreckage, it was reported that Huber committed suicide. Aside from the fact that a suicide conveniently covers up Huber’s execution, the notion that an autopsy of a severely burnt body was conducted and produced within 24 hours is scientifically impossible, further indicating that the entire Austrian shooting narrative is a coordinated hoax. The official story became outright laughable when it was reported, albeit posthumously, that Huber admitted to his friend that, “I shot three policemen. They shot me in the stomach too, but that doesn’t matter now…I have already shot Burgi (his dog) and they’re not going to get me”. By having Huber himself publically corroborate the official government narrative, intelligence agencies hoped to quell any rumors that the Austrian Massacre was in fact directly tied to the Washington Navy Yard Massacre which had transpired only 24 hours earlier.

15. White House Terror Patsy Takes Plea Deal (Wednesday, September 18, 2013)
In more post-Terrorgate trial maneuvering, it was reported on September 18, 2013, that Oscar Ramiro Ortega-Hernandez, the man charged with trying to assassinate President Obama on November 11, 2011, accepted a plea deal in his Washington, D.C. court appearance. Back on November 1, 2011, exactly 10 days before Ortega-Hernandez’s Obama assassination attempt, Truther.org issued a terror warning in respect to November 11, 2011, which stated that an Obama assassination “event” was likely planned for the NCAA’s “Carrier Classic” in San Diego, California, an event made specifically for an Obama assassination event. Although an Obama attack did not occur in San Diego, Ortega-Hernandez attacked the White House with an AK-47, allegedly leaving five bullet holes in face of 1600 Pennsylvania Ave.

16. U.S. Marine Killed (Wednesday, September 18, 2013)
Dead men tell no tales and on September 18, 2013, it was reported that U.S. Marine Corps Cpl. Nicholas Sell was killed in a “training accident” when his amphibious assault vehicle inexplicably “caught fire”. According to reports, the highly decorated Sell was a member of the 1st Marine Division, 3rd Assault Amphibious Battalion, based out of Camp Pendleton, California. Whether Sell was the slated to play role of patsy or terrorist is not known, but his timely and suspicious death atMarine Corps Air Ground Combat Center Twentynine Palms, California, home of the 7th Marine Division, definitely raises red flags.

17. U.S. Navy Evacuates Military Base (Wednesday, September 18, 2013)
On September 18, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. Navy evacuated two buildings due to a “security issue” at the Naval Support Activity Hampton Roads in Virginia. The Navy base serves as the headquarters of U.S. Fleet Forces Command, NATO Allied Command Transformation and Marine Corps Forces Command. A Navy spokeswoman stated that the security issue at the Virginia base involved a suspicious person who was questioned by authorities. Although it has yet to be confirmed, it does appears that Hampton Roads evacuation was conducted in order to retrieve or destroy sensitive documents in respect to Terrorgate. After all, the aforementioned NCIS Supervisory Special Agent John Beliveau II was apparently arrested at the same military base, indicating that the base being used to facilitate state-sponsored terror attacks.  

18. Kosovo Assassination Executed (Thursday, September 19, 2013)
The 6th and final member of the NATO/EU terror cell was finally killed on September 19, 2013, when it was reported that an EU customs officer was shot to death in Kosovo. According to the report, the incident took place during regular staff rotation when two EULEX vehicles came under fire from unknown persons. On the same day of September 19, 2013, it was also reported that gunmen shot dead a member of the European Union’s police force in Kosovo. According to the report, “around 7:30 am (0530 GMT) two EULEX vehicles, carrying six staff members…came under fire from unknown persons in the vicinity of the municipality of Zvecan”. Apparently, the dead EU customs officer and the dead EU police officer are one in the same person—Audrius Shevcevicius of Lithuania

19. Three U.S. Special Forces Executed (Saturday, September 21, 2013)
The only Terrorgate assassinations openly admitted to be assassinations occurred on September 21, 2013, when it was reported that three U.S. special forces troops were killed in “insider attacks” while on a mission in Afghanistan. According to an International Security Assistance Force statement (ISAF), “Three ISAF service members died when an individual wearing an Afghan National Security Forces uniform shot them”. What particular mission these Special Forces were on in Afghanistan is not known, but they were likely “contractors” who were privy to Terrorgate-related information and therefore were consequently executed. The victims of the attack in Afganistan have since been identified as Staff Sgt. Timothy R. McGill, Staff Sgt. Liam J. Nevins and Specialist Joshua J. Strickland.

20. Two Navy Airmen Killed In Helicopter Crash (Monday, September 23, 2013)
The latest Terrorgate deaths were reported on September 23, 2013, when the
U.S. Navy called off the search for two missing crew members which were allegedly involved in a helicopter crash. The incident occurred when a MH-60S Knighthawk helicopter attempted to land on the deck of the guided-missile destroyer USS William P. Lawrence (DDG 110) at approximately 12:40 PM on September 22, 2013. Suspiciously, despite being in the warm waters of the Red Sea, the Navy stated that the helicopter crew’s “survivability was extremely unlikely” and that “The crash was not due to any sort of hostile activity”. When conclusive statements are made by government officials in the immediate aftermath of suspicious accidents and/or terror-related events, the likelihood of foul play increases exponentially simply because a complete and thorough investigation has yet to take place and therefore the actual cause of the incident has not yet been accurately determined. The Navy victims have since been identified as Lt. Cmdr. Landon L. Jones and Chief Warrant Officer 3 Jonathon Shelby Gibson.

21. Obama Speaks At Marine Barracks
(Monday, September 23, 2013)
In a telling sign that Special Forces affiliated with the Marine Corps were executed in the Washington Navy Yard Massacre,
President Obama delivered a 21-minute eulogy for the victims at the Marine Barracks in Washington, D.C. on September 22, 2013, despite the fact all 13 victims were civilians and contractors allegedly unaffiliated with the Marines. Predictably, Obama used the memorial to call for a “transformation” of the America’s gun laws, regardless of the growing Terrorgate scandal which indicates that his administration ordered the massacre to begin with.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste


Truther RSS

Chicago

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
September 9, 2013
Truther.org

UPDATE: The season premiere of the television show entitled “Sons of Anarchy”, (S6E1), which aired on September 10, 2013, coincidentally depicted a mass school shooting (see video) featuring an automatic weapon. The episode entitled “Straw”, was at least the 32nd school shooting depicted on American television to date. To say that there is a psychological “program” to prep the American public for unprecedented school violence would be an understatement.

School Shootings on TV:

1. September 8, 1994: My So-Called Life: (S1E3): “Guns and Gossip”
2. February 10, 1995: Family Matters: (S6E15) “The Gun”
3. September 29, 1997: Buffy The Vampire Slayer: (S2E3): “School Hard”
4. April 3, 1998: Homicide: Life on the Street: (S6E18): “Full Court Press”
5. April 30, 1998: Promised Land: (S2E21): “When Darkness Falls”
6. May 13, 1998: Chicago Hope: (S4E24): “Physician, Heal Thyself”
7. November 9, 1998: 7th Heaven: (S3E7): “Johnny Get Your Gun”
8. September 21, 1999: Buffy The Vampire Slayer: (S3E18): “Earshot”
9. January 8, 2001: Boston Public: (S1E9): “Chapter Nine”
10. May 16, 2001: Law & Order: (S11E22): “School Daze”
11. May 21, 2001: Third Watch: (S2E22): “…And Zeus Wept”
12. October 1, 2001: 7th Heaven: (S6E2): “Teased”
13. October 18, 2001: CSI: (S2E4): “Bully For You”
14. April 13, 2002: Touched By An Angel: (S8E18): “Minute By Minute”
15. May 4, 2002: Static Shock: (S2E24): “Jimmy”
16. April 14, 2003: CSI: Miami: (S1E20): “Grave Young Men”
17. September 30, 2003: Law & Order SVU: (S5E2): “Manic”
18. December 12, 2003: Joan of Arcadia: (S1E11): “The Uncertainty Principle”
19. December 3, 2004: Degrassi: The Next Generation: (S4E8): “Time Stands Still, Part Two”
20. November 9, 2005: The George Lopez Show: (S5E6P3): “George Finds Therapy Benny-Ficial”
21. January 10, 2006: The Shield: (S5E1): “Extraction”
22. March 1, 2006: One Tree Hill: (S3E16): “With Tired Eyes, Tired Minds, Tired Souls, We Slept”
23. March 14, 2006: NCIS: (S3E18) “Bait”
24. April 7, 2006: Numb3rs: (S2E19): “Dark Matter”
25. May 2, 2006: Veronica Mars: (S2E21): “Happy Go Lucky”
26. May 18, 2006: ER: (S12E22): “21 Guns”
27. September 24, 2006: Cold Case: (S4E1): “Rampage”
28. April 10, 2007: The Unit: (S2E20): “In Loco Parentis”
29. October 12, 2011: Criminal Minds (S7E4): “Painless”
30. November 9, 2011: American Horror Story: (S1E6): “Piggy Piggy”
31. April 11, 2013: Glee: (S4E18): “Shooting Star”
32. September 10, 2013: Sons of Anarchy (S6E1): “Straw”

[Does not purport to be a complete list]

SWITZERLAND, Zürich —
Based on breaking news and events, it now appears that the dreaded follow up to the Sandy Hook Massacre in Connecticut will most likely be a racially motivated militia-like massacre possibly  targeting innocent African-American school children.

Although a race based terror attack on a school could occur in any U.S. state (e.g., California, Florida, Georgia, Oregon, New Jersey or New York), it will most likely happen in a “gun-free zone” such as Chicago, Illinois (i.e., President Obama’s home city and state). This would make Obama appear as a victim, namely due to his skin color.

Download & Forward PDF

A new and unprecedented school related “race war” terror attack allegedly committed by white racists (e.g., the KKK, the Hells Angels, the Hutaree Militia, Neo-Nazis, etc.) would likely result in the deaths of hundreds of black children would ultimately galvanize support for Obama globally while simultaneously giving him the green light to attack all American gun owners with unmanned drones. Naturally, this type of aggression by Obama would spark a civil war—exactly what it’s intended to do.

Including December 14, 2012, the date of the Sandy Hook Massacre, there have been at least 20 school related attacks (see list below), 15 school lockdowns and bomb threats, 5 school related bio-outbreaks or mass poisonings, 3 deadly school fires, 3 students arrested for committing or planning school attacks, and nearly a dozen highly suspicious school terror propaganda reports. Needless to say, school terror in America is blinking red on every level.

This Truther.org False-Flag Terror Threat Assessment (FFTTA) is valid for all U.S. schools (K-12) and is in effect for the 2013-2014 academic school year.

September 11, 2013, Attack?
As recently witnessed in the now foiled August 24, 2013, Al Qaeda/Syrian Rebel chemical terror attack on America, the Obama administration and its
rabid Zionist puppeteers attempted to forever link the Syrian Rebels with white American gun-owners by attempting to conduct both a “jihad” attack and “race war” attack simultaneously. Therefore, it’s quite plausible that a white militia-like “race war” terror attack targeting African-American students could occur on September 11, 2013. Psychologically and date wise, this would forever link homegrown terrorists with September 11, 2001, Osama bin Laden, and Al Qaeda. In the aftermath of a new 9/11 attack, both the media and the Obama administration would continually refer to “9/11 Terrorists” when conducting drone strikes, ultimately making white American gun owners synonymous with Middle Eastern terrorists.

Beslan School Hostage Redux?
The next school related terror attack in America may be a redux of the Beslan school hostage crisis which took place on September 1-3, 2004, in the town of Beslan, North Ossetia, Russia. The incident lasted three days and involved the capture of over 1,100 people as hostages, including 777 children). The crisis began when a group of state-sponsored Islamic militants occupied School Number One (SNO). The hostage-takers purportedly demanded recognition of the independence of Chechnya at the UN and Russian withdrawal from Chechnya. On the third day of the standoff, the Russian military violently stormed the school killing 334 hostages, including 186 children. If and when a Beslan-like hostage terror scenario occurs in America, political demands by the white terrorists that Obama resign as president would be par for the terror playbook. Coincidentally, the Boston Bombings, the last terror attack on American soil was allegedly committed by Chechen terrorists.

School Massacre Foreshadowing
Prior to a high-profile school terror event, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. On April 12, 2013, roughly 4 months after the
Sandy Hook Massacre, the popular TV show entitled ‘Glee’ depicted a school shooting, apparently an ominous sign of things to come. Then, just as the 2013 school year was about to begin, a shocking propaganda video entitled “Gun Violence – Is this the #NewSchoolUniform?” was released on August 25, 2013 by Moms Demand Action from Atlanta, Georgia. Only 5 days later on August 30, 2013, U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry stated that the Syrian gas attack killed 1,429 Syrians, including at least 426 children, despite the fact that only 355 total deaths have confirmed. Although impossible know, it would appear that Kerry was foreshadowing unprecedented child related deaths in psychological preparation for an impending school massacre.

II. STATE OF ILLINOIS
:

Chicago’s Terrorist Mayor
Aside from the fact that the
Mayor of Chicago, Rahm Emanuel, is the son of a Israeli Zionist terrorist, the city of Chicago has experienced 532 murders in 2012 and more than 200 murders in 2013 since Emanuel took over the mayorship. In the month of August 2013 alone, Chicago has suffered an unprecedented 53 homicides and 224 others have been shot. These murders are in large part a result of Emanuel and the crew of Israeli terrorists which are currently having a free-for-all terrorizing the unarmed city. Therefore, it should come as no surprise that the Chicago is slated to suffer an unprecedented gun related massacre. Interestingly, Emanuel participated in a cameo on the television show entitled “Chicago Fire”, which coincidentally features Chicago fire and medical teams which would be called to a future gun-related school massacre.

Illinois Gun Laws
In the summer of 2013, numerous gun-related laws have been passed in the city of Chicago and the state of Illinois. These laws are being passed prior to a major gun related attack so that in the aftermath, gun laws can be cited as a motive for an attack on Obama’s home city and state. Predictably, white American gun owners who think Obama and Emanuel’s gun policies are unconstitutional will be scapegoated in the terror attack.

Illinois Gun Headlines:

1. July 17, 2013: Chicago Lawmakers Unanimously Vote To Beef Up Assault Weapons Ban
2. July 28, 2013: Sheriff’s Team Working To Seize Guns From Thousands In Illinois
3. August 25, 2013:New Illinois Gun Law Requires Owners To Report Missing Firearms

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Chicago Kids Targeted by Emanuel   
Recent news and events openly suggests that innocent Chicago kids will be targeted with future gun related violence. Regardless of the fact that guns are illegal in Chicago, the media are painting the narrative that gun are the root cause of the spiking gun-related deaths, not Rahm Emanuel, the terrorist mayor of Chicago. On August 25, 2013, the Financial Times ominously ran the headline, “Kids Brave Gangland As Chicago Budget Cuts Redraw Route To School”. Why the school routes are being changed and exactly what is being planned for these children by Emanuel is not known, but whenever standard protocols are suddenly changed, it’s a major red-flag, especially in respect to false-flag terrorism. A day later on August 26, 2013, Fox News ran the headline, “Guards Help Escort Chicago Kids To New Schools Amid Wave Of Shootings”. Who these “guards” are and what they are planning to do with Chicago’s school children is not known, but a sketchy scenario whereby naive school children could be abducted in mass has now been set-up. In essence, Chicago kids have already been taken hostage by unknown gunmen albeit for their own “protection”. When these “guards” will be replaced by Israeli terrorists is not known, but Emanuel did not leave his job as Obama’s White House Chief of Staff for the mayorship of Chicago alone—he went to Chicago to plot, plan and oversee a horrific gun-related “race war” terror attack.

Alex Jones Predicts Chicago School Massacre
Alleged STRATFOR intelligence operative Alex Jones appears to be fed just enough Israeli intelligence to make bold terror predictions only a few months, weeks or days prior that terror event transpiring in realty. On March 18, 2013, Alex Jones stated on his radio program that Chicago was a top false-flag terror target and was referring to the city when he stated that “When they blow stuff up, it might be a daycare”. Roughly 6 months late on September 4, 2013, Jones told his radio program audience that if there is a terror attack in Chicago, they should immediately go to the location and kill the terrorists. In the event that there is a prolonged Beslan-like hostage attack in Chicago, gun wielding men entering a gun-free zone near a school would obviously be mistaken for the terrorists and a massive fire-fight would ensue. Aside from forecasting school terror in Chicago, Jones is attempting to bait his audience into a full-scale war with the U.S. government in the midst of an ongoing terror attack.

Chicago Terror Drill
In what appears to be preparation for a major response to an Emanuel authorized terror attack in Chicago, on July 24, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. military had conducted a major terror exercise in Chicago. According to the report, Chicago’s Office of Emergency Management and Communications (OEMC) told the Chicago Tribune that it was providing support for “routine military training exercises” which included the flying of military attack helicopters over downtown Chicago at night. The OEMC released the following statement to the public: “The training sites have been carefully selected to minimize the impact on the daily routine of residents,” The “realistic urban training” was reportedly conducted by the U.S. Special Operations Command based out of MacDill Air Force Base in Tampa, Florida. The drill also included the participation of soldiers from the 160th Special Operations Aviation Regiment which is headquartered in Fort Campbell, Kentucky. If terror strikes Chicago, the U.S. government will be ready to respond with devastating force.

Chicago Terror Trending
Recent news and events in respect to both Chicago and the state of Illinois suggests that all is not good. To date, there have been numerous attacks and deaths at Illinois colleges and Chicago lawmakers are talking about bringing U.S. military troops to the city.

Latest Illinois Headlines
:

1. January 21, 2013: Student Mysteriously Dies At Blackburn College
2. April 24, 2013:
Five People Killed In Illinois Shooting, Gunman Dies After Police Chase
3. May 2, 2013:
Judge OKs Release Of Illinois Man Accused Of Trying To Join Al-Qaida In Syria
4. July 10, 2013:
Chicago Lawmaker: Send Troops To City
5. July 17, 2013:
Chicago Lawmakers Unanimously Vote To Beef Up Assault Weapons Ban
6. July 24, 2013:
Army Conducts Nighttime Exercises In Downtown Chicago
7. July 25, 2013:
Chicago Man Who Impersonated Police In 2009 Arrested Again For Same Thing
8. July 28, 2013:
Sheriff’s Team Working To Seize Guns From Thousands In Illinois
9. August 10, 2013:
Illinois University Backs Professor Even After Learning He Murdered Family In 1967
10. August 25, 2013: Kids Brave Gangland As Chicago Budget Cuts Redraw Route To School
11. August 25, 2013:
New Illinois Gun Law Requires Owners To Report Missing Firearms
12. August 26, 2013:
Guards Help Escort Chicago Kids To New Schools Amid Wave Of Shootings
13. August 30, 2013: Man Charged In Blowdart Attacks At University of Illinois

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

III. STATE OF OREGON
:

Oregon School Terror?
In the event that the Chicago school terror attack is canceled, a secondary school massacre may occur in the state of Oregon. Recent unannounced “emergency” terror drills indicate that the Beaver State may be a future target of state-sponsored terrorism. Roughly 15 years ago on May 21, 1998, Thurston High School in Springfield, Oregon was home to high school shooting in which 4 students were killed and 24 were injured. Based on recent events, history may be about to repeat herself. On April 19, 2013, an emergency drill was executed at Sweet Home Middle School in Sweet Home, Oregon. Roughly 2 weeks later on May 2, 2013, a surprise shooting drill shocked teachers at a school in Halfway, Oregon. Only 24 days later on May 26, 2013, prosecutors stated that an Oregon teen planned Columbine-style attack at his school in Albany, Oregon. Whether or not another school massacre is planned for Oregon is not known, but the terrorists have had plenty of school related terror drills to practice.

IV. SCHOOL TERROR SCENARIOS:

School Bio-Terror Attack?
Based on the
cumulative data of bio-terror research, a made-for-TV bio-terror “event” will likely occur in America involving the use of agents known as Anthrax and Smallpox. Despite the television theatrics, the true source of the pandemic which is planned for 2013 will be poisonous vaccines issued to the public by the government and medical establishment in the immediate aftermath of a major bio-terror attack. Aside from having the means, the motive and the opportunity to conduct a major bio-terror attack, the government is the only entity with the resources to organize, plan, drill and execute a major bio-terror false-flag operation. Recent headlines in respect to school-related gas attacks, poisonings, and biological breakouts suggest a state-sponsored bio-attack on a school is a real possibility.

School Outbreaks & Poisonings:

1. January 15, 2013:
28 Students Hospitalized For Carbon Monoxide Poisoning (Nashville, Tennessee)
2. March 20, 2013:Schools Warn Of Tijuana Meningococcal Meningitis Outbreak (San Diego, California)
3. March 28, 2013:
Teacher Had No Idea Students Were Poisoning Her (Newport News, Virginia)
4. June 2, 2013:
Almost 100 Schoolgirls Poisoned In Suspected Gas Attack (Maimana, Afghanistan)
5. August 1, 2013:
School Children Fall Ill In India From Drinking Water (Maimana, India)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Hostages
Prior to a high-profile hostage event, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. Coincidentally, on September 23, 2013, an American drama television series entitled “
Hostages” will premiere on CBS. Interestingly, the plot of “Hostages” involves a rogue FBI agent who orders a hostage to assassinate the President of the United States (Obama) in order to save her family. Complementing the new hostage related TV programming is a number of recent real life hostage events which suggest that a major hostage related terror event in America is imminent.  

Hostages Trending:

1. January 16, 2013: ‘Mali’ Islamists Kill 3, Take 41 Hostages In Algeria (Algiers, Algeria)
2. March 14, 2013:
Man Takes 5 Hostages At College With A Toy Gun (Astrakhan, Russia)
3. April 8, 2013:
Man Who Took Hostages At Clinton’s Office Is Missing (Rochester, New Hampshire)
4. April 11, 2013:
Man Killed After Taking Firefighters Hostage In Suburban Atlanta (Atlanta, Georgia)
5. April 22, 2013:
Taliban Take 11 Hostages After Helicopter Lands (Dahra Mangal, Afghanistan)
6. July 22, 2013:
The Worst Fate: Somalia’s Ship Wrecked Hostages (Somalia)
7. July 23, 2013:
Al-Qaeda Holds 200 Kurdish Civilians Hostage As ‘Live Shield’ (Tal Abyad, Syria)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

School Fire Attack
In a Beslan-like terror situation, a major fire that kills hundreds of children is not out of the question. In the last 6 months, there have been at least 3 deadly fires involving school children. As previously mentioned, the Chicago mayor
Rahm Emanuel participated in a cameo in the television show entitled “Chicago Fire”, which features Chicago firemen who would inevitably have to put out a school related fire.

School Fires Trending:

1. April 2, 2013:
Fire Kills 13 Students In Myanmar; 4 Missing (Yangon, Myanmar)
2. June 9, 2013:
Suspicious Fire At Islamic Boarding School In London (London, England)
3. July 6, 2013:
Nigeria School Massacre: 41 Children Killed, Some Burned Alive (Mamudo, Nigeria)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Assault Weapons Terror

If the following gun related propaganda headlines are to be believed, there are literally thousands of assault rifles floating around America and the Middle East. Interestingly, the U.S. government has purchased hundreds of thousands of Russian made weapons and ammunition. By using non-American weapons, the U.S. government can autonomously arm both sides of a civil war and can gain plausible deniability in the aftermath of the attacks. As recently witnessed on July 9, 2013, in Detroit, Michigan, a
vehicle with a mounted gun was used to terrorize civilians. A redux of this particular incident at a school, sporting event or university is a real possibility.  

Assault Weapons Headlines:

1. August 6, 2007: 190,000 AK-47 Assault Rifles Given To Iraq Are Missing
2. April 3, 2013:
Video Appears To Show World’s Most Powerful Rifle In Hands Of Syrian Rebels
3. April 9, 2013:
20,000 U.S. M-16s Stolen From Unguarded Warehouse In Kuwait
4. July 26, 2013:
U.S. Army Buying Millions of Rounds Of Russian Ammo And Popular Civilian Firearms
5. August 14, 2013:
LA County Sheriff’s Department Loses M-16 Rifle Given By Feds
6. August 16, 2013:
U.S. Army Buys Nearly 600,000 Soviet AK-47 Magazines
7. August 19, 2013:
Bloomberg Reveals Largest Gun Seizure Ever In New York
8. August 19, 2013:
Reward Offered For Weapons Stolen From FBI Vehicle
9. August 23, 2013:
Police Search For Men Seen Carrying AK-47s

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

IV. SCHOOL TERROR:

School Terror Trending
Since the December 14, 2013 attack on
Sandy Hook Elementary School, the world, namely America, has suffered numerous assault rifle massacres, school shootings, school suicides, bomb threats, knife attacks, mass carbon monoxide poisonings, stabbing sprees, coach killings, teacher poisonings, grenade attacks, terror attacks, and school bombings. Needless to state, school attacks, emergencies, threats, lockdowns, terror plots, and patsy arrests are currently at an unprecedented level, ultimately indicating that related school terror is blinking red on every level. 

School Attacks & Emergencies:

1. December 14, 2012: Sandy Hook Massacre; 20 Children Killed (Newtown, Connecticut)
2. December 14, 2012:
School Knife Attack; 22 Kids Killed (Chengping, China)
4. January 10, 2013:
1 Student Shot, Wounded At High School (Taft, California)
5. January 17, 2013:
5 Children Killed As African Union Opens Fire On School (Mogadishu, Somalia)
6. January 31, 2013:
Student Shot In Head In School Shooting (Atlanta, Georgia)
7. February 3, 2013:
High School Coach Shoots Attackers Outside School (Detroit, Michigan)
8. February, 4, 2013:
Student Commits Suicide Inside School Bathroom (Coweta, Oklahoma)
9. February 13, 2013:Youth Sentenced For Middles School Stabbing (Wilson Southern, Pennsylvania)
10. March 3, 2013:
Student Suspended After Disarming Gunman (Fort Meyers, Florida)
11. March 18, 2013:Florida Student Who Committed Suicide Had Planned Attack (Orlando, Florida)
12. April 1, 2013: Principal Killed In Grenade, Gun Attack On Pakistani School (Karachi, Pakistan)
13. April 10, 2013:
Suspected Islamic Extremists Kill 4 Involved In Education Programs (Bama, Nigeria)
14. May 16, 2013:
Man Shoots Himself In Front Of A Dozen Of Kids At Private School (Paris, France)
15. July 6, 2013:
Nigeria School Massacre: 41 Children Killed, Some Burned Alive (Mamudo, Nigeria)
16. July 27, 2013:
Murder Charges Dismissed In Georgia Preschool Killing (Atlanta, Georgia)
17. August 20, 2013:
Gunfire In Georgia Elementary School: Suspect In Custody (Atlanta, Georgia)
18. August 30, 2013:
Incendiary Bomb Strikes School, Killing 1, Wounding 7 (Urum al-Kubra, Syria)
19. August 31, 2013:
18-Year-Old Charged In Shooting At High School (Winston-Salem, North Carolina)
20. September 5, 2013:
Bomb Wounds 11 Outside Pakistan Girls’ School (Bannu, Pakistan)
20.September 3, 2013:
Teen Pleads Guilty To Fatally Stabbing School Principal (Memphis, Tennessee)
21. September 4, 2013:
One Teen Dead, 3 Injured In Texas School Stabbing (Spring, Texas)
22. September 7, 2013:
High Point Teacher Dies From Shooting Injuries (Greensboro, North Carolina)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Schools Under Threat
Aside from actual attacks and shootings at schools, there has been an unprecedented amount of threats, lockdowns and emergencies at schools across America. These events have systematically psychologically prepared both the American public as well as school and law enforcement officials for imminent school related violence.

School Lockdowns & Emergencies Trending:

1. January 2, 2013:
“Batman” Massacre Threat Closes School (Giles County, Virginia)
2. January 9, 2013:
Middle School Student Brings Loaded Gun To School (Mobile, Alabama)
3. January 17, 2013:
Gun Found In 7-Year-Old’s Backpack School (New York, New York)
4. January 25, 2013:
Student Caught Carrying Loaded Gun Into School (Detroit, Michigan)
5. January 29, 2013:
Toy Gun Prompts Bronx School Lock-Down (Bronx, New York)
6. February 27, 2013:
High School Makes Changes After Bomb Threats (University Park, Texas)
7. March 15, 2013:
Man Arrested After Being Named In School Threats (Orangeville, Michigan)
8. March 22, 2013:Boy Suspended For Bringing Plastic Gun To School (Hopkinton, Massachusetts)
9. March 29, 2013:
School District Looks For Answers After 10 Bomb Threats (Boundary County, Idaho)
10. April 18, 2013:
Elementary School Reportedly Evacuated After Bomb Threat (Phoenix, Arizona)
11. April 22, 2013:
Police Arrest Suspect In Shooting Threat That Closed Schools (Leiden, Netherlands)
12. May 28, 2013:
Microphone, Not Gun, Prompts Lockdown At Chaminade Prep (West Hills, California)
13. June 10, 2013:
Threat Prompts Lockdown Of Newtown Schools (Newtown, Connecticut)
14. June 19, 2013:
Teen Fatally Shocked, 3 Injured On Elementary School’s Roof (Fairfax, Virginia)
15. August 23, 2013:
Gun Goes Off In Kindergartener’s Backpack At School (Memphis, Tennessee)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

School Terror Propaganda
Recent news and events in respect to school safety, guns and violence, suggest that the American public is being psychologically prepped for a major school related massacre. Based purely on headlines, it would appear that school terror is imminent.

School Terror Propaganda Trending:

1. July 30, 2013:
Arkansas School District Arming More Than 20 Teachers, Staff (Clarksville, Arkansas)
2. August 15, 2013:
Philadelphia Mayor Nutter: ‘I Will Not Risk Catastrophe’ (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
3. August 15, 2013:
South Africa Closes 16 Schools Over Gang Violence (Cape Town, South Africa)
4. August 17, 2013:
Maryland University Buying Bulletproof Whiteboards (Princess Anne, Maryland)
5. August 25, 2013:
Kids Brave Gangland As Budget Cuts Redraw School Routes (Chicago, Illinois)
6. August 25, 2013:
Gun Violence – Is This The #NewSchoolUniform? (United States)
7. August 26, 2013:
Guards Escort Kids To New Schools Amid Wave Of Shootings (Chicago, Illinois)
8. August 27, 2013:
Could Bulletproof Be The New Trend In School Supplies? (United States.)
9. August 30, 2013:
Police Storm Homeschool Class, Take Children By Force (Darmstadt, Germany)
10. September 2, 2013:
Police Officer Shot When Child Pulled Trigger On His Gun (Lodi, California)
11. September 5, 2013:
Georgia School District Mulls Placing Rifles In School (Gainesville, Georgia)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

School Terror Plots & Patsies:

1. March 18, 2013: Florida Student Who Committed Suicide Had Planned Attack (Orlando, Florida)
2. May 15, 2013:
No Charges Against Teen After Chemical Explosion At School (Polk County, Florida)
3. May 26, 2013:
Oregon Teen Planned Columbine-Style Attack At His School (Albany, Oregon)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

V, AFTERMATH OF SCHOOL TERROR:

Bill Cooper Predicts School Violence to Attack 2nd Amendment
Prior to the Columbine Massacre, the late great Milton William “Bill” Cooper predicted that the U.S. government would use school related violence to obtain its objectives of disarming the American people. An excerpt from Cooper’s 1991 book “Behold A Pale Horse” reads: “The government encouraged the manufacture and importation of firearms for the criminals to use. This is intended to foster a feeling of insecurity, which would lead the American people to voluntarily disarm themselves by passing laws against firearms. Using drugs and hypnosis on mental patients in a process called Orion, the CIA inculcated the desire in these people to open fire on schoolyards and thus inflame the anti-gun lobby. This plan is well under way, and so far is working perfectly. The middle class is begging the government to do away with the 2nd Amendment.”

The “Gun Confiscation False-Flag”
The goal of a major domestic terror attack targeting children is three fold: 1) garner political support for Obama domestically, 2) cause unprecedented race related division and turmoil within the United States, and 3) foment a violent “civil war” between gun owning Americans and the U.S. military. The next domestic terror attack will likely be the “Gun Confiscation False-Flag” that most gun owners know is being planned. If and when this happens, we can expect something very similar to what happened in Australia on April 28, 1996, when the Port Arthur Massacre occurred in resulting in 35 dead and 23 wounded. Immediately after this event, new gun laws were passed and millions of Australian guns were confiscated and destroyed. Just like 9/11, the Oklahoma City Bombing and the Sandy Hook Massacre, there is an overwhelming amount of evidence that indicated that the Port Arthur Massacre was just another act of state-sponsored terror. Unlike Australians, Americans have been socially and psychologically programmed by their Freemasonic Founding fathers and the Bill of Rights laid out in the U.S. Constitution, namely the 2nd Amendment, to fight the government if and when they lose the right to bear arms. While this sounds good in theory, it is exactly what the government wants and has been planning for. The reality is, even if every single American had the latest assault rifle with unlimited ammunition, it would be no match for U.S. governments tanks, bombs and unmanned drones.Realistically speaking, the only way to defeat the current establishment is with information, for it kills both terrorists and dictators alike. It is imperative to remember that violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs for it plays right into their hand. By educating yourself and those around you, America and the world will inevitably see who is really pulling the strings of terror.

School Terror Threat Is Real
On November 16, 2012, only five days after a Truther.org terror warning about the possibility of a mass shooting at the Twilight Premier in Los Angeles, police arrested a man they say was planning an Aurora-style shooting at a weekend screening of “Twilight: Breaking Dawn.” Eleven days later on November 27, 2012, just 17 days prior to the Sandy Hook Massacre, which even by academic standards was a blatant act of state sponsored terrorism, the following statement was published by Truther.org:

“Currently, school and university terror propaganda is also at an all-time high. In 2012 alone, there were at least 30 cases of school and university attacks, outbreaks, threats and scares with at least 12 major plots to bomb or shoot-up U.S. schools or universities allegedly thwarted by officials. Numerous school and university terror drills have also prepped local, state and federal officials for impending school terror on the level of the Columbine Massacre and the Beslan Massacre, both of which state-sponsored attacks. School and university terror is blinking red on every level; the only question is when and where the state-sponsored terror attacks will occur.”

Therefore, the following information contained herein must be taken seriously, as innocent American school children’s lives are hanging in the balance. Please do your part and forward this information to local and state authorities around the U.S. in an attempt to circumvent these planned acts state-sponsored school terror.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as revealing Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste

Obama

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
August 27, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — On August 28, 2013, U.S. President Barack Obama will mark the 50th anniversary of Martin Luther King’s “I have a dream” speech by giving his own speech from the same steps at the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D.C. It is now a matter of public record that the U.S. government assassinated King, so it should come as no surprise that the African-American community is being targeted once again in order to inflame race relations under Obama.

Download & Forward PDF

As the recent USA Today headline ominously states, “For Obama, MLK’s Shadow Looms Large Ahead Of Speech”. The only question is whether the “shadow” is an assassination “event” targeting Obama himself, or a race war attack consisting of acid, bio-terror or explosives on his supporters.  Either way, as long as Obama is in office, rest assured that a race war like terror event in being planned. Coincidentally, on August 21, 2013, it was reported that a Homeland Security employee was preparing for a coming race war. Although the DHS employee has since been put on paid leave, the race war he referred to evidentially has not.

If and when an Obama assassination “event” manifests itself in reality, it will be used by the Zionist owned media to create unprecedented racial division and turmoil within the United States. It is imperative to remember that starting fights between different races, classes and religions is taken word for word from the 3rd Protocol of the Protocols of Zion. As America and the world continue to wake up to the evils of Zionism, namely usury and blatant acts of terrorism against humanity, there will be more and more attempts by Zionists to terrorize and divide the masses in an attempt to distract humanity from their wicked deeds.

Since 2007, there have been over 65 Obama assassination plots in which individuals were questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against Obama. While some of these cases may have in fact been legitimate threats, most if not all of them appear to be staged “events” orchestrated to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race.

2013 Obama Assassination Headlines:

1. January 14, 2013: Man ‘Spits In Face Of Secret Service Agent Guarding Obama’s Chicago Home’
2. January 22, 2013: Prisoner: I Threatened To Kill Obama To Get Medical Care
3. April 9, 2013: Man With BB Gun Arrested Near Obama’s Motorcade
4. April 17, 2013: Self-Declared ‘Master Of Impressions’ Arrested In Obama Ricin Letter Case
5. May 8, 2013: New Terrorist Magazine Targets Obama, Drones
6. May 29, 2013: Secret Service Confirms Ricin Letter Was Addressed To President Obama
7. May 30, 2013: Man Jailed For Threatening Obama On Twitter
8. June 11, 2013: Monument To Michelle Obama Ancestor Toppled In Georgia
10. June 11, 2013: Secret Service “Visits” Outspoken Critic Of Obama – Because Of Twitter?
11. June 17, 2013: Obama Assassination Fears – Aircraft Carriers On Standby During G8 Summit
12. June 19, 2013: FBI Foils Plot To Build Strange X-Ray Weapon, Possibly Targeting President Obam

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Obama Bus Attack?
A potential “race war” attack could come in the form of an attack on Obama supporters as depicted in the now foiled 2012 DNC terror plot of September 6, 2012. Coincidentally, on August 26, 2013, it was reported that a chartered bus went up in flames after it returned from the MLK march in Washington, potentially setting the pretext that the bus was targeted for race war terror. As previously reported on July 5, 2013, Nazi-like attacks on blacks riding busses to attend the Trayvon Martin trial were apparently thwarted. In respect to Obama’s MLK speech, it is also likely that supporters will be bussed into Washington and that paid “skinheads” may attack these unsuspecting passengers with Molotov cocktails, ultimately trapping these individuals inside a bus where they will burn to death. This will over course make for horrific videos of the screaming and burning which will be played incessantly until a “race war” is in order.

Lincoln Memorial Attack?
Come August 28, 2013, Obama will give his speech on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial which is at the end of the National Mall in Washington, D.C. Coincidentally, on July 26, 2013, green paint was splattered on the Lincoln Memorial, potentially indicating that an assassination attempt on Obama himself or an acid-like bio-terror attack on the crowd may be planned. Even more disturbing is that the National Mall may have already been rigged with explosives. On September 1, 2012, it was reported that construction workers had finally taken down the construction fence which had marred the view of the Lincoln Memorial Reflecting Pool for nearly two years. According to the report, the renovation costing $34 million gave the pool a new steel reinforced foundation as well as a new filtration system that pumps water from the Potomac Tidal Basin. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the historic Washington D.C. landmarks is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the National Mall. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a coordinated terrorist attack. Is an apparent ominous sign of things to come, on April 11, 2013, it was reported that a body a man was pulled from the Potomac River near the Roosevelt Memorial. According to the report, this was the second time within a week a body has been discovered in National Mall area.

Nazi Terror Trending
Prior to a high profile Nazi/Skinhead terror attack targeting African-Americans, the public must first be psychologically programed to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting in June of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of news and events in respect to Nazis and skinheads which has been subconsciously programming the masses for impending Nazi related terror attacks.

Race War Headlines Trending:

1. June 10, 2013:  School Vandalized With Swastikas, Anti-Obama Graffiti (Reseda, California)
2. June 11, 2013: Memphis Police Suspend Officer Over KKK Tweets (Memphis, Tennessee)
3. June 16, 2013:
Shock Lingers After Alleged Nazi Unit Leader Found In U.S. (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
4. June 25, 2013: Fatal Skinhead Attack On Activist Caught On Video (Paris, France)
5. June 21, 2013: German Prosecutors Probe Possible Neo-Nazi Bombing (Munich, Germany)
6. June 21, 2013:
Use Of Nazi, Soviet Symbols Banned (Riga, Latvia)
7. June 25, 2013:
‘Nazi Salute’ Greek Footballer Seeking Redemption In Italy (Bologna, Italy)
8. June 28, 2013:
Neighbors Call Police After Stratford Man Flies Nazi Flag (Stratford, Connecticut)
9. July 2, 2013:
Mongolian Neo-Nazis Rebrand Themselves As Environmentalists (Ulan Bator, Mongolia)
10. July 3, 2013:
‘Progressives’ Shocked: One Of Their Own A Nazi? (Slovenia)
11. July 7, 2013:
Neo-Nazi Trio Threatens Ex-Party Leader Sahlin (Stockholm, Sweden)
12. July 8, 2013:
Nazi Hacker Hacks Jersey Shore Cast Members Twitter Page (Unknown)
13. July 8, 2013:  92-Year-Old German, To Stand Trial For Nazi War Crimes (Berlin, German)
14. July 8, 2013: Berlin Begins Building Memorial To Victims Of Nazi ‘Euthanasia’ (Berlin, Germany)
15. July 8, 2013:
Nikos Dendias ‘Very Worried’ About ‘Nazi’ Golden Dawn (Athens, Greece)
16. July 9, 2013:
Kanye Tweets Frustration Over Leaked ‘Skinhead’ Video (Los Angeles, California)
17. July 9, 2013: Russia Blasts Estonia Defense Minister Over Nazi Sympathies (Tallinn, Estonia)
18. July 9, 2013: Forest Swastika Remain Decades After They First Appeared (Brandenburg, Germany)
19. July 10, 2013: “Hitler” Fried Chicken: KFC Logo Gets Troubling Nazi Chic Makeover (Ubon, Thailand)
20. July 10, 2013: Israel-Germany Soccer Match Nixed Over Neo-Nazi Threat (Angerberg, Austria)
21. July 10, 2013: Alleged Neo-Nazi Sympathizer Pleads Guilty In Gun-Possession (Toledo, Ohio)
22. July 12, 2013: Altered Images: ‘Nazi Loco’ Deleted From Club Website (Russia)
23. July 12, 2013: Custody Denied To Nazi-Naming Dad (Flemington, New Jersey)
24. July 12, 2013: Man Stabbed After Neo-Nazi Party Meet (Halmstad, Sweden)
25. July 13, 2013: Germany Inaugurates Memorial To Neo-Nazi Victims (Dortmund, Germany)
26. July 14, 2013: Neo-Nazism On The Mount (Jerusalem, Israel)
27. July 14, 2013: Remembering The Victims Of Nazi Eugenics (Germany)
28. July 16, 2013: The Scientists Who Escaped The Nazis (Gottingen, Germany)
29. July 16, 2013: Neo-Nazi And Black Metal Star Varg Vikernes Arrested In Southwest France (France)
30. July 16, 2013: Nazi-Fighting ‘Night Witch’ Dead At 91 (Moscow, Russia)
31. July 16, 2013: Cellist To Play In Honor Of Nazi Holocaust Survivor (San Luis Obispo, California )
32. July 16, 2013: Man Finds Half-Ton Nazi Aerial Bomb Near Beach (Sevastopol, Ukraine)
33. July 17, 2013: Lindsey Graham: ‘I’m Not Saying That Russia Is Nazi Germany’ (Washington D.C.)
34. July 17, 2013: Cher Compares Gun Owners To Neo Nazi’s And The KKK (Malibu, California)
35. July 18, 2013: Campaign Launched To Bring Remaining Nazi War Criminals To Justice (Germany)
36. July 18, 2013: France Frees Norwegian Neo-Nazi: Judicial Source (Paris, France)
37. July 18, 2013: Indonesia Questions Why Cafe Has Nazi-Themed Decor (Bandung, Indonesia)
38. July 19, 2013: Nazi Paratrooper Became British Soccer Hero (Manchester City, England)
39. July 19, 2013: NY Mayoral Candidate Likens NYC To Nazi-Era Germany (New York, New York)
40. July 19, 2013: Fascism Is Exploding in Greece, Raising Fears About Neo-Nazi Rule (Greece)
41. July 19, 2013: Nazi Salute Puts German Artist Jonathan Meese In Court (Kassel, Germany)
42. July 19, 2013: Police Raid Neo-Nazi Group Suspected Of Preparing Terrorist Attack (Europe)
43. July 22, 2013: Police Investigate Burning Swastika Placed On Street (San Bernardino, California)
44. July 23, 2013: French lawmaker under fire over Nazi Roma remark (France)
45. July 23, 2013: New poster campaign aims to find last living Nazi war criminals in Germany (Germany)
46. July 23, 2013: Nazi’s 100th birthday sparks resentment in Rome (Rome, Italy)
47. July 24, 2013: Greece: Far-right party plays Nazi anthem at charity event (Athens, Greece)
48. July 25, 2013: Tulsa may rename landmarks that honor Ku Klux Klan member (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
49. July 27, 2013: Neo-Nazis torture gay teenager they tricked into meeting them (Moscow, Russia)
50. July 30, 2013: US limbo for Nazi suspects ordered out (U.S.)
51. July 31, 2013: South Carolina Church Vandalized With Swastikas (Buffalo, South Carolina)
52. August 1, 2013: Japan finance minister apologizes for Nazi constitution comment (Tokyo, Japan)
53. August 1, 2013: Georgia State student forms White Student Union (Atlanta, Georgia)
54. August 7, 2013: Confederate flag will fly along I-95 in Virginia (Richmond, Virginia)
55. August 7, 2013: White supremacists sentenced for attack on Arab men (Trenton, New Jersey)
56. August 8, 2013: Police probe racist epithets on Jackie Robinson statue (New York, New York)
57. August 9, 2013: Wiesenthal Center calls for boycott of ‘Hitler wine’ (Rimini, Italy)
58. August 12, 2013: 3rd man gets prison in 2011 white supremacist attack (Trenton, New Jersey)
59. August 12, 2013: Hungarian man charged with Nazi-era war crimes dies at 98 (Budapest, Hungry)
60. August 16, 2013: Tulsa street keeps same name, but no longer honors KKK (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
61.
August 20, 2013:Merkel visits former Nazi concentration camp Dachau (Dachau, Germany)
62.
August 21, 2013: This Homeland Security Employee Is Preparing for a Coming Race War (U.S.)
63. August 21, 2013: Rep. Clyburn likens American media to Nazi propagandists (Washington, D.C.)
64. August 21, 2013: Israeli lawmaker compares Turkish leader to Nazi propagandist Goebbels (Israel)
65. August 21, 2013: Anger as German neo-Nazis protest against refugee camp (Berlin, Germany)
66. August 22, 2013: German security services ‘failed’ in neo-Nazi murders (Berlin, Germany)
67. August 23, 2013: Lawmakers cite errors and biases, in probe of neo-Nazi killings (Berlin, Germany)
68. August 23, 2013: Neo-Nazis plan to build all-white city in North Dakota (Leith, North Dakota)
69. August 26, 2013: Student admits to posting Nazi flags around liberal college (Ohio)
70. August 26, 2013: Nazi-themed wines come under fire in the US (U.S.)
71. August 27, 2013: Restaurant Kicks Out 25 Blacks Because Whites Felt ‘Threatened’ (South Carolina)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Foiled “Race War” Terror Attacks
To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed at least 10 potential “race war” terror attack plots. That is why no Obama assassination “events” have occurred to date and why nothing happened in the wake of the Trayvon Martin Trial. As to be expected, numerous “official” cancellations and/or postponements occurred immediately after the following Truther.org terror warnings were published (i.e., Obama’s non-attendance at 2012 NBA All-Star game, postponement of the 2012 Daytona 500, Obama’s cancelation of his 2012 DNC Bank of America Stadium speech, etc.). The reality is, information is the only thing which can stop terrorism. Therefore, it is incumbent upon all peace loving people to seek out and share information about the true perpetrators of terrorism.

Foiled Zionist “Race War” Attacks:

1. February 26, 2012: Skinhead Attack On NBA Players And Fans At All-Star Game (Orlando, Florida)
2. March 31, 2013: Obama’s School Bus Terror Plot: Attack African-American School Children (South)
3. September 6, 2012: 2012 DNC Terror Plot: Attack Obama Voters With Acid (Charlotte, North Carolina)
4. April 8, 2013. 2013 NCAA Final Four: Attack African-American Players With Acid (Atlanta, Georgia)
5. June 9, 2013: 2013 NBA Finals Terror Plot: Attack NBA Players With Acid (Miami, Florida)
6. June 24, 2013: Acid Attack On 2013 Miami Heat Championship Parade (Miami, Florida)
7. July 5, 2013: Skinhead Molotov Cocktail Attack On Zimmerman Trial Protesters (Sanford, Florida)
8. July 10 2013: Nazi Attack At George Zimmerman Trial Courthouse (Sanford, Florida)
9. July 12, 2013: Black Panther Party Attacks On White Police Officers (Unknown)
10. July 20, 2013: Nazi “Race War” Attacks: False-Flag Terror Threat Assessment (South Carolina)

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum since the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with subverting a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has since released The Bio-Terror Bible, a website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic likely planned for 2013. Taylor has also exposed numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, as well as Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

August 24 Truther.org Logo

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
August 24, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that U.S. President Barack Obama has officially authorized an unprecedented domestic bio-terror attack which will ultimately spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2013.

As the Yahoo News headline from January 30, 2013 so ominously foreshadowed, “US ‘Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapon Attack On Syria, Blame It On Assad Government’”. This headline is correct in theory, except it must be revered. It should read: “Zionist Plan To Launch Bio-Chemical Attack On U.S. And Blame Syrian Rebels, AL Qaeda And White American Gun Owners”.

AUTHORS NOTE
: Due to time constraints and the highly complex nature of this particular state-sponsored terror plot, this Truther.org terror warning was rushed to publication and therefore may contain formatting and spelling errors. Please forgive us, we are trying our best. Namaste.

Download & Forward PDF

These attacks, should they happen, will most likely occur simultaneously on August 24, 2013, and will consist of a “Nazi/White Supremacist” gun massacre with assault rifles at the 2013 Civil Rights Game in Chicago, Illinois, Obama’s home city and state, followed by an Al Qaeda/Syrian Rebel “Jihad” attack on the 2013 Irwin Tools Night NASCAR race in Bristol, Tennessee, which will likely consist of grenade and missile launcher attack laced with a biological agent such as anthrax or smallpox. Exactly once month prior on July 24, 2013, it was reported that cyanide laden truck was hijacked in Africa and still missing. Whether or not cyanide will play a role in the attacks is not known, but it is possible.

Obama/Al Qaeda Terror Targets:

1. August 24, 2013: 2013 MLB Civil Rights Game (7:10 PM-EST): (Chicago, Illinois)
2. August 24, 2013:
NASCAR: 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race (7:30 PM-EST) (Bristol, Tennessee)
3. Date Unknown: U.S. Nuclear Reactors (104 locations throughout U.S.)
4. Date Unknown:
Sierra Army Depot (Herlong, California)

Targets #1 and #2 have been chosen to forever link Al Qaeda and the Syrian Rebels terrorists with white American gun owners who oppose Obama. The Syrian “Rebels” were given their particular name because there is a plan to eventually merge them with those who allegedly fly the Confederate Rebel Flag in the American South. By conducting the terror attacks at the exact same time, the “terrorists” will appear to be working in collusion, which is exactly the plan and the point. The twin terror attacks will bring about the so called “White Al Qaeda” in order to give Obama cart blanch to authorize drone strikes on white American citizens.

In the aftermath of the “live” TV terror attacks, the terrorists, both white and Arab, will allegedly begin conducting terror strikes across America. The secondary targets will most likely be any number of the 104 nuclear terror reactors which according to an August 15, 2013 report remain vulnerable to terrorists. In the wake of a biological and radiological haze, the Rebels will seize the Sierra Army Depot in Herlong, California, where millions of tons of U.S. Army equipment is stored consisting of 35,000 military vehicles and 95,000 military containers. The heist will likely be led in part by Staff Sergeant Joe “Rambo” Biggs who has been featured on the STRATFOR agent Alex Jones radio show continuously for the last few months.

Aside from the 9,000 service men and women from 27 states and territories and every branch of the U.S. military participated in massive bio-terror drill from July 27 through August 27, 2013, breaking news in respect to WMD terror warnings released by both Al Qaeda and the FBI again showing that they are in fact one in the same entity. Although there are literally thousands of propaganda articles in respect to bio-terror, a few recently published reports suggest that a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic are just around the corner. Breaking headlines such as “What You Should Know About Biological Warfare”, “Bioterrorism: A Dirty Little Threat With Huge Potential Consequences”, “Cities Might Not Be as Prepared as They Think for a Bioterrorism Attack”, “Bioterrorism Attacks, Are You Ready for World War B?” and “How Russia Neutered Obama’s Chemical Weapons Response” indicate that bioterror is imminent.

Islamic Terror Headlines:

1. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks
2. July 31, 2013: Police in Colorado Warn Of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
3. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Committee: Terror Threat ‘Specific’ And ‘Serious’ Included Dates
4. August 19, 2013:
Al Qaeda Terrorists ‘Aim To Israeli, Jewish Targets Worldwide’ In Coming Weeks
5. August 22, 2013: FBI Chief Worries Terrorists Will Again Target Planes Or Pull Off A WMD Attack

6. August 23, 2013: FBI Director Says Al Qaeda May Postpone Plans To Attack US Sites Overseas

Operation Northwoods 2.0 Redux
Half of this particular terror plot is a redux of the now foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” and will likely consist of a concoction of alleged Islamic “terrorists” potentially including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates. The amount of “free” terrorists has multiplied exponentially in the last year due to at least 14 prison breaks across Africa and the Middle East. These terrorists will likely hijack a ship, hold the captains hostage, and make their way from Northern Africa and the Middle East through the Strait of Gibraltar and across the Atlantic Ocean to South America, most likely Panama, and enter the U.S. by way of Mexico in order attack their hated enemy—The United States. Coincidentally, on August 20, 2013, it was reported that a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this is the terrorist laden ship has yet to be determined, but the Biblical narrative of Jonah and the whale cannot be dismissed. Once in on the ground in the United States, the terrorists will link up with homegrown Muslim extremists who according to an August 5, 2013 report, already have orders and are in place for attacks. According to a July 31, 2013, report, Al-Qaida want to free their brethren held captive in Guantanamo Detainees a reverse of “Operation Northwoods 2.0”  terror plot which featured African terrorists was foiled on April 4, 2013.

Live TV Terror
Prior to a “live” nationally syndicated high-profile terror attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. In the hit series “Homeland” (9th episode (21st overall) entitled “Two Hats”) which aired November 25, 2012, terrorist leader “Abu Nazir” was plotting a terror attack and planned to film the attack on live television in order to disseminate it globally. In this particular case, the U.S. government is planning on doing the exact same thing.  August 24, 2013 is coincidentally Yahoo! National Draft Day and therefore millions of people will be playing fantasy football and watching live terror attacks at Buffalo Wild Wings who is sponsoring the event.

Terror Attack Aftermath  
As America collectively reels from the shock of the Illinois and Tennessee terror attacks, the “terrorists” will spread throughout America like a plague conducting further acts of terror most likely consisting of 9/11 style aerial attacks and suicide bombings against U.S. airports, bio-labs, churches, courthouses, dams, hospitals, landmarks, malls, nuclear reactors, ports, oil and gas facilities, power plants, schools, sporting events, universities and other soft targets. They will be aided by thousands of two-way radios which were lost by the U.S. Marshals and the 1 million foreigners recently “lost” by Homeland Security.

Martial Law
These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America and construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.This terror narrative is of course laughable as it is well known that the Israeli Mossad was behind the 9/11 attacks as well as many others. Naturally, once America was biologically and radiologically active, the stock markets would crash and the U.S. economy would come to a standstill. On August 8, 2013, Zionist operative Marc Faber, operating on inside knowledge,  warned that 1987-style crash is coming.

Motives for Terror
In order to drum up a “motive” for both Islamic terror attacks and Nazi terror attacks in America, an unprecedented number of events have occurred within the month just prior to the planned state-sponsored terror attacks. Whether it’s the numerous terrorists which have been convicted in August or the two whites which have allegedly been killed at the hands of black males, the potential motives for and attack are endless. Naturally, the white terror attack will be directly at Obama and on August 21, 2013, it was reported that a Homeland Security Employee was preparing for a coming race war.

Islamic Headlines & Motives:

1. August 7, 2013: Producer Of Anti-Islam Film On Supervised Release From Prison
2. August 10, 2013: Al Jazeera America: Will U.S. Viewers Buy It?
3. August 15, 2013: Million Muslim March Planned In DC on Anniversary of 9-11
4. August 23 2013: Fort Hood Jihad Shooter Convicted On All Counts
5. August 23, 2013: Somali-American man convicted in 2010 Christmas bomb plot apologizes
6. August 23, 2013: Florida imam sentenced to 25 years for financially supporting Pakistani Taliban
7. August 23, 2013: Appeals court affirms convictions of 4 men in plot to blow up NYC synagogues
8. August 23, 2013: US soldier apologizes for ‘cowardice’ in murder of 16 Afghan civilians
9. August 21, 2013: Fort Hood shooting rampage says ‘illegal war’ provoked the 2009 attack

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Race War Headlines & Motives:

1. August 22, 2013: ‘Paula Deen SHOOTS Trayvon Martin’ in new ‘Law & Order SVU’
2. August 23, 2013: WWII Vet, 88, beaten to death by black teens
3. August 22, 2013: Chilling 911 call details final moments of Melbourne baseballer Chris Lane’s life
4. August 22, 2013: Buchanan: ‘Interracial violence is overwhelmingly black-on-white’

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Obama’s Counterterrorism Speech
As the May 22nd, 2013, Atlantic Wire headlines correctly states, “Obama Is Set To Reset The War On Terror”. U.S. President Obama’s speech given at the National Defense University in Washington D.C. on May 23, 2013, eerily foreshadows the upcoming terror attacks: “Now make no mistake: Our nation is still threatened by terrorists…America is at a crossroads. We must define the nature and scope of this struggle, or else it will define us….We’ve seen the emergence of various al-Qaida affiliates. From Yemen to Iraq, from Somalia to North Africa, the threat today is more diffuse, with al-Qaida’s affiliates in the Arabian Peninsula, AQAP, the most active in plotting against our homeland. And while none of AQAP’s efforts approach the scale of 9/11, they have continued to plot acts of terror…Unrest in the Arab world has also allowed extremists to gain a foothold in countries like Libya and Syria…And that means we’ll face more localized threats like what we saw in Benghazi, or the BP oil facility in Algeria…And finally, we face a real threat from radicalized individuals here in the United States…Deranged or alienated individuals, often U.S. citizens or legal residents, can do enormous damage, particularly when inspired by larger notions of violent jihad…So that’s the current threat. Lethal, yet less capable, al-Qaida affiliates, threats to diplomatic facilities and businesses abroad, homegrown extremists. This is the future of terrorism…Our actions are effective. Don’t take my word for it.”

Obama’s ‘Red Line’
On August 21, 2012, it was reported that U.S. President Obama declared the threat of chemical or biological warfare in Syria a “red line”, outlining for the first time the point at which his administration could feel forced to intervene militarily in the country. Speaking to reporters Obama warned, “That’s an issue that doesn’t just concern Syria. It concerns our close allies in the region, including Israel. It concerns us”. “We cannot have a situation where chemical or biological weapons are falling into the hands of the wrong people.” Ten months later, Obama’s “red line” in respect to Syria’s use of chemical weapons was officially “crossed” on June 13, 2013. Although it’s not for certain, Obama’s “Red Line” may in fact be in respect to getting approximately 8,600 bio-terror ready soldiers prepped for a bio-terror attack.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Al QAEDA 2.0
2. THE SYRIAN “REBELS”
3. PAKISTAN
4: ISLAMIC PRISON BREAKS
5. SHIP HIJACK
6. THE HOSTAGES
7. CROSSING THE U.S. BORDER
8. CHICAGO “RACE WAR” ATTACK
9. MILITIA & HOMEGROWN TERROR
10. 2013 VIBRANT BIO-TERROR RESPONSE DRILL
11. NASCAR BIO-TERROR ATTACKS
12. NUCLEAR REACTOR ATTACKS
13. CONCLUSION

1. AL QAEADA 2.0:

1.1: Al Qaeda Bio-Terror
The marriage between Al Qaeda and chemical/biological weapons was made just after 9/11, but has recently been featured in the recent reports entitled ““Al Qaeda plot to use toy planes in chemical attack foiled, Iraqi officials say, “Iraq forces raid suspected terror cell making chemicals for gas weapons and “MI6 warning: ‘Catastrophe’ if chemical weapons fall into Al-Qaeda hands. Now that Al Qaeda has allegedly joined the Syrian Rebels, there is a convenient excise as to where Al Qaeda was able to obtain their chemical weapons.

1.2: Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted To Syria
On November 28, 2011, it was reported that the same Al-Qaeda terrorists who fought U.S. troops in Iraq and helped NATO overthrow Colonel Gaddafi in Libya were airlifted into Syria to aid rebels there topple President Bashar al-Assad. “There is something being planned to send weapons and even Libyan fighters to Syria,” a Libyan source told the London Telegraph, speaking on condition of anonymity. “There is a military intervention on the way. Within a few weeks you will see.” In a separate report, the Telegraph reported that terrorist commander Abdulhakim Belhadj, now head of the Tripoli Military Council, “met with Free Syrian Army leaders in Istanbul and on the border with Turkey,” after being sent there by Mustafa Abdul Jalil, the interim Libyan president. What role these Al Qaeda “terrorists” will play in a future Syrian biological or chemical attack on Israel is yet to be seen.

1.3: Al-Qaeda has Created Brigade to Hijack Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On May 15, 2012, it was reported that Robert Tilford, a former soldier and a graduate of the U.S. Army Infantry School in Georgia, stated in writing that al-Qaeda members have created their own brigades in an effort to take over Syria and their dangerous chemical weapons stockpile. “U.S. officials deny al-Qaeda is part of the rebel movement it is helping to arm and equip in some cases…but that is another story,” Tilford said. “The fact is the US has no good plan on what to do if Syria collapses, the military loses control or if Al-Qaeda manages to steal chemical weapons from one or all of the more than 50 suspected sites in that country.”

1.4: Al-Qaeda-Trained Terrorists Sent To Syria From Pakistan

On September 4, 2012, it was reported that Al-Qaeda, backed by Turkey, the US and its regional Arab allies, has set up a new camp in Northern Waziristan in Pakistan to train Salafi and Jihadi terrorists and dispatches them to Syria via Turkish borders. An undisclosed source stated that, “A new Al-Qaeda has been created in the region through the financial and logistical backup of Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and a number of western states, specially the US”. According to the report, the Saudi and Qatari regimes serve as interlocutors to facilitate the CIA and MI6 plans in Syria through instigating terrorist operations by Salafi and Arab Jihadi groups, adding that the terrorists do not know that they actually exercise the US plans. ”Turkey has also been misusing extremist Salafis and Al-Qaeda terrorists to intensify the crisis in Syria and it has recently augmented its efforts in this regard by helping the new Al-Qaeda branch set up a camp in Northern Waziristan in Pakistan to train Al-Qaeda and Taliban members as well as Turkish Salafis and Arab Jihadis who are later sent to Syria for terrorist operations,” said the source. He said the Al Qaeda camp in Waziristan is not just a training center, but a command center for terrorist operations against Syria.

1.5: Al Qaeda & Syrian Rebel Merger
Why the Zionist media continues to be the mouthpiece for alleged terror groups is self-evident, but on April 9, 2013, it was reported that Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and a Syria militant group had announced a merger. Roughly two months later on June 10, 2013, it was reported that an Al Qaeda leader had rejected the merger between the Syrian and Iraqi terror networks. The on and off again merger between the Al Qaeda and Syria was to show that the two sides are in communication and therefore it would be more likely that they would in fact work together in an attack on America.

Al Qaeda Trending:

1. December 1, 2012: US Official Signals End To War Against Al-Qaeda
2. December 1, 2012: Pentagon’s Says Military Fight Against Al-Qaida Not An Open-Ended Conflict
3. December 10, 2012: Al Qaeda May Have Chemical Weapons, Spain’s Counter-Terror Chief Warns
4. February 21, 2013: UK Trial Reveals New Al Qaeda Strategy To Hit West
5. April 9, 2013: Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger
6. April 9, 2013: New York Terrorism Trial Set Jan. 7 For Bin Laden’s Son-in-Law
7. April 11, 2013: Canadian Accused Of Ties To Al-Qaida Militants Serving 2 Years In Mauritanian Prison
8. April 15, 2013: Troops Kill At Least 7 Suspected Al-Qaida-Linked Terrorists In New Offensive
9. April 17, 2013: Iraq Hangs 21 Al Qaeda-Linked Prisoners
10. April 21, 2013: Illinois Man Tried To Join Al Qaeda-Linked Group, FBI Says
11. May 2, 2013: Judge Releases Illinois Man Accused Of Trying To Join Al-Qaida-Linked In Syria
12. May 15, 2013: Inside The Ring: Al Qaeda Websites Hacked
13. May 18, 2013: Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over The Oilfields Once Belonging To Assad
14. June 2, 2013: Al Qaeda Plot To Use Toy Planes In Chemical Attack Foiled, Iraqi Officials Say
15. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks
16. June 3, 2013: Iraq forces raid suspected terror cell making chemicals for gas weapons
17. June 10, 2013: Al Qaeda Leader Rejects Merger Between Syria, Iraq Branches Of Terror Network
18. June 11, 2013: Manual Left Behind In Mali Suggests Al Qaeda To Use Surface-To-Air Missiles
19. June 20, 2013: American Who Allegedly Fought With Al Qaeda Affiliate In Syria Indicted
20. June 21, 2013: Spanish Police Smash Al-Qaeda Ring In Ceuta
21. June 26, 2013: Al Qaeda, Terrorists Changing Communication Methods After NSA leaks
22. June 26, 2013: New York student sought to join Al Qaeda, federal officials say
23. July 5, 2013: Terrorists dupe Kansas City Al Qaeda supporter, 2 others
24. July 11, 2013: MI6 warning: ‘Catastrophe’ if chemical weapons fall into Al-Qaeda hands
25. July 22, 2013: Over 500 ‘Al-Qaeda Militants’ Escape Iraq’s Abu Ghraib In Violent Break-Out
26. July 22, 2013: Al Qaeda Growing, But Less Focused On US, Study Finds
27. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda Extremists Hold 200 Kurdish Civilians Hostage As ‘Live Shield’ In Syria
28. July 24, 2013: Al-Qaeda Is Expanding And Its ‘Most Significant Foreign Enemy’ Is France
29. July 26, 2013: Pakistan May Seek To Trade Hero Afridi For Al Qaeda-Linked Terrorist
30. July 30, 2013: Court Hears Appeal Of Mass. Man Convicted Of Conspiring To Help Al-Qaida
31. July 30, 2013: Al-Qaeda Backers Found With U.S. Contracts In Afghanistan
32. July 31, 2013: Al-Qaida Leader Says Group Will Try To Free Guantanamo Detainees
33. August 1, 2013: US Closing Embassies In Mideast For A Day Amid Possible Qaeda Threat
34. August 1, 2013: Al-Qaeda Trainees In New Zealand: PM
35. August 2, 2013: U.S. Issues Global Travel Alert Over Al-Qaeda Threat
36. August 3, 2013: Rep. Peter King Says Al Qaeda Threat Is ‘Very Specific’ As US Issues Travel Alert
37. August 3, 2013: Interpol Issues Global Security Alert Regarding Al Qaeda
38. August 3, 2013: Interpol Suspects Al-Qaeda In Recent Jailbreaks
39. August 3, 2013: Intel Community Worried Obama Disclosed Too Much About Latest Al Qaeda Threat
40. August 3, 2013: Federal Officials Boosting Security Efforts Inside US Homeland
41. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Official Killed By Suspected Al-Qaida Gunmen In Central Yemen
42. August 4, 2013: Yemen Oil Pipeline Hit For Second Time In 10 Days
43. August 4, 2013: Yemen Ups Security Amid Fears Of Qaeda Threat
44. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Committee: Terror Threat ‘Specific’ And ‘Serious’ Included Dates
45. August 4, 2013: Security Tight At Mideast Missions As US Assesses Qaeda Threat
46. August 5, 2013: Terrorists Already Have Orders, Could Be In Place For Attacks
47. August 5, 2013: Global Terror Alert Inconsistent With U.S. Portrayal Of Weakened Al Qaida
48. August 5, 2013: Yemen Releases Names Of 25 Al-Qaida Figures Planning Attacks Across Country
49. August 5, 2013: Iraqi Forces Kill Six ‘Qaeda’ Militants: General
50. August 5, 2013: Yemen’s AQAP, Al-Qaeda’s Most Active Arm
51. August 5, 2013: Pakistan Probes Possible Al-Qaeda Link To Jailbreak
52. August 5, 2013: Source: Al Qaeda Leader Urged Affiliate To ‘Do Something’
53. August 5, 2013: US Special Forces On Alert Overseas To Strike Any Potential Al Qaeda Targets
54. August 6, 2013: Terror Alert Spurs Extra Screening Of Cargo Flown Into U.S.
55. August 6, 2013: State Dept. Urges US Citizens To Leave Yemen Over Al Qaeda Threat
56. August 6, 2013: Drone Strikes Kill Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen; Americans Urged To Leave
57. August 6, 2013: Al Qaeda Threat: Officials Fear ‘Ingenious’ Liquid Explosive
58. August 6, 2013: Al Qaida Groups Lead Syrian Rebels’ Seizure Of Air Base
59. August 6, 2013: Nasir Wuhayshi, Jail Escapee Via Tunnel Turned Yemen’s Qaeda Head
60. August 6, 2013: Al Qaeda Militants Shoot Down Helicopter In Yemen, 8 Killed
61. August 6, 2013: Suspected US Drone Kills 7 Al Qaeda Militants In Southern Yemen
62. August 6, 2013: 3 US Drone Strikes Kill 12 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen, Officials Say
63. August 6, 2013: ‘Martyred’ American Muslim Extremists Still Recruiting For Al Qaeda In Somalia
64. August 7, 2013: Yemen Foiled Al Qaeda Plot To Attack Ports, Oil And Gas Facilities
65. August 7, 2013: Al Qaeda Conference Call Intercepted By U.S. Officials Sparked Alerts
66. August 7, 2013: Continued Threat Posed By Top Al-Qaida Leaders As Global Network Matures
67. August 7, 2013: UN Report: Al Qaeda Down, But Not Out
68. August 7, 2013: Al-Qaeda Replacing Assad Is The Biggest Threat To US Security
69. August 8, 2013: Suspected U.S. Drone Kills 6 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen
70. August 8, 2013: Former Guantanamo Bay Prisoners Form Al Qaeda In Yemen AQAP Back In 2006
71. August 8, 2013: Al Qaeda Drives Iraq Toward Chaos; U.S. Withdrawal Left Door Open
72. August 9, 2013: More Suspected Al Qaeda Militants Killed As Drone Strikes Intensify In Yemen
73. August 9, 2013: Yemen: 7 Saudis Among Al Qaeda Militants Killed By Drones
74. August 9, 2013: Most Embassies To Reopen After Al-Qaeda Threat
75. August 9, 2013: Obama Doubles Down: Al-Qaeda ‘Decimated’
76. August 9, 2013: Al Qaeda Terrorist In Yemen Connected To Embassy Threats Left Jihad Blueprint
77. August 9, 2013: Saudi Police Arrest 2 Suspected Al-Qaida Militants
78. August 9, 2013: Yemenis Call U.S. Drone Strikes An Overreaction To Al Qaida Threat
79. August 10, 2013: Britain’s Foreign Aid Has Fallen Into Hands Of Al-Qaeda, DfiD Admits
80. August 10, 2013: Suspected U.S. Drone Strike Kills 2 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen
81. August 11, 2013: Suspected Al-Qaida Militants Kill 5 Yemeni Soldiers At Checkpoint
82. August 11, 2013: Al Qaeda Gunmen Kill Five Yemeni Troops Guarding Liquid Natural Gas Plant
83. August 12, 2013: AQAP Chief Vows To Free Jailed Al-Qaeda Members
84. August 12, 2013: Al-Qaida Claims Responsibility For Deadly Attacks In Iraq Which Killed 69
85. August 12, 2013: Top Al-Qaida Operative Vows In Internet Message To FreeJailed Fellow Fighters
86. August 13, 2013: Al-Qaeda Kills Yemeni Soldiers In City Capture Attempt
87. August 14, 2013: Al-Qaeda Centre Of Gravity Shifting From Pakistan: Analysts
88. August 15, 2013: Al-Qaida Militants Kill 2 Young Shiite Men Execution Style
89. August 17, 2013: Brother Of Al-Qaida’s Top Leader Ayman Al-Zawahri Arrested In Egypt
90. August 17, 2013: 17 Dead As Qaeda Attacks Syria Kurd Town: Watchdog
91. August 17, 2013: Iraq Would ‘Welcome’ US Drones To Fight Al-Qaeda
92. August 18, 2013: Twitter Trolls Al-Qaeda: Extremist Hashtag Flooded With Jihad ‘PR Advice’
93. August 18, 2013: American Al-Qaeda Terrorist Urges Attacks On US Diplomats
94. August 18, 2013: American-Born Al Qaeda Militant Praises Benghazi Attack, Urges More Violence
95. August 19, 2013: Al-Qaeda ‘Targeting European Rail Network’: Report
96. August 19, 2013: Al Qaeda Terrorists ‘Aim To Israeli, Jewish Targets Worldwide’ In Coming Weeks
97. August 20, 2013: Kurdish Militias Clash With Al-Qaida-Linked Rebel Faction In Northeastern Syria
98. August 21, 2013: US sanctions Pakistan school for allegedly training Al Qaeda fighters
99. August 21, 2013: Security head in Yemen’s Aden dead in ‘Qaeda’ attack
100. August 22, 2013: Bomb kills pro Al-Qaeda commander in Pakistan
101. August 23, 2013: FBI Director Says Al Qaeda May Have Postponed Plans To Attack US Overseas

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2. THE SYRIAN “REBELS”
:

2.1: Libyan/Syrian/Al Qaeda Rebels
The U.S. and NATO are not shy about admitting that they fund and arm Al Qaeda because they want the American public to see them as criminal in order to bait Americans into a civil-war which will surely destroy America. On March 29, 2011, a top ranking NATO Commander admitted that elements of “Al Qaeda” are amongst the Libyan rebel fighters currently receiving financial and military support from U.S.  According to the report, Admiral James Stavridis, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander of Europe and commander of U.S. European Command, stated during a hearing in the U.S. Senate that, “We are examining very closely the content, composition, the personalities, who are the leaders of these opposition forces…We have seen flickers in the intelligence of potential al Qaeda, Hezbollah, we’ve seen different things.” Stavridis said, while adding that the rebel’s leadership appeared to be comprised also of “responsible men and women”. Eleven months later on February 26, 2012, then U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton stated that, “We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition [in Syria].” A few weeks later on March 13, 2013, it was reported that James Clapper, the Director of National Intelligence, filed his annual report to Congress on the threats facing the United States in which he stated that the bigger concern is the rising influence and strength of the al-Nusra Front, an “al Qaeda in Iraq” offshoot who is among the Syrian rebels. Coincidentally, on June 20, 2013, it was reported that an American who allegedly fought with Al Qaeda affiliate in Syria has been indicted for terrorism.

CIA Funding & Arming & Al Qaeda in Libya and Syria:

1. March 25, 2011: Libyan Rebel Commander Admits His Fighters Have Al-Qaeda Links (Telegraph)
2. March 29, 2011: Intelligence On Libya Rebels Shows “Flickers” Of Qaeda (Reuters)
3. March 29, 2011: Rice: Obama Has Not Ruled Out Military Support For Libyan Rebels (CNS News)
4. August 22, 2011: Britain’s MI6 Played Secret Role In Fall Of Tripoli (Telegraph)
5. August 22, 2011: CIA-Backed Groups And Al-Qaeda-Linked LIFG On Top  In Libya (Asian Tribune)
6. August 23, 2011: SAS Troopers Help Co-Ordinate Rebel Attacks In Libya (Guardian)
7. August 24, 2011: West Fears Al-Qaeda Could Seize Gaddafi Weapons – Paper (Rianovosti)
8. August 28, 2011: Libya Ex-Islamic Terrorist Leader Heads Tripoli Military Council (Digital Journal)
9. November 2, 2011: Al Qaeda Flag Flying Proudly Over Birthplace Of Libya’s Revolution (Telegraph)
10. November 25, 2011: Libya’s New Rulers Offer Weapons To Syrian Rebels (Telegraph)
11. November 27, 2011: Leading Libyan Islamist Met Free Syrian Army Opposition Group (Telegraph)
12. November 28, 2011: Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted From Libya To Aid Syrian Opposition (Infowars)
13. March 1, 2012: Hillary Clinton Admits US And Al-Qaeda On Same Side in Syria (Infowars)
14. May 14, 2012: Al-Qaeda Rebel Pictured With UN Observers In Syria (Infowars)
15. June 21, 2012: C.I.A. Said To Aid In Steering Arms To Syrian Opposition (New York Times)
16. July 30, 2012: Al-Qaida Turns Tide For Rebels In Battle For Eastern Syria (Guardian)
17. August 1, 2012: Exclusive: Obama Authorizes Secret U.S. Support For Syrian Rebels (Reuters)
18. August 2, 2012: Report: Obama OKs Support For Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
19. September 19, 2012: New Video Shows Obama-Backed Syrian Rebels Burning U.S. Flag (Infowars)
20. October 6, 2012: Syrian Rebel: ‘We Won’t Stop Until Al-Qaeda Flag Over White House’ (Infowars)
21. December 5, 2012: Syrian Rebels: “When We Finish With Assad, We Will Fight the U.S.” (Infowars)
22. December 2, 2012: Al Qaida-Linked Syrian Rebels Key To Anti-Assad Victories (McClatchy)
23. December 8, 2012: Syrian Rebels Tied To Al Qaeda Play Key Role In War (New York Times)
24. December 10, 2012: Syrian Rebels Defy U.S. And Pledge Allegiance To Jihadi Group (Telegraph)
25. January 30, 2013: U.S. “Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapons Attack On Syria (Yahoo)
26. April 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Appear To Have British-Made AS-50 Sniper Rifle (Fox News)
27. April 9, 2013:
Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger (Fox News)
28. March 31, 2013:
Syria Accuses Rebels Of Setting Fire To Oil Wells (Fox News)
25. May 9, 2013:
U.S. Sending $100 Million ln Aid Package To Syria (RT)
26. May 18, 2013: Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over Assad Oilfields (Telegraph)
27. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks (ABC News)
26. June 15, 2013: CIA Will Lead U.S. Effort To Arm, Train Syrian Rebel Forces (Fox News)
27. July 11, 2013: Money, Guns Flowing From Kuwait To Syria’s Radical Rebel Factions (Fox News)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.2: “Rebels” Plan to Secure Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On May 30, 2012, it was reported that a senior figure in the Syrian opposition stated that the rebels plan to take control of Syria’s chemical weapons depots and secure them in the hours following the collapse of the regime. The rebel leader, a former senior officer in the Syrian Army speaking on the condition of anonymity, stated that the opposition knows the locations of the chemical weapons stores and plans to quickly move to secure them.so that the chemical weapons won’t fall into the hands of terrorists.

2.3: “Terrorists” May Already Have Access to Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On June 12, 2012, it was reported that terrorist groups inside Syria may have gained access to chemical weapons already. In response to the shocking news, Yair Naveh, the Deputy Military Chief of the Israeli Defense Force, announced on that Syria had one of the biggest chemical weapons stockpiles worldwide and could use the weapons to attack Israel. The report also confirms the rumor that the Syrian “rebels” plan to use the chemical weapons on the Syrian people, or Israel, and place the blame on the Syrian army.

2.4: Concern Grows Over Syria’s Chemical Weapons Potential Bio-Terror

On June 22, 2012, it was reported that key western governments and neighboring countries are concerned about the fate of Syria’s major stockpile of chemical weapons if the regime of Bashar al-Assad should fall. “Syria has one of the world’s largest chemical weapon arsenals, including traditional chemical agents, such as mustard, and more modern nerve agents, such as Sarin, and possibly persistent nerve agents, such as VX,” stated Leonard Spector, the executive director of the Washington-based James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies. “Syria is thought to have a number of major chemical weapon complexes, some in areas of current conflict, such as the Homs and Hama regions. The bases are said to be guarded by elite forces, but whether they would stay at their posts if the Assad regime collapses cannot be predicted.” Spector stated futher that, “Conceivably, the Assad government could use some of these agents against rebel forces or even civilians in an effort to intimidate them into submission…Or insurgents could overrun one of the chemical weapon sites and threaten to use some of these weapons, in extremis, if threatened with overwhelming force by the Syrian army.”

2.5: U.S. Report Finds Active Biological Weapons Programs In Syria
On September 7, 2005, it was reported that the U.S. State Department found that Iran, North Korea, Russia and Syria are maintaining biological weapons programs. The findings were outlined in the State Department’s “Adherence to and Compliance with Arms Control, Nonproliferation, and Disarmament Agreements and Commitments” report. According to the report,  Iran is believed to have an offensive biological weapons program; North Korea has a “dedicated, national-level effort to develop a BW capability; Russia “continues to maintain” a weapons program; and Syria would be in violation of the Biological Weapons Convention if it was a member.

2.6: Syria May Start Global Smallpox Pandemic
In respect to the Syrian WMD program Bellamy-Dekker stated, “The Syrians have a modus operandi of covert operations and deniability,” she stressed, “so biological weapons are absolutely perfect for them.” “The Syrians now consider biological weapons as part of their arsenal,” Bellamy-Decker said. “The Syrian military is also beginning to plan the eventual integration of biological weapons in its tactical and strategic arsenals.” “All indications suggest that Syria’s ultimate objective is to mount biological warheads on all varieties of the long-range surface-to-surface missiles in its possession,” Bellamy-Decker maintained. “This is a goal that can probably be achieved within a few years, and it may already have been realized in part.” “A terrorist bio-attack could go global,” she noted. “A good biological hit will spread rapidly with international travel. Smallpox is a better weapon than anthrax. Smallpox has been field-tested, it is highly stable, and highly communicable, especially if you look at some of the strains the Russians manipulated. Syria probably retained some of [its] smallpox strains from the last outbreak back in 1972.”

2.7: Syrian Chemical Weapons Could Fall Into “Terrorist Hands”
On August 30, 2011, it was reported that U.S. officials are closely monitoring the political turmoil Syria along with their alleged stockpile of deadly chemical gases and delivery systems. According to the report, officials are deeply concerned that political dissidents or terrorist organizations may take advantage of the instability in Syria to acquire some of the nation’s weapons of mass destruction. Officials do not believe any weapon sites have yet been compromised, but officials do fear that the Syrian government could lose control of its chemical cache if the country descends even further into political disarray. The chemical stockpile in Syria is believed to include a large amount of mustard gas, Sarin gas, as well as the missile systems required to deliver those chemical weapons.

Syrian Rebels Bio-Chemical Headlines Trending:

1. December 2, 2012: Turkey requested Nato missile defences over Syria chemical weapons fears
2. December 3, 2012: Syria moves chemical weapons, White House warns of crossing ‘red line’
3. December 6, 2012: Syria mixes chemical weapons for potential use in bombs, US source says
4. December 8, 2012: Syria warns rebels may use chemical weapons
5. December 9, 2012: Israeli ambassador: Chemical weapons from Syria to Hezbollah ‘game-changer’
6. December 23, 2012: Russia: Syria consolidates its chemical weapons
7. December 27, 2012: Syria chemical attack claims aim to justify foreign interference – Moscow
8. January 15, 2013: Secret State Department cable: Chemical weapons used in Syria
9. January 30, 2013: US plan to launch chemical weapon attack on Syria, blame it on Assad govt’
10. February 2, 2013: Syrian Chemical Weapons Under Control – FM Lavrov
11. March 20, 2013: Game-changer: Syria’s ‘probability’ of using chemical warfare
12. April 9, 2013: Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and Syria militant group announce merger
13. April 13, 2013: UK ‘confirms’ use of chemical weapons in Syria after secret MI6 op – report
14. April 14, 2013: Symbolic Syrian mosque destroyed; activists warn of phosphorus bombs
15. April 18, 2013: UN: Britain and France tell UN of reliable evidence on Syrian chemical weapons use
16. May 27, 2013: French foreign minister says signs emerged of chemical weapons being used in Syria
17. July 14, 2013: Syrian rebels’ Damascus chemical cache found by Assad army – State TV
18. June 27, 2013: Turkey’s foreign minister to meet UN chemical weapons expert over Syria
19. July 10, 2013: Syria jihadists may obtain chemical weapons, MPs warn
20. July 16, 2013: UK will issue Syrian rebels with chemical warfare defenses including hoods, drugs

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.8: Syrian Rebel Military Tactics & Maneuvers

In the last few months, the CIA backed Syrian Rebels have made numerous militarily advancements in a bid to show that they are getting both more aggressive and effective in the ability to conduct war on innocent civilians. To date the Rebels have attacked airports, sized ammo depots and airbases, gassed civilians with chemical weapons, kidnapped and held hostages, recruited child soldiers, and are currently moving towards Damascus, Syria. What the CIA has planned for them to do in America is unknown, but it sure won’t be pretty.

Syrian Rebel Headlines:

1. June 7, 2013: Rebels attack air base in northern Syria days after regime captured strategic town
2. June 12, 2013: UN report adds Syrian rebel force, Malian groups to ‘list of shame’ of child recruiters
3. June 16, 2013: Syrian forces training to storm Israel’s border
4. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda-linked extremists hold 200 Kurdish civilians hostage as ‘live shield’ in Syria
5. August 2, 2013: 40 dead, over 120 injured in Syria ammo depot blast
6. August 3, 2013: Syria rebels seize ammo depot
7. August 6, 2013: Syrian rebels, foreigners take over regime air base
8. August 23, 2013: Report: Syrian rebel forces trained by West are moving towards Damascus

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]


2.9: August 21, 2013 Syrian Rebel Bio-Terror Attack
Just days after the U.N. chemical weapons inspection team lands in Syria, the largest Syrian chemical attack takes place on August 21, 2013 . Regardless of whether this attack happened or who is to blame, the attack is setting the precedent for a Syrian Rebel bio-chemical attack within the United States. As shown by headlines from around the world, the Zionist establishment is going all out as politicians from many different countries are speaking out about the attack; despite the fact that Syrian Rebel bio-chemical attacks have allegedly occurred three times prior.

2013 Syria Chemical Attack Timeline:

1. August 16, 2013: U.N. chemical weapons team will leave soon for Syria
2. August 21, 2013: Reports of massive chemical attack near Damascus as UN observers arrive in Syria
3. August 21, 2013: Russia suggests Syria ‘chemical attack’ was ‘planned provocation’ by rebels
4. August 21, 2013: Syria attack prompts calls for U.S. action
5. August 21, 2013: Israel says Syria regime used chemical weapons
6. August 21, 2013: Destroying Syria’s chemical weapons could have ‘horrifying’ consequences
7. August 21, 2013: UN Security Council to hold emergency meeting on chemical weapons use in Syria
8. August 21, 2013: Britain will raise claim of chemical weapons attack in Syria at UN Security Council
9. August 21, 2013: Syrian opposition groups claim over 100 killed in ‘poisonous gas’ attack near capital
10. August 22, 2013: Syrian forces bomb area of alleged chemical attack
11. August 22, 2013: France calls for force if chemical arms confirmed in Syria
12. August 22, 2013: Syrian government forces bomb area of alleged chemical weapons attack
13. August 22, 2013: Turkish foreign minister says “red line crossed” in Syria
14. August 22, 2013: Syria symptoms consistent with nerve gas: experts
15. August 22, 2013: Chemical weapons in Syria a ‘crime against humanity’
16. August 23, 2013: U.N., U.S. call for urgent probe of Syria chemical attack claim
17. August 23, 2013: Russia tells Syria to cooperate in chemical probe
18. August 23, 2013: Initial Western intelligence finds Syrian forces used chemical weapon
19. August 23, 2013: Obama calls alleged Syria attack ‘grave concern’
20. August 24, 2013: Syrian soldiers find chemical agents in rebel tunnels near Damascus- state TV
21. August 24, 2013: US weighs military options for Syria as Hagel suggests naval forces on the move
22. August 24, 2013: UN chief arrives in Damascus to press Syria for probe into alleged chemical attack
23. August 24, 2013: Iran president points to chemical weapons use in Syria
24. August 24, 2013: Hagel suggests US moving forces closer to Syria

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

3. PAKISTAN:

3.1: Pakistani Spawned Terror
The nuclear state of Pakistan was set-up to take the fall for the foiled Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot on February 6, 2011, and the firebombing of the U.S. Capitol in Washington, D.C. on July 4, 2013. Therefore, it stands to reason that state of Pakistan will likely be implicated as the state sponsor behind this and any major terror attacks on the U.S. so that a nuclear war between the two nations can ensue. If the following reports are to be believed, Pakistan is the home base of Al Qaeda and they have been training Al Qaeda fighters of attacks against the United States.

Pakistan Terror Trending:

1. June 12, 2013: Lashkar-e-Taiba Capable of Threatening U.S. Homeland
2. June 30, 2013: Lashkar-e-Taiba terror group poses new threat to U.S.
3. August 6, 2013: US puts Pakistan-based insurgent leader on terrorism blacklist, freezes assets
4. August 9, 2013: U.S. issues warning over Pakistan consulate threat
5. August 14, 2013: Al-Qaeda centre of gravity shifting from Pakistan: analysts
6. August 16, 2013: Militants attack train in Pakistan, kill 3
7. August 21, 2013: US sanctions Pakistan school for allegedly training Al Qaeda fighters
8. August 21, 2013: Pakistan links Quetta ‘bomb-making factory’ to attacks

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

3.2: Florida Terror Suspects Charged in WMD Conspiracy
On November 30, 2012, it was reported that two Pakistani men from Fort Lauderdale, Florida, have been charged with providing support to terrorists and plotting to use mass destruction weapons within the U.S. According to the report, federal prosecutors identified the men Friday as two brothers: 30-year-old Sheheryar Alam Qazi and 20-year-old Raees Alam Qazi. Both are naturalized U.S. citizens originally from Pakistan. A grand jury indictment claims the two provided money, lodging, communications and other support for a conspiracy to obtain a weapon of mass destruction.

3.3: Pakistani Chemical Bust
On August 21, 2013, it was reported that Pakistani authorities had seized more than 100 tons of chemicals which had allegedly been used in recent attacks on troops and minority Shiite Muslims. According to the report, paramilitary troops found wires, detonators and mixers to turn the chemicals into bombs during a raid in the city of Quetta, Pakistan. In total, 11 suspects were arrested and reportedly told investigators that potassium chlorate and ammonium chlorate had been packed with wires and detonators into vehicles at the compound. A Frontier Corps (FC) spokesman stated that, “We have recovered a machine which is basically a mixer, used to mix chemicals to make bombs. We have recovered sulfur and hundreds meter of wire. We have also recovered 79 remote controls and short circuit wires. Some 20,000 kilograms of explosive were ready at the factory and just needed to be fitted into vehicles”.

3.4: Subcommittee Hearingon Pakistani Funded Terror 
At the aforementioned U.S. Congressional hearing on June 12, 2013, Congressman Peter King, Chairman, Subcommittee on Counterterrorism and Intelligence, stated that Pakistan-based terrorist group Lashkar-e-Toiba (LeT) operates terror networks that ”span across South Asia and the Persian Gulf into Europe, especially Britain, as well as Canada and New Zealand” and that “The LeT is a terror proxy of Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence, which provides the LeT with a safe haven and funding to train and prepare for terrorist attacks”. King also stated that “LeT’s reach is broad and goes abroad. In addition to the 2009 plot in Denmark, LeT supported a planned 2002 attack on Australia by means of a trainer sent from France” and that “The LeT actively recruits Westerners, maintains social media sites in colloquial American English and has since the 1990s sustained support cells here in the United States”.  King concluded by stating that, “LeT members were arrested in the homeland as recently as 2011 when Jubair Ahmad was arrested in Woodbridge, Virginia. Eleven LeT members previously have been arrested in Virginia back in 2003. Suspected LeT operatives are reported to have surveilled several identified potential terror targets in this country”.

4. ISLAMIC PRISON BREAKS:

4.1: The 14 Islamic Prison Breaks
In order to compensate for the now foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” terror plot in which African terrorists were slated to spring the terror suspects at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, there have been a total of at least 14 attempted or successful prison breaks in Africa and the Middle East. In almost every case, so called “extremists” were allowed to escape. On August 13, 2013, the Libyan government stated that some 14,000 prisoners are still on the loose. Where these prisoners are and what they are allegedly up to is not known, but according to a report from August 3, 2013: Interpol suspects that Al-Qaeda is behind the recent rash of jailbreaks. Two days after the report, the nation of Pakistan began probing a possible Al-Qaeda to a jailbreak which freed 250 so called “senior Taliban fighters and commanders”. Once in the U.S., Islamic terrorists may

African & Middle Eastern Prison Breaks
:

1. September 28, 2012:81 Escape In Al Qaeda Prison Break Which Leaves 12 Dead: (Iraq)
2. October 15, 2012:
Libyan Prison Break Results In 120 Escapees (Libya)
3. March 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Attack Prison And Free “Hundreds” (Syria)
4. March 14, 2013:
Nigerian Prison Break Leaves 25 Dead: 120 Escape (Nigeria)
5. March 26, 2013:
Libyan Prison Break Leave 1 Dead And 50 Escape (Libya)
6. May 13, 2013: 40 psychiatric patients escape from Kenya hospital, 10 back (Kenya)
7. June 3, 2013: 22 Prisoners, Including Extremists, Escaped In Niger Prison Attack (Niger)
8. July 22, 2013: Over 500 ‘Al-Qaeda militants’ escape Iraq’s Abu Ghraib in violent break-out (Iraq)
9. July 25, 2013: Six Prisoners Dead In Ivory Coast Jailbreak Bid (Ivory Coast)
10. July 27, 2013: Benghazi jailbreak: Over 1,100 Prisoners Escape In Libya Amid Protests (Libya)
11. July 28, 2013:  Israeli Ministers Agree To Release 104 Palestinian Prisoners (Palestine)
12. July 30, 2013: Mass Jail Break In Pakistan As Taliban Gunmen Storm Prison (Pakistan)
13. August 2, 2013: Gunmen Attack Prisoners Convoy In Libya (Libya)
14. August 18, 2013: Around 38 Muslim Brotherhood Prisoners Die Trying To Escape
(Egypt)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

5. SHIP HIJACK:

5.1: Terrorist Ship: The Wael?
Aside from the numerous headlines in respect to shipping, stowaways and shipping terror, on August 20, 2013, it was reported that
a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this is the terrorist laden ship has yet to be determined, but the Biblical narrative of Jonah and the whale cannot be dismissed.

1. April 29, 2013: 2 Syrian seamen killed, 8 missing after cargo ships collide off southern Greece
2. May 8, 2013: Several dead after cargo ship collides with Genoa port tower
3. May 27, 2013: Shipwreck off Florida coast could pose oil pollution threat
4. June 30, 2013: Gas tanker explosion kills 29 in Uganda, police say
5. July 11, 2013: Oman seizes more than 30,000 pistols in port transit; Guns were Yemen bound
6. July 15, 2013: Indian tanker catches fire off Malaysia, one feared dead
7. July 16, 2013: Panama stops North Korean ship carrying missile material from Cuba
8. July 17, 2013: Another North Korean Ship Made Cuba Run in 2012
9. July 18, 2013: North Korea Says Freighter Carried Legal Load of Arms
10. July 22, 2013: The worst fate: Somalia’s ship wrecked hostages
11. July 23, 2013: 2 shipping companies sentenced to $10.4 million in fines for illegal dumping
12. July 26, 2013: EXCLUSIVE: GPS flaw could let terrorists hijack ships, planes
13. July 30, 2013: Filipino troops kill 8 Muslim rebels who attacked oil tanker truck
14. July 31, 2013: Stowaway cat found on freighter from Philippines to LA
15. August 5, 2013: Boat capsizes off coast of Senegalese capital, spilling diesel fuel into sea
16. August 14, 2013: Cargo ship sinks in strong typhoon off Hong Kong
17. August 17, 2013: India, Iran bid to resolve oil tanker dispute
18. August 16, 2013: At least 5 dead after ferry collides with cargo ship in Philippines
19. August 16, 2013: “Captain Phillips” trailer: Somali pirates with AK-47’s hijack an American cargo ship
20. August 20, 2013: Libya navy stops tanker entering oil terminal

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

6. THE HOSTAGES
:

6.1: Ship Hostages
In order for African and Middle East based terrorists to hijack a ship and make their way to America, they must kidnap and hold hostage a ship, its captain and her crew in order to arrive safely in the U.S. Something similar to what was reported on August 6, 2013 when 4 to 8 gunmen had kidnapped Turkish airline pilots in Lebanon is likely the working scenario. Coincidentally, “Captain Phillips” (2013) is an upcoming 2013 American action thriller film (see trailer) which stars Tom Hanks. The film tells the story of  Captain Richard Phillips who was taken hostage from an American cargo ship by Somali Pirates with AK-47’s during the hijacking of the Maersk Alabama in 2009. Aside from the upcoming television show entitled “Hostages”, there have been a number of recent headlines in respect to hostages across the world.

Hostages Trending:

1. January 16, 2013: ‘Mali’ Islamists kill 3, take 41 hostage in Algeria
2. March 14, 2013: Man takes five hostages at college with a toy gun
3. April 8, 2013: Man who took hostages at Hillary Clinton’s office is missing
4. April 11, 2013: Police: Man killed after taking firefighters hostage in suburban Atlanta
5. April 22, 2013: Taliban take 11 hostages after helicopter makes emergency landing in Afghanistan
6. July 22, 2013: The worst fate: Somalia’s ship wrecked hostages
7. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda-linked extremists hold 200 Kurdish civilians hostage as ‘live shield’ in Syria

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

7. CROSSING THE U.S. BORDER:

7.1: U.S./Mexico Terror Tunnel

Once the Islamic “terrorists” land in South America, they will make their way to the United States via Mexico. Although it’s impossible to know as plans are always subject to change, it would appear that the terrorists will cross the border with their weapons in drug tunnels, most likely in California or Texas. In order to gain plausible deniability just prior to terror attacks stemming from Mexico, numerous headlines have been released which conclude that the southern border in vulnerable to attack. Coincidentally, on August 5, 2013, it was reported that Syrian rebel ‘moles’ are waging battles from underground tunnels, potentially foreshadowing coming events.

Border Headlines Trending:

1. April 12, 2013: DHS officials charged with falsifying records related to border region crimes
2. June 12, 2013: U.S. and Canadian drill to “prevent cross-border terrorist and criminal activities”
3. June 21, 2013: Lockdown USA: Congress plans 700-mile ‘surge’ on Mexico border
4. August 1, 2013: Mexican cartels hiring US soldiers as hit men
5. August 16, 2013: US border security data not reliable, government reports show
6. August 17, 2013: Mexico says Gulf cartel leader arrested


[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8. CHICAGO MLB “RACE WAR” ATTACK:

8.1: Chicago’s Terrorist Mayor
Aside from the fact that the Mayor of Chicago, Rahm Emanuel, is the son of a Israeli Zionist terrorist, the city of Chicago has experienced 532 murders in 2012 and  more than 200 murders in 2013 already. These murders are in large part a result of Emanuel’s terroristic policies and therefore it should come as no surprise that the city is slated to suffer an unprecedented gun related massacre. Interestingly, Emanuel participated in a cameo in the television show entitled “Chicago Fire”, which features Chicago fire and medical teams which would inevitably be called to a future gun massacre. A sick and twisted joke.

Illinois Gun Terror Headlines
:

1. April 24, 2013: Five people killed in Illinois shooting, gunman dies after police chase
2. May 2, 2013: Judge OKs release of Illinois man accused of trying to join al-Qaid in Syria
3. July 10, 2013: Chicago lawmaker: Send troops to city
4. July 17, 2013: Chicago lawmakers unanimously vote to beef up assault weapons ban
5. July 24, 2013: Army Conducts Nighttime Exercises in Downtown Chicago
6. July 25, 2013: Chicago man who impersonated police in 2009 arrested for trying to do the same thing
7. July 28, 2013: Sheriff’s team working to seize guns from thousands in Illinois
8. August 10, 2013: Illinois university backs professor even after learning he murdered family in 1967

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.2: 2013 MLB Civil Rights Game
The 2013 Civil Rights Game will be held at US Cellular Field in Chicago, Illinois on August 24, 2013 when the White Sox host the Texas Rangers. Coincidentally, the two teams playing in the Civil Rights game are the Chicago White Sox and the Texas Rangers, inevitably linking both “white” and “Texas” together for that is who will likely be scapegoated in the attack.

8.3: White Sox is Obama’s Team
In 2009, Obama wearing a White Sox jacket threw out the ceremonial first pitch at the All-Star game. A year later in 2010, Obama sported a White Sox hat and threw out the first pitch at a Washington Nationals game. Then on June 9, 2013, Obama threw the first pitch at a Chicago White Sox game. It total, it appears that Obama has thrown out 3 first pitches all while donning White Sox gear so it’s clear that the Chicago White Sox is his team. Therefore, an attack on the White Sox would be translated as an attack on Obama, his state, his hometown, and his baseball team.

8.4: Baseball Terror Trending
Recent headlines in respect to Major League Baseball indicated that all is not good. Recent attacks and deaths surrounding players, teams and fans suggest that a baseball related terror attack is currently being planned.

MLB Headlines:

1. April 26, 2013: Calif. man arrested in shooting of player’s father at Little League T-ball game
2. May 8, 2013: Woman Dies After Choking On Hot Dog At Wrigley Field
3. July 27, 2013: Rangers’ Scheppers Attacked On Walk In Cleveland
4. July 29, 2013: Body of former MLB pitcher Frank Castillo found in Arizona lake.
5. August 8, 2013: Police probe racist epithets on Jackie Robinson statue (New York, New York)
6. August 12, 2013: Fan apologizes for throwing banana at Giants player
7. August 13, 2013: Man dies after 65-foot fall at Turner Field during Braves-Phillies game
8. August 22, 2013: Chilling 911 call details final moments of Melbourne baseballer Chris Lane’s life

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.5: Assault Weapons Terror
If the following gun related propaganda headlines are to be believed, there are literally thousands of assault rifles floating around both in the Middle East and America. If and when they will show up at a live sporting event appears to be just a matter of time. Conveniently, the U.S. government has purchased Russian made weapons and ammunition in order to not only bait a violent revolution in the wake of a state-sponsored terror attack, but to be able to feed both sides of a civil war once it starts. Naturally, these type of attacks will be used to demonize white American gun owners. Although it’s impossible to know, a redux of the July 9, 2013 story from Detroit, Michigan, of a vehicle mounted with a gun may be the type of terror scenario in play

Assault Weapons Headlines:

1. August 6, 2007: 190,000 AK-47 assault rifles given to Iraq are missing
2. April 3, 2013: Video appears to show world’s most powerful rifle in hands of Syrian rebels
3. April 9, 2013: 20,000 U.S. M-16s stolen from unguarded warehouse in Kuwait
4. July 26, 2013: U.S. Army Buying Millions of Rounds of Russian Ammo and Popular Civilian Firearms
5. August 14, 2013: LA County Sheriff’s Department loses M-16 rifle given by feds
6. August 16, 2013: U.S. Army Buys Nearly 600,000 Soviet AK-47 Magazines
7. August 19, 2013: Bloomberg reveals largest gun seizure ever in New York
8. August 19, 2013: Reward offered for weapons stolen from FBI vehicle in North Carolina
9. August 23, 2013: Police Search For Men Seen Carrying AK-47s

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.6: Race War Attack

As previously reported in the July 20, 2013 Truther.org article entitled “Nazi “Race War” Attacks: False-Flag Terror Threat Assessment”, it is imperative to remember that starting fights between different races, classes and religions is taken word for word from the 3rd Protocol of the Protocols of Zion. As America and the world continue to wake up to the evils of Zionism, namely usury and blatant acts of terrorism against humanity, there will be more and more attempts by Zionists to terrorize and divide the masses in an attempt to distract humanity from their wicked deed. Coincidentally, on August 21, 2013, it was reported that a Homeland Security Employee was preparing for a coming race war.

8.7: Race War: As Seen on TV

Predictably, “race war” terror attacks, should the happen, will be caught on videotape—Rodney King style. As previously reported, the genesis of a “race war” must be a “made-for-TV” type event whereby hundreds of millions can witness the vicious attacks on television as well as over and over again on YouTube and other social media platforms. The shocking images of “race war” attacks will be broadcast around the world in a coordinated effort to demonize America on a global scale until all economic and social confidence in the U.S. is ultimately lost. In other words, if the world is constantly fed images of supposed Nazis attacking African-Americans, the U.S. will be perceived as dangerous and unstable, which is exactly the plan.

Nazi/Skinhead/Race War Trending:

1. June 10, 2013:  School Vandalized With Swastikas, Anti-Obama Graffiti (Reseda, California)
2. June 11, 2013: Memphis Police Suspend Officer Over KKK Tweets (Memphis, Tennessee)
3. June 16, 2013:
Shock Lingers After Alleged Nazi Unit Leader Found In U.S. (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
4. June 25, 2013: Fatal Skinhead Attack On Activist Caught On Video (Paris, France)
5. June 21, 2013: German Prosecutors Probe Possible Neo-Nazi Bombing (Munich, Germany)
6. June 21, 2013:
Use Of Nazi, Soviet Symbols Banned (Riga, Latvia)
7. June 25, 2013:
‘Nazi Salute’ Greek Footballer Seeking Redemption In Italy (Bologna, Italy)
8. June 28, 2013:
Neighbors Call Police After Stratford Man Flies Nazi Flag (Stratford, Connecticut)
9. July 2, 2013:
Mongolian Neo-Nazis Rebrand Themselves As Environmentalists (Ulan Bator, Mongolia)
10. July 3, 2013:
‘Progressives’ Shocked: One Of Their Own A Nazi? (Slovenia)
11. July 7, 2013:
Neo-Nazi Trio Threatens Ex-Party Leader Sahlin (Stockholm, Sweden)
12. July 8, 2013:
Nazi Hacker Hacks Jersey Shore Cast Members Twitter Page (Unknown)
13. July 8, 2013:  92-Year-Old German, To Stand Trial For Nazi War Crimes (Berlin, German)
14. July 8, 2013: Berlin Begins Building Memorial To Victims Of Nazi ‘Euthanasia’ (Berlin, Germany)
15. July 8, 2013:
Nikos Dendias ‘Very Worried’ About ‘Nazi’ Golden Dawn (Athens, Greece)
16. July 9, 2013:
Kanye Tweets Frustration Over Leaked ‘Skinhead’ Video (Los Angeles, California)
17. July 9, 2013: Russia Blasts Estonia Defense Minister Over Nazi Sympathies (Tallinn, Estonia)
18. July 9, 2013: Forest Swastika Remain Decades After They First Appeared (Brandenburg, Germany)
19. July 10, 2013: “Hitler” Fried Chicken: KFC Logo Gets Troubling Nazi Chic Makeover (Ubon, Thailand)
20. July 10, 2013: Israel-Germany Soccer Match Nixed Over Neo-Nazi Threat (Angerberg, Austria)
21. July 10, 2013: Alleged Neo-Nazi Sympathizer Pleads Guilty In Gun-Possession (Toledo, Ohio)
22. July 12, 2013: Altered Images: ‘Nazi Loco’ Deleted From Club Website (Russia)
23. July 12, 2013: Custody Denied To Nazi-Naming Dad (Flemington, New Jersey)
24. July 12, 2013: Man Stabbed After Neo-Nazi Party Meet (Halmstad, Sweden)
25. July 13, 2013: Germany Inaugurates Memorial To Neo-Nazi Victims (Dortmund, Germany)
26. July 14, 2013: Neo-Nazism On The Mount (Jerusalem, Israel)
27. July 14, 2013: Remembering The Victims Of Nazi Eugenics (Germany)
28. July 16, 2013: The Scientists Who Escaped The Nazis (Gottingen, Germany)
29. July 16, 2013: Neo-Nazi And Black Metal Star Varg Vikernes Arrested In Southwest France (France)
30. July 16, 2013: Nazi-Fighting ‘Night Witch’ Dead At 91 (Moscow, Russia)
31. July 16, 2013: Cellist To Play In Honor Of Nazi Holocaust Survivor (San Luis Obispo, California )
32. July 16, 2013: Man Finds Half-Ton Nazi Aerial Bomb Near Beach (Sevastopol, Ukraine)
33. July 17, 2013: Lindsey Graham: ‘I’m Not Saying That Russia Is Nazi Germany’ (Washington D.C.)
34. July 17, 2013: Cher Compares Gun Owners To Neo Nazi’s And The KKK (Malibu, California)
35. July 18, 2013: Campaign Launched To Bring Remaining Nazi War Criminals To Justice (Germany)
36. July 18, 2013: France Frees Norwegian Neo-Nazi: Judicial Source (Paris, France)
37. July 18, 2013: Indonesia Questions Why Cafe Has Nazi-Themed Decor (Bandung, Indonesia)
38. July 19, 2013: Nazi Paratrooper Became British Soccer Hero (Manchester City, England)
39. July 19, 2013: NY Mayoral Candidate Likens NYC To Nazi-Era Germany (New York, New York)
40. July 19, 2013: Fascism Is Exploding in Greece, Raising Fears About Neo-Nazi Rule (Greece)
41. July 19, 2013: Nazi Salute Puts German Artist Jonathan Meese In Court (Kassel, Germany)
42. July 19, 2013: Police Raid Neo-Nazi Group Suspected Of Preparing Terrorist Attack (Europe)
43. July 22, 2013: Police Investigate Burning Swastika Placed On Street (San Bernardino, California)
44. July 23, 2013: French lawmaker under fire over Nazi Roma remark (France)
45. July 23, 2013: New poster campaign aims to find last living Nazi war criminals in Germany (Germany)
46. July 23, 2013: Nazi’s 100th birthday sparks resentment in Rome (Rome, Italy)
47. July 24, 2013: Greece: Far-right party plays Nazi anthem at charity event (Athens, Greece)
48. July 25, 2013: Tulsa may rename landmarks that honor Ku Klux Klan member (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
49. July 27, 2013: Neo-Nazis torture gay teenager they tricked into meeting them (Moscow, Russia)
50. July 30, 2013: US limbo for Nazi suspects ordered out (U.S.)
51. July 31, 2013: South Carolina Church Vandalized With Swastikas (Buffalo, South Carolina)
52. August 1, 2013: Japan finance minister apologizes for Nazi constitution comment (Tokyo, Japan)
53. August 1, 2013: Georgia State student forms White Student Union (Atlanta, Georgia)
54. August 7, 2013: Confederate flag will fly along I-95 in Virginia (Richmond, Virginia)
55. August 7, 2013: White supremacists sentenced for attack on Arab men (Trenton, New Jersey)
56. August 8, 2013: Police probe racist epithets on Jackie Robinson statue (New York, New York)
57. August 9, 2013: Wiesenthal Center calls for boycott of ‘Hitler wine’ (Rimini, Italy)
58. August 12, 2013: 3rd man gets prison in 2011 white supremacist attack (Trenton, New Jersey)
59. August 12, 2013: Hungarian man charged with Nazi-era war crimes dies at 98 (Budapest, Hungry)
60. August 16, 2013: Tulsa street keeps same name, but no longer honors KKK (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
61. August 20, 2013: Merkel visits former Nazi concentration camp Dachau (Dachau, Germany)
62. August 21, 2013: This Homeland Security Employee Is Preparing for a Coming Race War (U.S.)
63. August 21, 2013: Rep. Clyburn likens American media to Nazi propagandists (Washington, D.C.)
64. August 21, 2013: Israeli lawmaker compares Turkish leader to Nazi propagandist Goebbels (Israel)
65. August 21, 2013: Anger as German neo-Nazis protest against refugee camp (Berlin, Germany)
66. August 22, 2013: German security services ‘failed’ in neo-Nazi murders (Berlin, Germany)
67. August 23, 2013: Lawmakers cite errors and biases, in probe of neo-Nazi killings (Berlin, Germany)
68. August 23, 2013: Neo-Nazis plan to build all-white city in North Dakota (Leith, North Dakota)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.8: Foiled “Race War” Terror Attacks
To date,
Truther.org has identified and exposed at least 9 potential “race war” terror attack plots, 5 of which were apparently planned for the state of Florida. Although these “race war” attacks have not taken place to date, everything needed to conduct the “race war” attacks were in place at the time that the respective terror plots were exposed. As to be expected, numerous “official” cancellations and/or postponements occurred immediately after these reports were made public (i.e., Obama’s non-attendance at 2012 NBA All-Star game, postponement of the 2012 Daytona 500, Obama’s cancelation of his 2012 DNC Bank of America Stadium speech, etc.). The reality is, information is the only thing which can stop terrorism. Therefore, it is incumbent upon all peace loving people to seek out and share information about the true perpetrators of terrorism.

Foiled Zionist “Race War” Attacks:

1. February 26, 2012:Skinhead Attack On NBA Players And Fans At All-Star Game (Orlando, Florida)
2. March 31, 2013:
Obama’s School Bus Terror Plot: Attack African-American School Children (South)
3. September 6, 2012:
2012 DNC Terror Plot: Attack Obama Voters With Acid (Charlotte, North Carolina)
4. April 8, 2013.
2013 NCAA Final Four: Attack African-American Players With Acid (Atlanta, Georgia)
5. June 9, 2013:
2013 NBA Finals Terror Plot: Attack NBA Players With Acid (Miami, Florida)
6. June 24, 2013:
Acid Attack On 2013 Miami Heat Championship Parade (Miami, Florida)
7. July 5, 2013:
Skinhead Molotov Cocktail Attack On Zimmerman Trial Protesters (Sanford, Florida)
8. July 10 2013:
Nazi Attack At George Zimmerman Trial Courthouse (Sanford, Florida)
9. July 12, 2013:
Black Panther Party Attacks On White Police Officers (Unknown)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

9. MILITIA & “HOMEGROWN” TERROR:

9.1: Militia Terror
MLB terror attacks will most likely be executed and ultimately blamed on American “militia” personal, most of which happen to be former or active U.S. military members. Potential suspects include but are not limited to the Hutaree militia group from the state of Michigan, the “Light-Foot” militia of Idaho, other unknown members of the militia implicated in the Georgia Bio-Terror Plot, or unknown members of the militia group known as  “F.E.A.R.” (Forever Enduring Always Ready) who allegedly consist of U.S. Army soldiers from the state of Georgia who previously plotted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama and overthrow the U.S. government. Regardless of the militia scapegoated for future acts of domestic terror, it is almost certain that its members will include white men who have formerly served in the U.S. military or worked for the U.S. government in some capacity.

9.2: Hutaree Terror Militia
According to Wikipedia,
the Hutaree Militia is a militia movement group adhering to the ideology of the Christian Patriot movement, based near Adrian, Michigan. The group was formed in early 2006. The name “Hutaree” appears to be a neologism; the group’s web site says that it means “Christian warriors”. The group became widely known in 2010 after the FBI prosecuted them in federal court for an alleged plan for violent revolt. The prosecution said this was to have involved killing a police officer and attacking the funeral with bombs. The presiding judge dismissed these charges. Three members pled guilty to possessing a machine gun and were sentenced to time served. Based on the evidence and events surrounding the 2011 mock trial of the Hutaree Terror Militia and alleged STRATFOR tool and Zionist operative Alex Jones’ rabid defense of the right-wing ultra-Christian militia group, it now appears that the Hutaree Militia is in fact a U.S. government funded and operated domestic terror group that will commit future acts of terror within the United States in a calculated attempt to further demonize, disparage and ultimately set-up innocent American patriots and gun-owners. The Hutaree Militia were slated to take the blame in the wake of the foiled “Atlanta Bio-Terror Plot” of April 8, 2013, and therefore it stands to reason that they may also execute and be blamed for acts of domestic terror.

9.3: Michigan Home to Largest Arab/Muslim Population
U.S. based militia terror attacks will inevitably be tied to “Muslim Extremists” and Michigan is the perfect place for that. Aside from being home to the Weather Underground Organization (WUO) in the 1970’s and the Hutaree Militia today, they also have the most Arabs and Muslims in America. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the city with the largest percentage of Arab Americans is Dearborn, Michigan, a southwestern suburb of Detroit, at nearly 40%. The Detroit metropolitan area is home to the largest concentration of Arab Americans (403,445), followed by the New York City Combined Statistical Area (371,233), Los Angeles (308,295), Chicago (176,208), and the Washington D.C area. (168,208).

9.4: Hells Angels Terror
Since many of the aforementioned militia groups have been vetted as potential scapegoats in state-sponsored terror attacks, the notorious Hells Angels may be implicated in the next attack. Regardless if they participated or helped in the attack, the Zionist operatives behind Obama are desperate to pin a race related crime onto white American gun owners, which just happen to be most of the members of the Hells Angels.

Hells Angels Headlines

1. April 16, 2009: Canadian Police to Arrest 156 Hells Angels Biker Gang Members
2. August 30, 2010: Hells Angels leader indicted on gun charge after arrest in Colorado
3. February 5, 2011: Hells Angels Fugitive Captured in Argentina
3. September 12, 2011: Hells Angel, 2 Others Plead Not Guilty to Killing 3 Massachusetts Men
4. September 30, 2011: Hells Angel Murder Suspect Arrested in San Francisco
5. October 15, 2011: 1 Dead in Shooting at California Hells Angels Funeral
6. July 22, 2013: Hells Angel member pleads guilty to lesser charges in Nevada casino shootout
7. July 24, 2013: Spain police say 25 Hells Angels arrested including Europe leader on Mallorca island
8. August 7, 2013: Jury convicts gang leader in 2011 murder of Hells Angels member at Nevada casino

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

9.5: Homegrown Terror
Prior to scapegoating “homegrown” terrorists for future terror attacks, the Zionist establishment running the U.S. government must create the perception that the U.S. is overflowing with both white and Arab extremists who are trying to attack the government. Since April of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of homegrown terrorist activity within the U.S. that will likely culminate in an unprecedented attack on the U.S. homeland.

Homegrown Terror Trending:

1. April 19, 2013: US Man Pleads Guilty To Supporting Terrorism
2. April 24, 2013: Five Jihadists Have Reached Their Targets In The United States Under Barack Obama
3. April 26, 2013: NYC Man Arrested In Synagogue-Plot Sting Gets Prison For Terrorism Conspiracy
4. April 26, 2013: American Jihadi In Somalia Tweets On Assassination Attempt
5. May 2, 2013: Texas Man Arrested After Illegally Driving Through Security Gate At Dallas Airport
6. May 14, 2013: 2 Minn. Men Sentenced To 3 Years In Prison For Briefly Joining Somali Terror Group
7. May 14, 2013: North Carolina Man Pleads Guilty To Buying Gun For Terrorist Jihad
8. May 17, 2013: Uzbekistan national to appear in court Friday on federal terrorism charges
9. May 22, 2013: FBI shoots Chechen dead in Florida, man questioned over links to Boston bombers
10. May 22, 2013: Montana man gets 3 years in prison for trying to board flight with loaded guns
11. May 22, 2013: Man Gets 3 Years In Prison For Trying To Board Flight With Loaded Guns
12. June 3, 2013: Texas man pleads guilty to trying to blow up natural gas pipeline
13. June 8, 2013: Michigan man accused of making terror threats online
14. June 14, 2013: NY man with homemade bomb blew up his oven while trying to dry explosives
15. June 17, 2013: United Airlines passenger reportedly claims he poisoned others during flight
16. June 19, 2013: FBI Foils Plot To Build Strange X-Ray Weapon, Possibly Targeting President Obama
17. June 19, 2013: Leader Of Ga. Militia Receives Life In Prison Without Parole For Double Slaying
18. June 28, 2013: Boston Terror Suspect Had Bomb-Making Instructions And Jihad Literature
19. July 18, 2013: Florida teen faces charges of helping terrorists following visit to Middle East
20. July 31, 2013: Police In Colorado Warn Of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
21. August 5, 2013: Utah Beauty Pageant Winner, 3 Others Arrested On Suspicion Of Throwing Bombs
22. August 6, 2013: Man Planning To Wage Jihad In Africa Pleads Guilty To Terror Charge In Alabama
23. August 6, 2013: Boston Marathon Bombing Suspects Had Befriended Anti-US Conspiracy Theorist
24. August 8, 2013: Florida Teen Accused Of Training With Middle East Terrorists To Appear In Court
25. August 7, 2013: Man Sentenced To 5 1/2 Years for Conspiring To Sell Cocaine To Taliban Reps
26. August 6, 2013: California Kidnapping, Murder Suspect May Have Improvised Explosives
27. August 12, 2013: 2 West African Drug Traffickers 4 Years In Prison For Taliban Drug Conspiracy
28. August 8, 2013: Man Convicted In Terrorism Hoax Sentenced To 2 Weeks In Jail
29. August 6, 2013: 2 Friends Of Suspected Boston Marathon Bomber Indicted
30. August 6, 2013: Somali Militant Group Al-Shabab Praises ‘Martyrs’ From Minnesota
31. August 23, 2013: Florida man accused of brokering uranium deal for Iran

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

10. 2013 VIBRANT RESPONSE (July 27-August 23, 2013):

10.1: Vibrant Response 2013
Vibrant Response 2013 was a major terror exercise conducted by U.S. Northern Command and led by U.S. Army North from July 27, 2013 through August 23, 2013 in Atterbury-Muscatatuck, Indiana. Vibrant Response 2013 was the largest chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear response training exercise for DoD’s specialized response forces. In total, over 9,000 service men and women from 27 states and territories and every branch of the U.S. military participated in realistic disaster-response training for a 10-kiloton nuclear detonation in Columbus, Ohio as the Muscatatuck Urban Training Center was reportedly transformed during to resemble a “post-apocalyptic wasteland”. According to Kevin Kirmse, the senior exercise planner for U.S. Army North (Fifth Army), which conducts the exercise under the direction of U.S. Northern Command, “At Muscatatuck, objects are in trees, cars are on fire. There are about 200 role-playing civilians made up to look like they have bones protruding or severe head wounds, plus we’ve got 350 manikins buried in garages”. According to reports, Vibrant Response 2013 featured 140 live events such as these, plus another 400 which are simulated. Despite being held annually since President Obama assumed office in 2008, Vibrant Response is eerily different this year. “This mission is very different than what most of these guys have ever done,” stated Sgt. Maj. Christopher Frediani, the operations sergeant major for U.S. Army North Task Force 51. How different is not known, but according to Sgt. Sal Sifunetes, a medic with 62nd Medical Brigade, 547th Area Support Medical Company out of Joint Base Lewis-McChord, Washington, “We’ve been training for six to eight months for this exercise”, stated Sifunetes.

10.2: The Three Active Duty CBRN Teams
Prior to conducting a full-scale bio-terror attack, the black ops soldiers who will launch the attack and those who will respond must be adequately trained. On August 6, 2013, it was reported that there are only three active-duty military units in the United States who have a chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear-focused mission, and they must be confirmed at Vibrant Response in order to assume command of their missions which coincidentally start on October 1, 2013. According to the report, the largest of the three units is the Defense Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear and High-Yield Explosive Reactionary Force (DCRF) who has about 5,400 soldiers. The other two units, known as C2CRE, are the Alpha and Bravo teams of the Command and Control Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Response Element who have about 1600 soldiers each. In total, approximately 8,600 active duty U.S. military personal with CBRN training will participate in the Vibrant Response 2013. In the event of a CBRN incident, the DCRF would be the first reactionary force and would respond within 48 hours. The C2CRE teams serve as contingency forces and would respond within 96 hours.

10.3: Alabama National Guard: 31st Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear (CBRN) Brigade

The soldiers who will initiate of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic appear to be from Alabama and will coincidentally be traveling through the exact state where the bio-terror attack is slated to happen. On July 25, 2013, it was reported that members of the Alabama National Guard and its 31st Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear (CBRN) Brigade would be traveling by convoy to participate in the  “Vibrant Response 13” terror exercise in Camp Atterbury, Indiana. The convoy was reportedly the largest domestic convoy in Alabama National Guard history with approximately 500 vehicles and 1,500 Alabama Guardsmen traveling through Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky and Indiana which also included an overnight at White House High School, White House, Tennessee. “We are in close contact with highway officials in all four states” said Capt. Charles B. Priest, a 31st CBRN (Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear) Brigade logistics officer. According to the report, the goal of Vibrant Response 13 was to “exercise the ability to deploy, employ and sustain specialized military response forces upon the request of civilian authorities to save lives and relieve human suffering following a catastrophic CBRN incident”. Coincidentally, the Alabama National Guard will serve as the National Guard’s first Command and Control CBRN Response Element (C2CRE) for a two-year mission beginning this fall, taking on a role that has up to now only been filled by the active duty military.

10.4: Joint Task Force Civil Support (JTF-CS)

The U.S. military force responsible for “cleaning-up” and administering vaccines in the wake of a bio-terror attack will come out of the state of Virginia whose flag and coat of arms features a Greco-Roman man standing upon a dead giant who was most likely killed with a form of bioterrorism. On July 25, 2013, it was reported that the Joint Task Force Civil Support (JTF-CS) from Fort Eustis in Newport News, Virginia, would participate in “Vibrant Response 13” and be evaluated on their ability to effectively command and control the subordinate forces of the Defense CBRN Response Force (DCRF) and on its six core functions: mission command, identification and detection of CBRN damage, technical and non-technical search and extraction of casualties, mass casualty and non-casualty decontamination, medical triage and stabilization and medical and non-medical air and ground evacuation.

Gas Attacks & Leaks Trending:

1. January 22, 2013: Rotten eggs stench reaches UK after French gas leak
2. January 29, 2013: Tunisia beefing up security in wake of Algerian gas plant attack
3. February 21, 2013: Contractor for cable company hit gas line before explosion
4. February 22, 2013: Toxic Vapors Seeping Up From Underneath Google Buildings
5. February 27, 2013: 125,000 doses of lethal cyanide leak in Japanese spill
6. March 11, 2013: Total slowly restarts production at North Sea fields shut after gas leak
7. April 9, 2013: US teargas arrives in Egypt for Muslim Brotherhood use
8. May 9, 2013: Powerful blast in Czech capital caused by gas leak
9. May 27, 2013: Gas explosion in Pakistan kills 16 children, teacher in minivan
10. June 2, 2013: Almost 100 Afghan schoolgirls poisoned in suspected gas attack
11. June 13, 2013: 2 injured after gas explosion in CO
12. June 18, 2013: Gas pipeline rupture sparks major blast outside New Orleans
13. July 11, 2013: Gas Explosion Leads To Partial Collapse Of Building In Chinatown
14. July 30, 2013: Massive explosions rock Florida propane plant
15. August 20, 2013: 3 dead, 10 injured when accident ruptures pipeline carrying ammonia in Mexico
16. June 2, 2013:
97 Schoolgirls Poisoned In Suspected Taliban Gas Attack

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11. NASCAR BIO-TERROR ATTACK
:

11.1: Made-For-TV Bio-Terror “Event*
As depicted in the report entitled “
Red Alert: Mass Bio-Terror Pandemic Imminent”, the genesis of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic will be a “made-for-TV event” whereby millions will witness a bio-terror outbreak on live television. This so called bio-terror “event” will likely occur when the agents known as acid, anthrax (Bacillus anthracis) or smallpox (Variola major) are released into a controlled environment, such as an arena or stadium. To date, Truther.org has evidently foiled at least 4 bio-terror plots which had they been allowed to happen would have likely morphed into a global pandemic.

Foiled Bio-Terror Plots:

1. September 23, 2012:False-Flag Bio-Terror Attack On Israel Imminent
2. March 31, 2013:North Korea’s False-Flag Bio-Terror Attack Plan Revealed
3. April 6, 2012:Atlanta NCAA Final Four Bio-Terror Attack Plot Exposed
4. June 27, 2013:New York City Subway Bio-Terrorism Attack Trending


[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.2: Splatter Attack?

Recent headlines in respect to green paint being splattered on various monuments and landmarks in Washington D.C. suggests that the bio-terror attack will be colorful in nature so that the public can clearly see that something is being released into the crowd. NASCAR logo colors such as fluorescent green, red, orange and yellow will most likely be the color of the mist, paint, or whatever liquid form is used in the attack.   

Splatter Attacks Trending:

1. July 26, 2013: Green paint splattered on Lincoln Memorial; statue temporarily closed
2. July 29, 2013: Following Lincoln Memorial vandalism, paint found Smithsonian statue
3. July 30, 2013: Woman arrested in paint vandalism at D.C. cathedral

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.3: Tennessee Trending
In order to bring unprecedented attention to Tennessee prior to a major bio-terror attack in the state, a number of “staged” events have taken place in the few weeks. On July 9, 2013, ESPN Films aired a film entitled “Nine for IX Pat XO” about the life and career of Tennessee’s most famous coach, Pat Summit. Coincidentally, the film will be available for purchase on September 10, 2013. A few weeks later, President Obama visited Tennessee on July 31, 2013. Two days after that on August 2, 2013, it was reported that a Chattanooga, Tennessee newspaper editor was fired after publishing a headline critical of President Obama. Coincidentally, Tennessee was home to the 2008 Obama assassination plot.

11.4: NASCAR: 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race
According to Wikipedia, “The 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race is an upcoming NASCAR Sprint Cup Series stock car race scheduled to be held on August 24, 2013 at Bristol Motor Speedway in Bristol, Tennessee. Contested over 500 laps, it was the twenty-fourth race of the 2013 NASCAR Sprint Cup Series season.” Although it’s impossible to know exactly what is planned for the event, it would appear that some of the 400 U.S. stinger missiles stolen from Benghazi, Libya will be outfitted with some type of nerve or sarin  gas which will be laced with smallpox. These missiles along with grenades and AK-47’s could be used to attack both the cars and the stands, inevitably causing a stampede which will kill thousands. Coincidentally, it was reported on August 22, 2013 that the Tampa Bay Buccaneers facility was being treated for an outbreak of MRSA, yet another sign that a sports related outbreak is imminent.

11.5: DHS & NASCAR
NASCAR holds membership with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s “Commercial Facilities Sector Committee”, and has instructed NASCAR personnel at NASCAR events in “First Observer” terror training. NASCAR was also mentioned as a terror target in the 2009 Virginia Terror Threat Assessment, and DHS has been conducting terror surveillance of NASCAR events for some time. DHS recently unveiled a new alert system that sends text messages to users in the event of a terror attack which will obviously create a panic and cause a stampede that will kill far more than the actual terror event.

11.6: 2011 Annual NASCAR Summit: Active Shooter
Multiple former and current government agent discusses “safety” issues in regards to a potential terror attacks at a NASCAR event. The list included John M. Power (FBI), O.T. Gagnon (DHS), and Raymond Thrower (expert on active shooters), Steve Lampo (FBI) and head of NASCAR security Gerry Cavis, formerly of the Secret Service, a 30-year veteran of law enforcement and retired from the U.S. Secret Service in 2004.

11.7: U.S. Arming Terrorists with Stinger Missiles
Prior to Zionist terrorists such as the Israeli Mossad using Stinger missiles in the U.S., they must first set-up the Islamic brethren for the attacks that they will eventually commit. Starting around August 18, 2012, reports began to surface that the CIA had smuggled 14 Stinger missiles into Syria for the Rebels. A few months later on October 24, 2012, it was reported that according to a Russian general, the Syrian Rebels were now in possession of U.S. Stinger missiles. A month later, it was reported on November 27, 2012, that Syrian Rebels were seen showing off their new heat-seeking missiles. This wouldn’t be the first time that the U.S. has armed terrorists. Back in 1986, the CIA provided Stinger missiles to Osama bin Laden and the Afghan Mujahideen during the Soviet occupation of their country.

NASCAR Terror Trending:

1. February 24, 2013: NASCAR Crash Injures 30 Fans As Debris Flies Into Crowd (Daytona, Florida)
2. March 17, 2013: 2 Killed In Crash At California Raceway (Marysville, California)
3. April 14, 2013: Man Dies In Shooting At NASCAR Race In Texas (Fort Worth, Texas)
4. May 16, 2013: Ex-NASCAR driver Dick Trickle dies at 71, sheriff says
5. May 27, 2013: Ten fans injured by fallen TV cable
6. June 15, 2013: Jason Leffler, accomplished race car driver, dies in dirt-track accident
7. June 22, 2013: Allan Simonsen dies in Le Mans race
8. June 24, 2013: NASCAR driver accused of stealing competitor’s vehicles turns himself in
9. July 3, 2013: Dozens sickened at Michigan International Speedway, Norovirus suspected
10. July 14, 2013: Driver dragged by race car at Bowman Gray Stadium
11. July 14, 2013: Motorcyclist killed in 285 mph crash in Maine
12. July 20, 2013: Use of aerial camera systems halted
13. August 10, 2013: Female driver dies in Wartburg Rally in Germany

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.8: Aftermath of Bio-Terror
If and when a bio-war or bio-terror attack occurs, it will most likely be masterminded by the Center for Biosecurity located at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center who have been directly responsible for funding and conducting numerous bio-terror related war games. Aside from having the means, the motive and the opportunity to conduct a major bio-terror attack, the government is the only entity with the resources to organize, plan, drill and execute a major bio-terror false-flag operation. In the aftermath of a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic, there will be mass confusion, fear, and hysteria. In this chaotic environment, there will be political and governmental agencies and institutions that will attempt to take advantage of the situation by declaring martial law and potentially forcing billions of people worldwide to take the lethal vaccines issued by the military and medical establishments in  the aftermath of the bio-terror attack.

11.9: The Good Bio-Terror News
The good news is that the reality of bio-terror is almost 100% opposite of what the public has been led to believe. According to top scientists, the use of bio-weapons for mass terror is a very difficult process and totally unreliable. Steve Emmett, an expert on nerve agents at Oxford University stated that, “It’s easy to play up the risks and encourage panic,” but “In fact the risks of mass poisoning [from any chemical agent] are very low”. Emmett went on to state that smallpox can be passed on from person to person only by close physical contact, not simply by being in the same room as someone who is infected. Jonathan Tucker, an authority on unconventional arms with California’s Monterey Institute of International Studies, stated, “Regardless of what people say, [bio-terror] is very difficult to do, to inflict mass casualties with chemical or biological weapons”. Despite the non-stop government propaganda, the true nature of the bio-war and bio-terror threat is very low and almost theoretically impossible. So long as people refuse vaccines, they really don’t have anything to worry about.

12. NUCLEAR TERROR:

12.1: Nuclear Reactor Terror “Blinking Red”
On March 11, 2011, exactly 33 days after the failed nuclear terror attack of February 6, 2011, there was an attack on the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant in Ōkuma, Japan. According to Japanese scientists, the 2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami, which allegedly caused the Fukushima nuclear disaster, was actually the result of an underwater explosion. As with all airports used in the 9/11 attacks, Fukushima was also conveniently “secured” by an Israeli company shortly before the incident. In the wake of the Fukushima disaster , there have been approximately 50 nuclear reactor “emergencies”, “closures”, “leaks” and other major incidents clearly setting the stage for coming nuclear reactor terror on an unimaginable scale. Complementing the unprecedented nuclear reactor emergencies are multiple cases of “terrorists” attempting to breach nuclear reactors, repeated lapses in nuclear reactor security, as well as countless propaganda articles indicating that a Fukushima-level event inside the United States is a foregone conclusion.  Aside from blatant programming of the 2012 Hollywood nuclear reactor disaster film entitled “Chernobyl Diaries”, a recent Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) panel recommended that the U.S. government customize emergency plans for each of America’s 65 nuclear power plants, a change would “expand” the standard 10-mile evacuation zone surrounding nuclear reactors. Also, in a letter submitted to internal investigators at the NRC, a whistleblower engineer within the agency accused regulators of deliberately covering up information relating to the vulnerability of U.S. nuclear power facilities that sit downstream from large dams and reservoirs.

12.2: All 104 US Nuclear Reactors Should Be Replaced
In an apparent sign that American nuclear reactors are doomed, it was reported on April 9, 2013, that the former chairman of the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Gregory B. Jaczko, had stated that all 104 nuclear reactors currently operational in the U.S. have irreparable safety issues and should be taken out of commission and replaced. The comments, made during the Carnegie International Nuclear Policy Conference, are “highly unusual” for a current or former member of the safety commission, according to The New York Times. Asked why he had suddenly decided to make the remarks, Jaczko implied that he had only recently arrived at these conclusions following the serious aftermath of Japan’s tsunami-stricken Fukushima Daichii nuclear facility. “I was just thinking about the issues more, and watching as the industry and the regulators and the whole nuclear safety community continues to try to figure out how to address these very, very difficult problems,” which were made more evident by the 2011 Fukushima nuclear accident in Japan, he said. “Continuing to put Band-Aid on Band-Aid is not going to fix the problem.”

12.3: Nuclear Reactor Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear reactor terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear reactor headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear reactor terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear reactor” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear-terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Reactor Headlines:

1. December 21, 2012: Engineers Warn: Two US Nuclear Plants May Cause New Fukushima
2. January 2, 2013:
Iran To Citizens Flee City Over Reported Nuclear Leak
3. January 23, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Causes Freak Snowstorm
4. January 29, 2013: Watch 5 nuclear power station towers collapse in slow motion
5. February 3, 2013: Security breach at nuke plant a wake-up call
6. February 3, 2013:
Nuke Plant Operator Disputes Safety Claim
7. February 7, 2013: San Onofre nuke plant operator disputes safety claim
8. February 9, 2013:Outage Shuts Down Nuclear Power Plant
9. February 26, 2013:
Symantec Discovers 2005 US Computer Virus Attack On Iran Nuclear Plants
10. March 13, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Taken Off Line Over Generator Malfunction
11. March 16, 2013:
US Gov’t Concerned About Solar Storms Impacting Nuclear Plants
12. March 18, 2013:
Power Outage At Nuke Plant Leaves Fuel Pools Without Cooling
13. March 25, 2013:
‘Rat-Like Animal’ Caused Massive Fukushima Power Outage
14. March 29, 2013: Safety: Jaczko Calls for Phaseout in US, Says Plants Aren’t Safe
15. April 1, 2013:
Accident At Arkansas Nuclear Site Kills Man
16. April 5, 2013: Cooling System At Japan Nuclear Plant Back Working
17. April 6, 2013:
Japan’s Fukushima Nuclear Plant Leaks Contaminated Water
18. April 9, 2013: All US nuclear reactors should be replaced, ‘Band-Aids’ won’t help

19. April 10, 2013:
Gulf States Fear Nuclear Radiation Leak After Iran Earthquake
20. April 14, 2013: Small Leak Is Discovered at Plant in Fukushima
21. April 15, 2013:
Pilgrim Nuclear Plant Forced To Shut Down (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
22. April 15, 2013: Emergency declared after fire at U.S. nuclear plant — Lasted almost 30 minutes

23. April 16, 2013:
Two US Nuke Plants Tighten Security After Blasts(Massachusetts & New Hampshire)
24. April 18, 2013: Emergency declared at U.S. nuclear plant after lightning strike
25. April 19, 2013: ‘First terror drill at US nuclear plant a success’
26. April 21, 2013: Shots fired at TVA Watts Bar Nuclear Plant
27. May 6, 2013: Kewaunee to start powering down early Tuesday ahead of permanent closure
28. May 9, 2013: 83-year-old nun convicted of sabotage for breach of US atomic complex
29. May 11, 2013: Utility investigating vibrations that caused shutdown of nuclear reactor
30. May 13, 2013: Indian Point To Become First Nuclear Plant To Operate With Expired License
31. May 16, 2013: North Carolina nuclear plant shut down after crack discovered
32. May 17, 2013: Radioactive leak found at Palisades Nuclear Power Plant
33..May 28, 2013: SKorea halts 2 nuclear plants for using control cables with fabricated test results
34. May 28, 2013: Seaweed causes shut down of multiple nuclear reactors
35. June 4, 2013: Cracks in Iran’s nuclear reactor facility following quakes – diplomats
36. June 7, 2013: U.S. orders new safety upgrades at nuclear plants
37. June 7, 2013: California utility says it will retire nuclear plant
38. June 10, 2013: Bushehr nuclear plant suffered electric generator malfunction
39. June 23, 2013: U.S. engineers to inspect possible leak at Hanford nuclear site
40. July 15, 2013: Greenpeace activists break into French nuclear plant
41. July 24, 2013: Former Indian Point supervisor charged with lying to Nuclear Regulatory Commission
42. August 15, 2013: Report: U.S. nuclear plants remain vulnerable to terrorists
43. August 15, 2013: Are U.S. Nuclear Reactors Protected Against Credible Terrorist Attacks?
44. August 15, 2013: Indian Point nuclear plant is vulnerable to terror attack: report
45. August 17, 2013:  Fukushima apocalypse: Years of ‘duct tape fixes’ could result in ‘millions of deaths’
46. August 21, 2013: Tank at crippled Fukushima nuclear plant leaks highly radioactive water

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

13. CONCLUSION
:

13.1: Dictator Obama
The terror plot depicted herein will be a valiant political attempt to resurrect Obama to dictator status. This will be accomplished by a) first garnering unprecedented domestic support in the wake of the attacks, b) creating unprecedented race related division over the suspicious nature of having an African-American president “allow for” Al Qaeda terrorists to kill American citizens, and c), death on the scale of Nazi Germany as gun-owning Americans and patriots will be rounded up and sent to FEMA camps for extermination. As planned, most Americans won’t stand for this and therefore a “civil war” between gun-owners and those loyal to Obama and the U.S. government will ensue. These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America, construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”, and order drone strikes to attack Americans. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.

13.2: SKYNET Terror Endgame

The main goal of the Zionist establishment is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. As first reported by Truther.org on May 20, 2012, once Alex Jones baits gun-owning Americans in a Second American Civil War, the 5th SKYNET will be fully integrated with NATO’s “Smart Defense” killer drone program and all Americans will be under 24/7 attack by thousands of NATO drones with heat-seeking missiles. This scenario would lead to the death of millions and therefore violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs.

13.3: Information is the Answer
Remember, violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs for it plays right into their hand. The only way to defeat the Obama administration and the Zionists is with information. By educating yourself and those around you, America and the world will see once and for all who is behind the Obama administration, fascism, and who is really pulling the strings of terrorism. Information kills terrorism and dictators, so speak up and speak out before it’s too late.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum since the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with subverting a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has since released The Bio-Terror Bible, a website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic likely planned for 2013. Taylor has also exposed numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, as well as Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
July 5, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — Despite the fact that from 1999 to 2009, 52,265 African-American males were killed in homicides, 47,513 due to firearms (approximately 5,226 per year), the Zionist owned and operated media desperately wants Americans, namely African Americans, to care about the death of one Trayvon Martin…But why? Is it possible that the Martin Family and alleged killer George Zimmerman are just pawns in an evil scheme to start an unprecedented “race war” in America? Based on the evidence documented herein, the answer to the aforementioned question is a resounding, “YES!”

Download & Forward PDF

When the state’s evidence and key players in the Trayvon Martin’s murder case are thoroughly examined and contrasted with the “race war” terror attack which was foiled on February 26, 2012, the night that Trayvon Martin allegedly died, a clearer and more concise understanding of exactly who and what is behind the whole Trayvon Martin murder phenomenon begins to emerge. The entire race-based case is even more despicable considering there is now evidence which suggests that Trayvon Martin may still be alive! After all, it has been documented that “crisis actors” were used in the Boston Bombings and therefore the case of Trayvon Martin may be no different.

Based on breaking news and events, it is highly likely that a “race war” type of terror “event” could take place near Sanford, Florida, if George Zimmerman is acquitted of second degree murder. A “not guilty” decision, similarly to that of Rodney King fame, would inevitable spark real or provocateured race riots in other U.S. cities (i.e., Atlanta, Los Angeles, and Philadelphia). Although it’s impossible to know exactly what kind of race-based terror attack may take place, an attack on African-Americans protesting the acquittal of Zimmerman by “skinheads” throwing Molotov cocktails is the most likely scenario.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. The Trayvon Martin Case Exposed
2. Post-Trial “Race War” Attack Scenario
3. Zimmerman Trial Aftermath
4. “Race War” Propaganda
5. Flashback: Sunday, February 26, 2012
6. Bus Terror Trending

Although it has not yet been confirmed, it does appear that Trayvon Martin was specifically chosen for the impending race war false-flag “event” due to his uncanny likeness to President Barack Obama. The strategy in picking an Obama look-a-like is two-fold in that those who are African-American and support Obama are more likely to feel anger and rage towards his alleged murderer—George Zimmerman. Conversely, those who dislike Obama’s policies would be more inclined to side with Zimmerman and his position that he killed in self-defense. After all, most of those who detest Obama and his fascist policies see the administration as an aggressor, further psychologically justifying and reinforcing the notion of self-defense and standing one’s ground when attacked. Coincidentally, on March 23, 2012, President Barack Obama essentially confirmed the aforementioned theory when he stated, “When I think about this boy, I think about my own kids”, and that, “If I had a son, he’d look like Trayvon“.

The reality is, as long as Obama is in office, rest assured a “race war” is being organized, fostered, and primed for a made-for-TV type terror “event”. Should a race war start in America, it is imperative to remember that starting fights between different races, classes and religions is taken word for word from the 3rd Protocol of the Protocols of Zion. As America and the world continue to wake up to the evils of Zionism, namely usury and blatant acts of terrorism against humanity, there will be more and more attempts by Zionists to terrorize and divide the masses in an attempt to distract humanity from their wicked deeds.

Former NAACP leader C.L. Bryant confirmed the Trayvon Martin “race war” fears on March 26, 2012, when he stated that Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton were guilty of “exploiting” the Trayvon Martin tragedy to “racially divide [America]”, and that we should collectively be “outraged at the fact that they’re using [Trayvon Martin] as the bait to inflame racial passions”.

I. THE TRAYVON MARTIN CASE EXPOSED:

1.1:
George Zimmerman is Jewish
Although CNN and other media outlets continually state that George Zimmerman is a “white Hispanic neighborhood watchman”, it is simply not true. Zimmerman is a man of mixed Jewish descent who was born to a Jewish father and a Peruvian mother. Obviously, Jew on Black crime is not race war material, so an alternative reality has to be pimped in order to further the Zionist agenda.

1.2: Robert Zimmerman is Jewish
George Zimmerman’s father is Robert Zimmerman, a retired Jewish judge in Florida. This fact obviously makes George Zimmerman Jewish. The last name of Zimmerman is a predominantly Jewish name, especially popular among Ashkenazim Jews.

Freemason Tracy Martin

Freemason Tracy Martin

1.3: Trayvon’s Father is a Freemason
Trayvon Martin’s father, Tracy Martin, is a proud Freemason (see photos). This fact alone should automatically draw a red-flag because there is a rich history of Zionists using unwitting Freemasonic Goys (non-Jews) as pawns in their evil schemes. In essence, the entire Trayvon Martin episode is a case study on how the “Protocols of Zion” (listen to audio) are applied to current events in the real world. For those unfamiliar with the Protocols, it is “The Playbook” on how the world currently operates and an imperative read for those who truly want to understand the true power structure of the world today. If the Protocols are indeed forgeries, as some alleged, then someone needs to explain why 90% of what is written in them is transpiring in reality almost word-for-word. In other words, either the Protocols are indeed factual or they are a collection of blatant lies which have all mysteriously come true since they were published in 1919.

1.4: Protocols & Freemasonry
The following reference in respect to Freemasonry was taken word for word from the Protocols of Zion: “We shall create and multiply Free Masonic lodges in all the countries of the world…We propose that [the Goy] join the ranks of our fighting forces…Gentile-based Freemasonry serves as a smokescreen for us and our plans…[Freemasonry’s] very existence, remains an unknown mystery to the people…and has aims which are not even so much as suspected by, the Goy.  These Goy cattle are attracted by us into the “show” army of Masonic lodges in order feel superior to, and look down upon their fellow Goys…We execute masons in such a clever way that no one other than us, the brotherhood, can ever suspect anything – not even the victims of our death sentence. They all die when required as if from natural causes.”

Feature Comparison

Feature Comparison

1.5: Photo 1: Crime Scene
The only really hard evidence released to date in respect to the Trayvon Martin case are a few key photos purporting to be Trayvon Martin (i.e., photo of black male laying on his back with his eyes open and his legs crossed, and photo of a purported gunshot wound to the chest) and the Sanford Police Department report of the Trayvon Martin murder on February 26, 2012. When closely examined, the evidence raises more questions than answers as to what actually transpired that evening.

A. The cheek bones of the man in “Photo 1” are not consistent with the cheek bones of a “Photo 2”, a man who is known for certain to be one Trayvon Martin. In the first photo, the man has high cheek bones which start almost immediately to the left of his left eye socket. In the second photo, Martin’s cheek bones start almost halfway down his face. The cheek bones are part of the skull and do not change location, potentially indicating that this is not the same man.

B. The eyebrows of the man in “Photo 1” are not consistent with those of “Photo 2”, a man who is known for certain to be Trayvon Martin. In the first photo, the eyebrows clearly wrap around the skull making a boomerang shape while the eyebrows of Martin in the second photo are much shorter and do not arch down the side of his face toward his ears.

Trayvon Martin’s Alleged Body

C. The lower lip and jaw of the man in “Photo 1” are not consistent with the man in “Photo 2”, a man who is known for certain to be Trayvon Martin. Evidently, the man in the first photo has much smaller lower lip and a longer more protruding jaw bone than Martin.

1.6: Blue Jeans or Khakis?
According to the February 26, 2012, police report filed by Ayala Ricardo, a police officer with the Sanford Police Department, Officer Ricardo, “noticed that there was, what appeared to be a black male wearing a grey sweater, blue jeans, and white and red sneakers”. However, the crime scene photos clearly show that the man purported to Trayvon Martin was wearing khakis on the night that he was killed. How a veteran police officer was able to confuse blue jeans with khakis is inexplicable and gives further credence to the notion that the entire Trayvon Martin “event” is a PSYOP executed to start a “race war” in America. Also shocking is that there are no green “grass stains” visible anywhere on the khaki pants allegedly worn by Trayvon Martin. This is theoretically impossible because according to a witness who previously testified in the trial, “Zimmerman’s backside was covered in grass and wetter than his front side” due to a lengthy physical altercation. Grass, wet grass especially, would instantly leave a mark on any clothing that made forceful contact with it on multiple occasions. Ultimately, the witness’s testimony and the spotless khaki pants photo purported to be Trayvon Martin cannot both be simultaneously true. 

Trayvon Martin Chest

Trayvon Martin’s Chest

1.7: Photo 2: Trayvon Martin’s Fatal Wound 
Based on the February 26, 2012, police report filed by Timothy Smith, a police officer with the Sanford Police Department, Zimmerman was taken into custody with a black Kel-Tec PF-9 9mm semi-automatic pistol just after he allegedly shot Martin with a hollow-point bullet at close range. According to the Volusia County medical examiner, Martin was killed by a single gunshot to the chest which was fired at “intermediate range” between 1 and 18 inches according to a Floridian forensic expert. If in fact the aforementioned facts are indeed true, the photo purporting to show Trayvon Martin’s fatal wound cannot be authentic.

A. The photo depicting Trayvon Martin’s wound is not consistent with that of a 9mm gun fired at close range. As a hot bullet enters the flesh, it leaves a gray-black ring around the wound, which is absent in photo in question. The impact of the 9mm bullet, the gunshot residue and hot gases striking the tissue would leave behind a distinct bruising (ecchymosis) around the wound, as well as very noticeable stippling/tattooing.

B. The purported nipple of Trayvon Martin depicted in the state’s photo is not consistent with other photos showing Trayvon Martine nipples. They appear to be two completely different right nipples bases purely on size and chest location.

C. The chest hair shown in the purported Trayvon Martin death photo is more Caucasian or Hispanic looking in both texture and color. It does not in any way, shape, or form reflect the expected black and curly-like African-American chest hair typically found on a male of African-American decent such as Trayvon Martin.

D.
The chest size and skin color of Trayvon Martin’s alleged chest  is much lighter in color and his chest much smaller in muscle definition than chest photos of  a man who is known for certain to be Trayvon Martin.

Trayvon Martin aka Jahrvis Fulton

The Evolution of Trayvon Martin aka Jahvaris Fulton

Trayvon Martin & Jahrvis Fulton

Is Trayvon Martin Older Brother Jahvaris Fulton?
Although further forensic photo evidence must be subpoenaed prior to arriving at a concrete conclusion, based purely on speculation, is now appears that the boy/man commonly known as Trayvon Martin is in fact Jahvaris Fulton, Trayvon Martin’s alleged older brother who coincidentally has a different last name despite having the same mother and father as Trayvon. Apparently, the Freemasonic operatives behind the Martin family didn’t want anybody getting the notion that the boys are one in the same and therefore had Trayvon Martin had his name changed to Jahvaris Fulton, or vice versa. As evidenced by the hairline, curvature of the nostrils, and shape of the ears and jawbone, Trayvon Martin shares the exact same distinct facial features as those of Jahvaris Fulton.
In the 4 photos purporting to be Trayvon Martin with his older brother Jahvaris Fulton (see photos), the height of Trayvon is not consistent throughout as he is both taller and shorter than his alleged older brother Jahrvis. Evidently, all 4 photos have been photo-shopped.

II. POST-TRIAL “RACE WAR” ATTACK SCENARIO:

2.1: African-American Bus Attack
If there are protests post Zimmerman trial, it is highly likely that enraged African-Americans will be bussed into Sanford, Florida, to participate. At this time, it is highly likely that government paid “skinheads” may attack these unsuspecting passengers with Molotov cocktails, ultimately trapping these individuals inside a bus where they will burn to death. This will over course make for horrific videos of the screaming and burning which will be played indecently until a “race war” is in order. Curiously, On July 2, 2013, Dr. Cornel West inexplicably stated that “We black folk are just being pushed to the back of the bus”. Why West is suddenly invoking the memory of Rosa Parks and racial segregation from circa 1955 is rather suspicious to say the least. Although it’s impossible to know, it appears that West is psychologically programming the African-American community for a repeat of what transpired on June 25, 2013, in Baghdad, Iraq, when 20 demonstrators were killed by a bomb while riding on a bus to protest a “race”-based political issue.

2.2: Gasoline Bus Attack
In what appears to be an ominous sign of things to come, on July 1, 2013, it was reported that a Kansas City woman pulled out a water bottle containing gasoline and began pouring it on passengers riding on a Kansas City Area Transportation Authority’s Metro bus at 5:30 AM. According to the report, the woman subsequently pulled out a match but it was “not clear” whether she tried to light it. Police reportedly intend to charge the woman with six counts of assault.

2.3: Vodka Heist
If a full-scale Molotov cocktail attack is in order, the alcohol would have to allegedly come from somewhere. Case in point: On July 4, 2013, it was reported more 4,500 bottles of vodka were stolen from a government customs warehouse in Miami, Florida. According to the report, the thieves grabbed 752 cases of “Spirit of the Tsars Golden Vodka”, by busting a case-sized hole through a concrete. The theft of the amber (red) Ukrainian vodka allegedly occurred on June 22, 2013, at roughly 4:30 AM. Video surveillance purportedly shows the thieves arriving in a Mercedes, a panel van, and a large box truck to cart off the vodka.

2.4: Man with Molotov Cocktails Arrested
In what appears to be standard patsy programming, on July 5, 2013, it was reported that a man was arrested near the University of Washington in Seattle, Washington, with “multiple” Molotov cocktails on July 4, 2013. According to the report, the man was in possession of a stolen truck from Montana, a stolen scoped rifle, a stolen shotgun, explosive devices and body armor. A Molotov cocktail is the generic name for an improvised incendiary weapon which is generally created by taking a bottle filled with alcohol, stuffing an alcohol soaked rag in one end, lighting it, and then throwing it at a target.

2.5: Foiled “Race War” Terror Attacks
To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed at least 7 potential “race war” terror attack scenarios, 5 of which have or will have occurred in the state of Florida. It is imperative to remember that starting fights between different races, classes and religions is taken word for word out of the 3rd Protocol of the Protocols of Zion.

Foiled Zionist “Race War” Attacks
:

1. February 26, 2012: Skinhead Attack On NBA Players And Fans At All-Star Game (Orlando, Florida)
2. March 31, 2013: Obama’s School Bus Terror Plot: Attack African-American School Children (South)
3. September 6, 2012: 2012 DNC Terror Plot: Attack Obama Voters With Acid (Charlotte, North Carolina)
4. April 8, 2013. 2013 NCAA Final Four: Attack African-American Players With Acid (Atlanta, Georgia)
5. June 9, 2013: 2013 NBA Finals Terror Plot: Attack NBA Players With Acid (Miami, Florida)
6. June 24, 2013: Acid Attack On 2013 Miami Heat Championship Parade (Miami, Florida)
7. July ?, 2013: Molotov Cocktail Attack On George Zimmerman Acquittal Protesters (Sanford, Florida)

III. ZIMMERMAN TRIAL AFTERMATH
:


3.1: Trayvon Martin Aftermath

In the aftermath of a Zimmerman acquittal, U.S. government funded hate/terror groups such as the KKK and the Black Panthers Party will likely go into the American street to protest or celebrate the trial outcome. These provocateured protests and parties will most likely turn to violent riots and places such as California and Florida will likely go up in flames. Photos and videos of racist rants and signs will then be used by the media to paint Americans, especially conservative gun-owning Americans, as racist and hateful people who are despicably celebrating the murder of an African-American boy.

3.2: Prepping for Race Riots
As to be expected, government operatives and institutions are all prepping for race riots post Zimmerman trial. On May 22, 2012, former presidential candidate and race-baiter Pat Buchanan published an article entitled “What If Zimmerman Walks Free?” which stated that the outcome of the Trayvon Martin case will eventually spark  rioting by African-Americans: “…an acquittal of George Zimmerman could ignite a [riot] similar to that, 20 years ago, when the Simi Valley jury acquitted the LAPD cops in the Rodney King beating case.” Aside from being blatantly racist by implying that African-Americans are riot prone and incapable of discerning the difference between white cops and a Jewish-Peruvian man, Buchanan is directly hinting at the Zionist plan to use the alleged death of Martin to start a race riots in America. Coincidentally, on June 12, 2013, it was reported that the DHS wants new equipment for “riot control situations”.

Potential Riot Locations:

1. Sanford, Florida
2. Los Angeles, California
3. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

4. Atlanta, Georgia

3.3: Sanford’s “Secret” Riot Plan
In another “red-flag” indicating that racial violence is planned in Sanford, Florida, post-Zimmerman trial, the Sanford Police Department was suddenly installed with a new police chief named Cecil Smith in April of 2013  On July 2, 2013, it was reported that Smith and other Sanford city officials are worried that a “not guilty” decision in the George Zimmerman trial could spark “violence” and therefore they have created a “secret” law enforcement plan to deal with the scenario. “Our worst fear is that we will have people from outside of the community coming in and stirring up…violence in the community”, Smith told CNN. When asked if SWAT teams or “special personnel” were on standby, Smith stated, “As far as the particulars of the plans, we’re not releasing that”. Sanford Mayor Jeff Triplett reiterated Smith’s concerns by warning that one incident could lead to “a provocation of violence”. When asked if there was a chance that a Rodney King-style riot could break out if Zimmerman was found not guilty, City Manager Norton Bonaparte stated, “I’m saying that’s a scenario that’s certainly a possibility”.

3.4: Florida Ready to Riot
Florida, whether they know it or not, is the most terrorized state in the Union. Florida has been home to the Gore v. Bush presidential election fiasco of 2000, the Zombie Apocalypse of 2012, the Operations Northwoods 2.0 Terror Plot of April 4, 2013, and the 2013 NBA Finals Terror Plot. Therefore, should a race war, civil war, zombie pandemic, bio-terror pandemic or any other form mass terror, violence or death occur in America, rest assured that is will happen in the Sunshine State of Florida. Coincidentally, Florida has been prepped for riots and terror as Florida Lt. Governor Jennifer Carroll was recently forced to resign amid allegations of corruption. Therefore, as of March 11, 2013, the Lt. Governor position for the state of Florida is now vacant ultimately leaving former U.S. Navy veteran millionaire and current Florida Governor Rick Scott in sole possession of power over the Sunshine State and any subsequent terror investigation that should ensue.

3.5: Los Angeles Ready to Riot

Should a Zimmerman acquittal lead to a “race war” in Los Angeles, it shouldn’t surprise anybody. Aside from being ground zero for the Rodney King riots which started on April 29, 1992, the city of L.A. appears to be getting ready for major earthquakes, terror attacks, race riots and mayhem in general. On February 8, 2012, it was reported that the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) opened a new high-tech war room which “gives it eyes all over the city”. LAPD Chief Charlie Beck stated that “We are targets on our own soil…We have to be ready.” Located in the heart of downtown Los Angeles, the new intelligence hub is interestingly called RACR. Remember; if race-related riots fail to occur in the wake of the Zimmerman trial, LAPD will be ready to provocateur them.

3.6: Philadelphia Ready to Riot
The city of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, also known as the “city of brotherly love”, has been systematically set up for staged riots and violence. Prior to the Philly flash mobs, Philly curfew or random violence, the U.S. Department of Justice’s whitepaper entitled “Eastern Pennsylvania Drug and Gang Threat Assessment 2011” predicted that due to “open” drug markets and the “20 nationally recognized gangs” located in the Pennsylvania area, individuals would commit violence against law enforcement officials and that violence would erupt in Pennsylvania. To add gasoline to the fire, the mayor of Philadelphia has laid down an unrealistic curfew in response to the flash mobs. The 9pm curfew is obviously designed to punish and anger the law abiding citizens of Philadelphia so that when gang members are paid to riot, law abiding citizens will follow.

IV. “RACE WAR” PROPAGANDA:

4.1: Ron Paul Predicts Race War
Long before the murder of Trayvon Martin, the plan to spark a “race war” in America had already been set into motion. On December 23, 2011, it was reported that Ron Paul had warned of a “coming race war in our big cities“. The eight-page letter, which carries Paul’s signature at the end, called Martin Luther King Jr. a “world-class philanderer,” criticized the U.S. holiday bearing King’s name as “Hate Whitey Day”, and stated that AIDS sufferers “enjoy the attention and pity that comes with being sick.” Although Paul is correct about many things (i.e., foreign policy, libertarianism, our failed monetary system, etc.,) he is idolized by his followers on the right while simultaneously being painted as racist on the left. Paul, like Alex Jones, Jesse Ventura, Rand Paul and others, are just political hacks who accept donations and raise hopes so that people fail to take action themselves. In other words, these puppets vocalize the anger and frustrations of the American people so they can continue to do nothing constructive about the situation themselves, except of course start a violence revolution. That is the one and only option that is always put on the table; violence is the answer.

4.2: Establishment Race Baiting
In what can only be seen as a coordinated effort to spark racial division in America, on March 23, 2012, Establishment race pimp Jesse Jackson is quoted as saying that Trayvon Martin was “shot down in cold blood by a vigilante … murdered and martyred“, and a day later that, “Blacks are under attack…Killing us is big business”. A day after that on March 24, 2012, CNN published an article entitled “Trayvon’s Death: Echoes Of Emmett Till?”, in which Martins death was compared to the brutal abduction, torture (eye gouged out) and murder of 14-year old Emmett Till whose body was subsequently dumped in a river. Three days later, U.S. Representative Hank Johnson then stated on March 27, 2013, that Martin “was executed for WWB in a GC. Walking while black in a gated community”.  A day later on March 28, 2012, in joint interview with CBC Chairman Rep. Emanuel Cleaver (D-Mo.) on CNN, U.S. Representative Maxine Waters charged that, “I, personally, really truly believe this is a hate crime“. Waters comments were then echoed by radio host Joe Madison who stated on his radio program that Martin had been “executed.”

4.3: Hollywood “Race War” Programming
Prior to a high-profile “race war” terror “event”, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. On January 11, 2013, it was reported that that Nation of Islam leader, Louis Farrakhan, stated that the film entitled “Django Unchained” (see trailer) was “preparation for a race war“. Farrakhan stated, “To me, the movie had a purpose,” he said. “If a black man came out of that movie thinking like Django and white people came out of that movie seeing the slaughter of white people and they are armed to the teeth, it’s preparation for a race war.” Roughly 6 months later on June 27th, 2013, a television show starring Charlie Sheen entitled “Anger Management“, aired an episode entitled “Charlie And The Hot Nerd” (S2E36), in which Charlie repeatedly uses the term “race war” roughly 5 times throughout the episode. “Race war” is not a casual term and therefore it can be surmised that this type of predictive programming by Hollywood studios is part of a larger coordinated effort to program Americans for an impending “race war”. Watch Anger Management episode here.

4.4: Foxx Pimps Trayvon T-Shirt
In a move meant to invoke hate and anger amongst the African-American community, on July 1, 2013, it was reported that black actor and singer Jamie Fox wore a Trayvon Martin T-shirt to the BET Awards show in Los Angeles. According to the report, Foxx beat out Denzel Washington and Samuel L. Jackson to win the BET award for lead actor for his role as the “vengeance-seeking” slave in Quentin Tarantino’s race war propaganda film entitled “Django Unchained.” Foxx winning the best award for his role in a “race war” film and accepting it while wearing t-shirt of Trayvon Martin was no accident; it was a calculated move by BET and Foxx’s handlers to rehash the memory of Martin’s murder just prior to a “race war” type “event” occurring.

4.5: “Race War” Facebook Pages
As to be expected, Zionist run media outlets such as Drudge Report and Infowars have been doing their best to pimp out the official “Riot For Trayvon and “Kill George Zimmerman” Facebook pages. While most of America could care less about the case, these propaganda outlets are shoving these pages down America’s throat, irregardless of the fact that they were most likely started by intelligence operatives hoping to spark a “race war” in America.

4.6: Pimping Trayvon Hoodies  
In another sign that the Trayvon Martin murder case is being orchestrated at the highest levels, on March 23, 2012, it was reported that LeBron James tweeted a photo of the Miami Heat wearing hoodies in solidarity with the family of Trayvon Martin. The text of James’ tweet read, “#WeAreTrayvonMartin #Hoodies #Stereotyped #WeWantJustice”. Five days later on March 28, 2012, Democratic Rep. Bobby Rush, of Illinois, Obama’s home states, wore a hoodie in honor of Martin while speaking on the U.S. House of Representatives floor before being asked to leave. Clearly there is an agenda to popularize the Trayvon Martin case as much as possible prior to a major terror “event” occurring in the wake of the Zimmerman trial.

4.7: George Zimmer Fired
Men’s Warehouse founder George Zimmer, who name is almost alphabetically and phonetically identical to that of George Zimmerman, was suddenly and inexplicable “fired” from his own company during the 2nd week of the Trayvon Martin Murder trial, despite the fact that he had been running the company it since 1973. The timing could not be more impeccable.  The calculated move was obviously a politically motivated decision in order to bring unprecedented attention to the Zimmerman trial by invoking a name that sounds essentially the same. Coincidentally, Zimmer, like Zimmerman, is of Jewish decent.

“Race War” Headlines Trending:

1. September 16, 2008: Fatimah Ali: ‘Race War’ In America (Philly.com)
2. January 12, 2011: Murder ‘Could Spark Race War At The World Cup’ (The Sun)
3. December 23, 2011:
In Ad For Newsletter, Ron Paul Forecast “Race War” (Reuters)
4. Mach 28, 2012: Black Rapper Calls For Race Riots Over Trayvon Martin Killing (Gateway Pundit)
5. March 24, 2012: Obama, Sharpton Inciting Race Riots? Under Fire For Trayvon Martin Case (WND)
6. April 6, 2012:
Neo-Nazis Patrol Sanford, Warn Of Race Riot Over Trayvon Case (The Grio)
7. April 13, 2012:
O’Reilly Interviews Trayvon Mother — Tries To Avert A Race Riot (News Hounds)
8. April 24, 2012: Fox News Incites Race Riots: Creates Trayvon Martin Controversy (News Corpse)
9. April 25, 2012:
Impending Race Riots In Florida Over Trayvon Martin Shooting (Live Journal)
10. April 26, 2012: Sharpton Urges Peace On 20th Anniversary Of L.A. Race Riots (Yahoo)
11. April 28, 2012:
As LA Remembers Race Riots, Trayvon Martin’s Name Is Invoked (Free Republic)
12. May 8, 2012: Florida Nabs White Supremacists Planning “Race War” (Reuters)
13. May 15, 2012:
A Censored Race War (National Review)
14. June 11, 2012:
Black Caucus: Zimmerman Acquittal Could Spark Race Riots (Washington Examiner)
15. June 21, 2012: Sanford Braces For Possible Zimmerman Riots (CNN)
16. January 11, 2013:
Farrakhan On ‘Django Unchained’: ‘It’s Preparation For Race War’ (Fox News)
17. February 15, 2013:
High School Food Fight Turns Into Violent ‘Race Riot’ (Daily Mail)
18. June 12, 2013: Should We Fear Riots If Zimmerman Isn’t Declared 100% Innocent? (Soda Head)
19. June 28, 2013: Riots To Follow A Zimmerman Not Guilty Verdict? (Examiner)
20. June 28, 2013:
Race Riots Anticipated If Zimmerman Walks Free (Mr. Conservative)
21. June 28, 2013: Ex-Chicago Cop: Zimmerman Acquittal To Cause Race Riots (Infowars)
22. June 29, 2013: Americans Already Bracing For Post Trial Race Riots (Top Conservative News)
23. June 29, 2013: Media Inciting Race Riots In America (WGNO ABC)
24. June 30, 2013:
Race Riots Across America If Zimmerman Acquitted! (Infowars)
25. July 2, 2013: Trayvon Supporters Threaten Riots, Looting If Zimmerman Acquitted (Infowars)
26. July 2, 2012: Sanford Police Chief Fears “Violence” In Response To Zimmerman Verdict (Infowars)

V. FLASHBACK: SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 2012:

5.1: Sunday, February 26, 2012
On February 26, 2012, the night that Trayvon Martin allegedly died, Truther.org released a terror warning stating that terror was likely planned for Orlando, Florida, which is coincidentally only 25 miles from Sanford, Florida. As documented, the 54th annual Daytona 500 (the Super Bowl of NASCAR), and the 61st annual NBA All-Star game were both moved up from their normal calendar date to coincide with 84th Academy Awards ceremony in Los Angles which would then be used as a platform to amplify and spin the race based attacks. Coincidentally, President Obama was also in Orlando, Florida for a fundraiser which netted him $2.1 million in a $30,000 a plate dinner hosted by former NBA All-Start Vince Carter at his Orlando mansion. Orlando Magic president Alex Martins hinted at the possibility that President Obama could attend the NBA All-Star game. Rounding out the events in Florida that Sunday night was a surprise speaking engagement by nationally syndicated host and alleged STRATFOR intelligence operative Alex Jones. Interestingly, on February 7, 2012, just three weeks prior to the event, Alex Jones issued a terror warning ahead of his trip stating that given “the innumerable examples of false flags overseen by the Obama administration alone, the threat of staged terror has never been greater”.

5.2: Orlando Prepped for Race Riots
Two days prior on February 24, 2012, at least 100 police officers in riot gear broke up what appeared to be a staged riot surrounding the release a new Nike basketball shoe which was admittedly timed to be released during the NBA All-Star Weekend in Orlando, Florida. While being interviewed on the February 24, 2012, edition of the Alex Jones Show, Orland radio host Doc Holiday stated that the rioters were “Obama’s people” and that there was “incredible racial tension” in Orlando surrounding the All-Star game. Coincidentally, on February 21, 2012, the DHS, the FBI and the NBA erected an unprecedented 8 foot security fence around Amway Arena where the 2012 NBA All-Star Game was to be played 5 days later.

5.3: Orlando “Race War” Skinheads Arrested
Roughly 2 months after the death of Trayvon Martin on February 26, 2012, it was reported on May 8, 2012, that ten members of a white supremacist group training near Orlando and Disney World for a “race war” had been arrested. The affidavit stated that, “The American Front (AF) is a military-styled, anti-Semitic, white supremacist, skinhead organization and is known as a domestic terrorist organization”. According to the report, the group’s alleged ringleader had been “planning and preparing the AF for what he believes to be an inevitable race war” and had stated “his intent … to kill Jews, immigrants and other minorities.” As to be expected, the “American Front” terrorist group was being “investigated” (organized and funded) by FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Force who decided to pull the plug on the neo-Nazi organization allegedly after a “confidential informant came to believe his life was in danger”, according to the affidavit. What exactly these government funded skin heads were planning on doing to Trayvon Martin or other African-American NBA fans or players is unknown, but it would have been ugly for sure.

5.4: February 26, 2012 Aftermath
Although it’s not clear exactly what was supposed to go down in central Florida on February 26, 2012, the night that Trayvon Martin died, a deadly “race war” cocktail of epic proportions was evidently brewing. Based purely on speculation, it now appears that a terror attack was slated to occur at the Daytona 500 in Daytona, Florida, sometime Sunday afternoon. Once that terror plot was exposed, NASCAR officials postponed the race till Monday in order to “clean up” the premises. Alex Jones, who was speaking in Orlando that evening, had issued his own “terror warning” just 3 weeks prior, obviously knowing that something was going to happen in the near future. In the aftermath of a NASCAR terror attack targeting mostly white Americans, Jones would predictably blame the Obama administration for the attack and would call on his crowd of over 1,000 to confront Obama who was already in Florida and scheduled to be in attendance at the 2012 NBA All-Star Game which was being played at Amway Arena just a few miles away. As previously mentioned, the DHS, the FBI and the NBA had premeditatedly erected an 8-foot fence around the premises in anticipation of “race war” terror attacks. As Jones and his crew attempted to breach the arena’s security perimeter, Jones’ crowd would then be joined by the aforementioned Orlando based “skinheads” who would then conduct “race war” attacks in the name of gun-owning Americans. Naturally, Jones would then scream “bloody murder” and lie outright by stating that Obama had set him up. Subsequently, Jones would call on his audience of 3-million gun-owning Americans to take up arms and attack Obama administration. This type of horrendous attack targeting African-Americans would obviously enrage the black community as well and a full-on “race war” would likely ensue.

VI. BUS TERROR TRENDING:

6.1: Bus Related Terror
Prior to a high profile terror attack targeting buses, the public must first be psychologically programed to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting in November of 2012, there have been numerous incidents of bus terror, bus accidents, bus attacks, bus hijackings and unprecedented which are quickly reaching a crescendo. Needless to say, bus terror is blinking red on every level.

History of Bus Terror:

1. November 28, 2012: Bus Crash In Kills 6-Year-Old (Nassau County, New York)
2. November 29, 2012: Saints Bus Egged At Atlanta Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
3. December 1, 2012: Bus Crashes At Airport; 2 Dead, 3 Injured (Miami, Florida)
4. December 9, 2012: Bus Attacked, Torched; 2 Dead (Sao Paulo, Brazil)
5. December 19, 2012: 11-Year-Old Hit, Killed At Bus Stop (Kernersville, North Carolina)
6. December 29, 2012: Bus Explosion Kills 6, Wounds Dozens (Karachi, Pakistan)
7. December 31, 2012: Charter Bus Skids On Ice, Kills 9 (Pendleton, Oregon)
8. January 1, 2013: Bus Ambush Kill 5 Teachers, 2 Others (Khyber, Pakistan)
9. January 1, 2013: Bus Fire Kills Dog In Day Care Bus (South Burlington, Vermont)
10. January 1, 2013: Woman Stabbed Onboard Metrobus (Washington D.C.)
11. January 10, 2013: Car Explodes Near Bus (Tel Aviv, Israel)
14. January 10, 2013: Bus & School Bus Crash; 2 Critically Injured (Amboy, New Jersey)
15. January 12, 2013: Bus Plunges Off Cliff; 30 Dead (Kathmandu, Nepal)
16. January 21, 2013: Bus Collides With Truck Kills 14 (Cairo, Egypt)
17. January 27, 2013: Bus Falls Into Ravine; 10 Dead And 33 Injured (Castelo Branco, Portugal)
18. February 3, 2013: Bus Hits Overpass Injuring 34 People (Boston, Massachusetts)
19. February 4, 2013: Tour Bus Crashes Killing At Least 7 (Los Angeles, California)
20. February 4, 2013: Bus Crash Kills At Least 22 Migrant Laborers (Al Ain, UAE)
21. February 9, 2013: Bus With Soccer Fans Careens Off Road Killing 12 (Santiago, Chili)
22. February 10, 2013: Bus With Pilgrims Runs Off Bridge Killing 16 (Cox’s Bazar, Bangladesh)
23. February 27, 2013: Bus With Maine Basketball Team Crashes (Boston, Massachusetts)
24. March 8, 2013: Greyhound Bus Hits Pedestrian (Birmingham, Alabama)
25. March 15, 2013: Bus Overturns Killing 9 (Beirut, Lebanon)
26. March 15, 2013: Bus Veers Off Road Killing At Least 24 (Cape Town, South Africa)
27. March 16, 2013: Bus Plunges Into Ravine Killing 27 (Kohistan, Pakistan)
28. March 16, 2013: NYC-Bound Bus Evacuated After Roach Infestation (New York, New York)
29. March 16, 2013: Bus Crash Kills 14 Palestinian Pilgrims And Driver (Amman, Jordan)
30. March 16, 2013: Bus Crash Kills Pregnant University Lacrosse Coach (Pennsylvania)
31. March 18, 2013: Bus Plunges Into Ravine Killing 13, Injuring 15 (Yunnan, China)
32. March 18, 2013: Bomb On A Bus Kills 4 (Baghdad, Iraq)
33. March 18, 2013: Attackers Shoot Man At West Bank Bus Stop (Jerusalem, Israel)
34. March 19, 2013: Bus Plunges Into Jagbudi River Killing 37 (Ratnagiri, Pakistan)
35. March 31, 2013: 12 Killed, 14 Hurt In Bus Crash In Mountains (Veracruz, Mexico)
36. April 3, 2013: 7 Reported Dead After Bus Falls From Viaduct (Rio De Janeiro, Brazil)
37. April 3, 2013: 18 Killed When 2 Buses Have Head-On Collision In The Night (Abuja, Nigeria)
38. April 8, 2013: Blast Kills 9, Injures 22 On Bus In Afghanistan (Kabul, Afghanistan)
39. April 12, 2013: 2 Dead, Dozens Sent To Hospitals After Bus Crash (Dallas, Texas)
40. April 13, 2013: Bomb Planted In Bus Kills At Least 8 Passengers (Peshawar, Pakistan)
41. April 13, 2013: Bus Falls Into Andean River In Peru, Killing At Least 27 (Trujillo, Peru)
42. April 14, 2013: 16 Hurt In Bus Crash Near Yosemite Park (Fresno, California)
43. April 14, 2013: 5 Dead, 5 Hurt After Bus Carrying Russians Crashes In Belgium (Brussels, Belgium)
44. April 14, 2013: Masked Bandits Rob Bus Load Of Cruise Ship Passengers (Soufriere, St. Lucia)
45. April 16, 2013: At Least 1 Killed In Bus Crash In French Alps (Alpe d’Huez, France)
46. April 16, 2013: Bus Terminal Evacuated After ‘Suspicious Package’ Found (New York, New York)
47. April 20, 2013: Man Hijacked Texas Bus Before Killing Himself (Austin, Texas)
48. April 26, 2013: 45 Dead In Afghan Bus And Tanker Crash (Kandahar, Afghanistan)
49. April 26, 2013: Pennsylvania Bus-Train Crash Kills 1, Injures 10 (Evans City, Pennsylvania)
50. April 26, 2013: Investigators Re-Enact Bus Bombing Which Killed 5 Israeli Tourists (Sofia, Bulgaria)
51. May 8, 2013: 38 Dead In India After Bus Plunges Into River (Kullu, India)
52. May 15, 2013: Deer Crashes Through Windshield Of Pennsylvania Bus (Johnstown, Pennsylvania)
53. May 21, 2013: Bus Collides With Truck In India, Killing 11 (Kanpur, India)
54. May 22, 2013: Up To 30 Injured After Bus, Car Collide (Bowling Green, Ohio)
55. May 24, 2013. 18 Hurt In Shuttle Bus Crash Near Atlanta Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
56. May 26, 2013:
Bus Accident Leaves 11 Dead; 16 Others Injured (Yangon, Myanmar)
57. May 26, 2013: 1 Dead, 10 Hurt After Car, Party Bus Collide (San Francisco, California)
58. May 27, 2013: 16 Dead, 19 Injured After Bus Flips Over (Hidalgo, Mexico)
59. May 28, 2013: Minibus Blast, Suicide Truck Bomb Kill At Least 7 (Baghdad, Iraq)
60. May 31, 2013: 5 Mexican Tourists Killed, 17 Injured In Bus Accident (Sinai, Egypt)
61. June 7, 2013:
Bus Rolls 500 Feet Down Gorge Killing 18 (Solan, India)
62. June 7, 2013: Commuter Bus Fire Kills 47 People And Injures 34 (Xiamen, China)
63. June 9, 2013: 40 Danish Students Injured In Bus Crash (Munich, Germany)
64. June 12, 2013: 19 Injured When Trolley Collides With Bus (San Francisco, California)
65. June 14, 2013:  Bus Driver Arrested For DUI, Endangering 46 Passengers (Anchorage, Alaska)
66. June 16, 2013: Pakistan Militants Target Women Riding On Bus  (Islamabad, Pakistan)
67. June 17, 2013: Arizona Bus Driver Caught Punching Passenger, Police Say (Phoenix, Arizona)
68. June 18, 2013: Bus Plunges Off Road Into Valley In Western China, Killing 11 (Changji, China)
69. June 19, 2013: Bus Veers Off Road Into River In Central Peru, Killing 30, 9 Still Missing (Junin, Peru)
70. June 24, 2013: Romanian Bus Crash Toll In Montenegro Rises To 18 (Montenegro, Romania)
71. June 24, 2013: Bus Crashes Into House Trapping Driver And 6 Others (Auburn, Massachusetts)
72. June 25, 2013:
Bombs In Iraq Hit Minibus And Protesters, Killing At Least 20 (Baghdad, Iraq)
73. July 1, 2013:
Bus Rider Reportedly Doused Fellow Passengers With Gasoline (Kansas City, Missouri)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

6.2: School Bus Terror Trending
Prior to a high profile terror attack targeting school buses, the public must first be psychologically programed to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting in February of 2012, there have been numerous incidents of school bus terror, school bus accidents, school bus attacks, school bus hijackings, and school bus thefts which are quickly reaching a crescendo. Needless to say, bus terror is blinking red on every level. Coincidentally, The state of Florida has suffered the most overall incidents of school and bus related terror events and headlines. Case in point: On January 21, 2012, it was reported that 3 school buses were stolen in Camden County, Florida. Nine months later on October 26, 2012, it was reported that a school bus driver had been accused of kicking a girl on his bus in Tampa, Florida. A month later on November 15, 2012, it was reported that a school bus was the scene of a brutal beating in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Five days later on November 20, 2012, it was reported that a school bus shooting had left 1 dead in Miami, Florida. To date, this is only one of two events in respect to school busses whereby an actual school bus was hit by gunfire. Later that month on November 22, 2012, it was reported that a school bus driver who had choked a boy on his bus had been fired in Broward County, Florida. A few weeks later on December 1, 2012, it was reported that a bus crash at Miami International Airport had resulted in the deaths of 2 people while injuring 3 more. Three months later on March 3, 2013, it was reported that a student was suspended after disarming a gunman at his school in Fort Meyers, Florida. Later that month on March 19, 2013, it was reported that a school bus driver was fighting suspension after getting caught talking to her son in the Marines on her cell phone in Broward County, Florida.

School Bus Terror History:

1. February 9, 2012: School Bus Bursts Into Flames (Charlotte, North Carolina)
2. March 12, 2012: School Bus Wreck Kills Child And Driver (Indianapolis, Indiana)
3. March 13, 2012: School Bus Overturns; At Least 16 Injured (Washington County, Missouri)
4. March 14, 2012: School Bus Collides With Truck; 1 Dead (Rockwood, Pennsylvania)
5. September 7, 2012: School Bus Hit By Gunfire: Report (Chicago, Illinois)
6. September 21, 2012: School Bus Wreck Injures 25 (Washington County, Tennessee)
7. September 29, 2012: School Bus Wreck Sends 50 To Hospital (Louisville, Kentucky)
8. October 8, 2012: School Bus Struck After Running Red Light (Greensboro, North Carolina)
9. October 10, 2012: School Bus Driver Has Medical Emergency (Clarksburg, Maryland)
10. October 10, 2012: School Bus Wrecks While Full Of Kids (Salem, Oregon)
11. October 11, 2012: School Bus Wreck Injures 17 (Victorville, California)
12. October 18, 2012: School Bus Driver Charged With DUI (Clinton, Massachusetts)
13. October 24, 2012: School Bus Wreck Leaves 1 Dead (Dearborn County, Indiana)
14. October 26, 2012: School Bus Driver Accused Of Kicking Girl (Tampa, Florida)
15. October 29, 2012: School Bus Wreck Leaves 2 Dead (Carroll County, Kentucky)
16. November 15, 2012: School Bus Home To Brutal Beating (Fort Lauderdale, Florida)
17. November 17, 2012: School Bus Struck By Train; 50 Dead (Cairo, Egypt)
18. November 20, 2012: School Bus Shooting Leaves 1 Dead (Miami, Florida)
19. November 22, 2012: School Bus Driver Who Choked Boy Is Fired (Broward County, Florida)
20. December 20, 2012: 2 School Busses Shot With BB Pellet Gun (Haverhill, Massachusetts)
21. December 24, 2012: School Bus Wreck Kills 17 Kindergarten Kids (Guixi City, China)
22. January 10, 2013: School Bus & City Bus Wreck; 2 Critically Injured (Amboy, New Jersey)
23. January 16, 2013: Girls Beat Woman At School Bus Stop (New Windsor, New York)
24. January 17, 2013: School Bus Struck By Hit-And-Run Driver (Winston-Salem, North Carolina)
25. January 17, 2013: School Bus Crashes Into Motel Swimming Pool (San Antonio, Texas)
26. January 22, 2013: School Buses Break Down In Cold (Ashwaubenon, Wisconsin)
27. January 24, 2013: 4 School Buses Collide; Kids Sent To Hospital (Norfolk, Virginia)
29. January 30, 2013: School Bus Shootout Injured 1 Man (Dale County, Alabama)
30. February 12, 2013: School Bus Struck By Hit-And-Run Driver (Greensboro, North Carolina)
31. March 4, 2013: School Bus Wreck Kills 12 (Delhi, India)
32. March 12, 2012: Boy Pushes Girl Out Of Moving School Bus (Brooklyn, New York)
33. March 22, 2012: Bullies Burn Child On School Bus (Apache Junction, Arizona)
34. April 5, 2013: 1 Killed In School Bus Carrying More Than 24 Students (Chicago, Illinois)
35. April 8, 2013: School Bus Rolls Over; Driver Killed, At Least 2 Kids Hurt (Vallecitos, New Mexico)
36. May 11, 2013:
School Bus Overturns In Kentucky, Several Students Injured (Smithland, Kentucky)
37. May 16, 2013:
12 Injured After School Bus Carrying Special-Needs Kids Crashes (Zionsville, Indiana)
38. May 22, 2013: Multiple School Buses Crash Leaving Dozens Injured (North Webster, Indiana)
39. May 25, 2013:
16 Children, 1 Teacher Killed In School Bus Fire (Gujrat, Pakistan)
40. May 25, 2013:
Virginia Mom Jailed For Allegedly Mooning School Bus (Suffolk, Virginia)
41. May 30, 2013:
Bomb Found Under School Bus Was Type Used For Terror Training (Phillips, Maine)
42. June 7, 2013: School Bus Overturns In Florida, No Injuries Reported (Tampa, Florida)
43. June 11, 2013:
Dozens Injured After School Bus Carrying Students Crashes (Louisville, Kentucky)
44. June 23, 2013:
School Bus Driver Accused Of Blindfolding Students (Albuquerque, New Mexico)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

6.3: Stolen School Buses
Generally speaking, vehicles own by the U.S. government are outfitted with GPS tracking systems and/or anti-theft devices. Despite this fact, a majority of the 44 stolen school buses since 2007 have never been recovered. These school buses will likely resurface at random locations throughout America driven by Israeli Mossad members with very bad intentions. Although the potential school bus terror scenarios are endless, kidnaping, hostage taking, gun related violence, or explosives sewn into the underbelly of the buses are the most likely scenarios. The latter terror scenario was witnessed on July 7, 2005, when the double-decker buses targeted in the London 7/7 terror attacks clearly showed signs that the explosion came from beneath the floor of the bus rather than from a passenger on the bus. In order to gain an upper hand and circumvent the normal school bus drivers and standard protocols, thousands of school bus radios have been stolen in order to allow the “terrorists” to stay one step ahead of school and law enforcement officials.

School Bus Related Thefts:

1. May 23, 2005: 2,000 School Bus Digital Two-Way Radios Stolen (Los Angeles, California)
2. August 27, 2007: 17 School Buses Stolen (Houston, Texas)
3. December 13, 2011: Stolen School Bus Found In Arkansas (Nashville, Tennessee)
4. January 20, 2012: 8 School Buses Stolen (St. Louis & Jefferson County, Missouri)
5. January 20, 2012: 3 School Buses Stolen from Parking Lot (Kingsland, Georgia)
6. January 21, 2012: 3 School Buses Stolen (Camden County, Florida)
7. March 11, 2012: Police Chase Man In Stolen School Bus (Albuquerque, New Mexico)
8. September 24, 2012: School Bus Driver Steals School Bus (Rochester Hills, Michigan)
9. October 18, 2012: Schools Bus Stolen School Bus Driver’s Home (Jefferson County, Texas)
10. October 23, 2012: School Bus Batteries Stolen, Twice (Douglass, Kansas)
11. December 6, 2012: 2 Dozen School Bus Radios Stolen (Ripley, West Virginia)
12. March 8, 2013: 8 School Buses Stolen, Allegedly Scrapped (Chicago, Illinois)
13. March 14, 2013: School Bus Stolen From Storage Lot (Windsor, Ontario)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum since the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot and the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, as well as the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Black Hawk Obama Down

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: Unable to conduct a “Black Hawk Down” type terror scenario in the wake of the following Truther.org terror warning, President Obama reportedly cutting his Africa trip short by a day and is returning to the United States on July 2, 2013, instead of the previously scheduled July 3, 2013.

David Chase Taylor
June 27, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — On June 26th, 2013, U.S. President Barack Hussein Obama left with his wife Michelle and their two daughters Sasha and Malia on a week-long trip to Africa. If Obama and his family survive the apparent terror waiting for them in Africa, they are slated to return to the United States on July 3, 2013.

Download & Forward PDF

According to the Secret Service’s itinerary, Obama will spend one night in Dakar, Senegal, two nights in Johannesburg, South Africa, a night in Cape Town, South Africa, and one night in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. Although the locations of Obama’s trip are public, the arrival and departure dates of his South Africa and Tanzania stops are curiously not.

Obama’s African Itinerary (2013):

1. Senegal (June 26 — June 28)
2. South Africa (June 28 — June?)
3. Tanzania (June? — July 3)

With former South African president Nelson Mandela on life-support and near death, the public has been programmed over the last few weeks for the impending death of an African leader, except in this case it just might be current U.S. president Barack Obama. Although it’s impossible know exactly how an Obama attack or assassination “event” will play out in Africa, there are four Obama terror scenarios which have been identified and may manifest themselves in a concoction of the following: a “Black Hawk Down/White House Down”-type attack and hostage scenario, a pro-apartheid white militia type attack in South Africa, an Al Shabaab terrorist drone strike on Obama in Tanzania, and U.N. inside job attack on Obama courtesy of 1,000-plus counterfeit U.N. diplomatic passports which are allegedly floating around Africa right  now. Regardless of how Obama is attacked, former U.S. President George W, Bush will also conveniently be in Africa to spin the Obama attacks as he has been instructed.

As previously revealed by Truther.org’s sister website entitled ObamaCSI.com, the real or staged assassination of Obama by the Israeli Mossad has been planned for some time. Whether people like Obama or not, an Obama assassination must be stopped at all costs! The murder of Obama would divide America between black and white, Democrat and Republican, and would inevitably cause riots, looting, violence, bloodshed, and chaos across America.

An African Obama assassination “event” would accomplish 3 things:

A. The real or staged assassination of Obama would automatically rally Obama supporters worldwide and Obama’s popularity would skyrocket. In other words, Obama would be on the lips and in the minds of billions people worldwide and would experience a political renaissance of sorts, especially if he is injured and survives a deadly attack. In the aftermath, Obama would look strong, heroic and bulletproof.

B. If Obama is severely injured or killed while on office, America would be leaderless and would appear weak on the world stage. This scenario could possibly “invite” future acts of terror against the United States allegedly stemming from Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, or even China. With self-admitted Zionist and current Vice President Joe Biden at the helm, war at the behest of Israel would be inevitable.

C. In the aftermath of an Obama assassination “event”, U.S. government funded hate groups such as the KKK and the Black Panthers Party would be paid to go into the American street and either protest or celebrate. These protests and parties would eventually turn to riots and places such as California and Florida would likely go up in flames. Photos of videos of racist rants and signs would then be used by the media to paint Americans, especially conservative gun-owning Americans, as racist and hateful people who are despicably celebrating the attack and/or death of the first African-American president.

Potential Motives
The potential “motives” for an Obama attack and/or assassination while he is in Africa are numerous and started when Obama began praising gay rights the first day he landed in Africa.  Also, according to a June 26th, 2013, New York Times report, South Africans are “angry over the administration’s antiterrorism policies”, and have organized a massive “NO-bama” protest on Friday, June 28, 2013, the same day that the movie “White House Down” will be released (see below). Aside from the anti-Obama sentiment in South Africa, according to a June 22nd, 2013, Foreign Policy report, President Obama’s trip to Africa is coming under fire by enraged Kenyans because he will not be visiting Kenya, the birthplace of his father.

Obama Assassination Trending
To date, there have been over 65 Obama assassination plots in which individuals were either questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against U.S. President Obama. While some of the documented cases may have in fact been legitimate threats to Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged “events” orchestrated to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race. If and when an Obama assassination plot manifests itself in reality, it will be used by the Zionist owned media to create unprecedented racial division and turmoil within the United States. As of April 23rd, 2013, there have been an unprecedented amount of threats to both Obama and world leaders ultimately indicating that a presidential assassination is imminent.  

Assassination Threats Trending:

1. September 6, 2012: 2012 DNC Obama Assassination Plot Foiled (Charlotte, North Carolina)
2. April 23, 2013: “Hacked” AP Twitter Tweets ‘Explosions At White House’ (Washington, D.C.)
3. May 30, 2013:
Man Jailed For Threatening Obama On Twitter (Charlotte, North Carolina)
4. May 30, 2013: Suspicious Ricin Laced Letter Addressed To Obama (Washington, D.C.)
5. June 2, 2013: British Man Pleads Guilty To Threatening To Kill Prince Harry (London, England)
6. June 3, 2013:
Helicopter Carrying Iran’s President Makes Emergency Landing (North Iran)
7. June 6, 2013:
Man Cleared For Firing At Czech President With Air Pistol (Prague, Czech Republic)
8. June 11, 2013:
Secret Service “Visits” Outspoken Critic of Obama (Examiner)
9. June 11, 2013: Monument To Michelle Obama Ancestor Toppled (Rex, Georgia)
10. June 14, 2013:
Iraq Officials Say Gunmen Kill Provincial Election Candidate (Mosul, Iraq)
11. June 16, 2013:
Plane Carrying George W. Bush Diverted After Smell Of Smoke (Louisville, Kentucky)
12. June 17, 2013:
Obama Assassination Fears: US Aircraft Carriers Off Ireland During G8 Summit (BT)
13. June 19, 2013:
Protesters Throw Eggs At Conservative Presidential Candidate (Santiago, Chili)
14. June 26, 2013: Taliban Launch Attack on Afghan Presidential Palace (Kabul, Afghanistan)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events]

1. WHITE HOUSE DOWN:

1.1: White House Down
White House Down” (2013), is a film (see trailer) which will be released on June 28th, 2013, which will coincidentally be Obama’s second day in Africa. Curiously, the movie trailer shows helicopters going down as well as an attack on the “Beast”, otherwise known as the U.S. presidential limousine. Should Obama be attacked and/or assassinated in Africa, it is highly likely that the world will witness a similar storyline to the original “Black Hawk Down” whereby White House journalists, Secret Service agents and possibly even Obama himself are kidnapped and held captive by Islamic or African terrorists. Over a decade ago, the book “Black Hawk Down” (1999) was released which was eventually turned into a movie (see trailer) entitled “Black Hawk Down” (2001). Both the book and the film depict U.S. Special Forces and U.N. forces engaging the militia of Somalia in an attempt to capture a Somali warlord, ultimately resulting in a pair of UH-60 Black Hawk helicopters being downed and their crews being held captive. The story then follows the subsequent attempt by their fellow U.S. soldiers to rescue the Black Hawk crews from the Somali militia.

1.2: Obama’s African Security Detail
Based on information surrounding Obama’s trip to Africa, it would appear that an elaborate assassination “event” is in the works with plenty of options to choose from. According to a June 13th, 2013, Washington Post report, the Secret Service does not want Obama traveling anywhere without a top-rated trauma center nearby: “Hundreds of U.S. Secret Service agents will be dispatched to secure facilities in Senegal, South Africa and Tanzania. A Navy aircraft carrier or amphibious ship, with a fully staffed medical trauma center, will be stationed offshore in case of an emergency. Military cargo planes will airlift in 56 support vehicles, including 14 limousines and three trucks loaded with sheets of bullet­proof glass to cover the windows of the hotels where the first family will stay. Fighter jets will fly in shifts, giving 24-hour coverage over the president’s airspace, so they can intervene quickly if an errant plane gets too close.” The report further states that the Obama’s entourage includes, “…a specialized communications vehicle for secure telephone and video connections, a truck that jams radio frequencies around the presidential motorcade, a fully loaded ambulance that can handle biological or chemical contaminants and a truck for X-ray equipment.”

2. LIMOUSINE ATTACK:

2.1: The “Beast”
According to a June 21st, 2013, Fox News report entitled “U.S. Govt. Starts Shopping For A New Presidential Limousine”, the “battle to build the next “Beast” has begun”. According to the report, “The Department of Homeland Security has opened bidding for the contract to design and engineer the next presidential limousine”. Why exactly DHS is seeking a new Presidential limo 5 days before Obama is set to go to Africa is unknown, but a spokesperson for the U.S. Secret Service confirmed that the department is in fact looking into purchasing a next generation limo. The report further states that the so-called “Beast” is “widely believed to be built on the chassis of a medium duty GM truck in order to accommodate armoring capable of withstanding direct strikes from rocket-propelled grenades and improvised explosive devices”. The “Beast” is also equipped with “a suite of electronic communications and jamming equipment, and a sealed air system to protect against gas attacks”.

2.2: Limo Terror Trending
In the last few months, an unprecedented amount of horrific limousine related “accidents”, arrests, explosions, fires and wrecks have occurred around the United States. Although it’s impossible to confirm, it would appear that most if not all of these incidents were staged with the goal of programming Americans that limos are unsafe and vulnerable to attack prior to an Obama assassination “event” occurring in Africa when he is attacked while riding in his presidential limo entitled “The Beast”.

Limo Terror Timeline:

1. May 6, 2013: Limousine Fire Kills Five Including Newlywed Bride (San Francisco, California)
2. May 13, 2013: Limo Driver Arrested For DUI While Taking 23 Teens To Prom (Chicago, Illinois)
3. June 5, 2013:
Limo Driver Arrested After Jewelry Theft (Osterville, Massachusetts)
4. June 9, 2013:  Injuries Reported In Overnight Limousine Crash (Las Vegas, Nevada)
5. June 10, 2013:
10 Elderly Women Escape Unharmed From Limo Fire (Walnut Creek, California)
6. June 14, 2013: Students Uninjured In Limo Fire On Way To Dance (Millstone Township, New Jersey)
7. June 20, 2013:
Limousine Bursts Into Flames On Commercial Street (Boston, Massachusetts)
8. June 24, 2013: Jersey City Man Attacks Limo Driver (Hoboken, New Jersey)
9. June 27, 2013: Police Search For Suspects After Limo Passenger Shot (Atlantic City, New Jersey)

3. SOUTH AFRICA ATTACK:

3.1: South Africa Obama Assassination
If Obama is attacked or assassinated while in Africa, it will most likely occur in South Africa where it can be blamed on white racists who are angry with the end of apartheid and the notion of a “powerful” black leader. A race-based attack will obviously cause unprecedented race related division and turmoil in Africa as well as in America—exactly what it is intended to do. As the June 18th, 2013, Fox News propaganda headline foreshadowed, “Ex-South Africa Ambassador Criticizes Israeli Policies As ‘Replication Of Apartheid’”, the key words obviously being, “South Africa” and “Replication of Apartheid”. Based on the anti-Obama protests taking place in South Africa and the recent assassination of a South African police commander, everything is in place for a spectacular Obama assassination “event”

3.2: NO-Bama Protest in South Africa
According to a June 26th, 2013, New York Times report: “Angry over the administration’s antiterrorism policies, a “NO-bama” coalition of lawyers, students and trade unions in South Africa is promising a National Day of Action on Friday, the day the president is expected to arrive there. Student groups say they will protest when Mr. Obama is scheduled to receive an honorary degree. The South African Muslim Lawyers Association delivered a 600-page brief to the South African government that it called the “Obama Docket,” demanding that the president be arrested for war crimes when he lands in the country”. As paid rioters and operatives take to the street to allegedly protest Obama on Friday, June 28th, 2013, a sniper or mob could easily attack on Obama setting off a chain of events which could lead to Obama’s assassination and the death of innocent civilians.

3.3: South African Police Commander Assassinated
In a move which conveniently cleared the way for an attack on Obama while in South Africa, on June 18th, 2013, it was reported that a South African police commander was found murdered in a field with his hands and feet bound. According to the report, Major General Tirhani Simon Maswanganyi’s body was discovered in a field near a road north of the capital Pretoria, South Africa. Gauteng province commissioner Mzwandile Petros stated that, “His hands and feet were tied up…There were no visible injuries caused by gunshots on the body”. Maswanganyi, a 31 year police veteran, was reportedly in charge of Johannesburg police station and surrounding areas. The report concluded by stating that police began their search after discovering his abandoned vehicle with his uniform and identity card. Access to police uniforms and identity cards can now be cited as a reason for an Obama security breach while in South Africa.

4. UNITED NATIONS ATTACK:

4.1: U.N. Attacked by Al Shabaab
In what appears to a sign that Al Shabaab is for real and a legitimate threat to the world, on June 19, 2013, it was reported that at least 15 people were killed in an assault by militant Islamists on a U.N. office in Mogadishu, Somalia. According to the report, the gun-battle inside the office lasted for more than an hour and witnesses stated that suicide bomber blew up a car at its entrance and four gunmen entered. The al-Qaeda-linked group al-Shabaab has since stated that it was behind the attack and will most likely be behind an attack on Obama when he is in Tanzania.

4.2: U.N. Fake Passports
A June 19th, 2013, report by Fox New entitled, “Mystery Organization With UN Ties Issues Diplomatic IDs — Except They Aren’t”, essentially provides the needed plausible deniability for an epic security failure surrounding Obama while in Africa. According to the report, “A controversial organization with tenuous ties to the United Nations — and which counts Kenyan relatives of Barack Obama among its good-will ambassadors — is supplying its officials and advisers with travel documents designed to look much like U.N.-affiliated diplomatic passports. The problem is, they aren’t”. According to an email examined by Fox News, Obama and his mother apparently resigned their goodwill ambassador status with IIMSAM in mid-2012, citing dissatisfaction with “the ongoing negativity of the organization.” Among other things, the email charged that IIMSAM’s Kenyan staff had not been paid in a year and were themselves malnourished. The report concludes that the number of documents issues is not known, but “documents examined by Fox News are higher than 1,000, possibly indicating that at least that many have been handed out”. The obviously fabricated Fox News report was issued so that in the wake of an Obama attack/assassination in Africa, irate Kenyans with fake diplomatic passports/IDs could be scapegoated.

5. AL SHABAAB ATTACK:

5.1: Al Shabaab & Obama
The fictitious feud between U.S. President Barack Obama and the CIA funded terror group Al Shabaab is outright laughable. According to reports, Al Shabaab planned to kill Obama at his presidential inauguration and allegedly targeted Obama’s grandmother in Kenya. On June 7th, 2012, the U.S. government offered a reward for information on the whereabouts of leaders in the Somali militant group Al-Shabaab. Two days later on June 9th, 2012, Al Shabaab responded to Obama’s bounty by offering a counter bounty of 10 camels for President Barack Obama and two camels for information on Secretary of State Hillary Clinton. Coincidentally, on June 26th, 2013, it was reported that Al Qaeda terrorists have changed their communication methods after the NSA leaks made by alleged whistleblower Edwards Snowden, giving ample reason for Obama’s security to be compromised by Al Qaeda in the near future. Interestingly, on October 27th, 2012, just 10 days prior to the 2012 election, Al Qaeda called on Muslims to kidnap Westerners with the purpose of trading victims for Islamic jihadist prisoners held in Guantanamo Bay.

5.2: Al Shabaab Drone Strike?
On May 8th, 2013, ABC news ran the propaganda headline “New Terrorist Magazine Targets Obama, Drones”, clearly foreshadowing that Obama may be targeted with a terrorist drone in the near future. According to the report, “Obama appears with a bull’s-eye on his head in a new English-language magazine published online apparently by Islamist militants, who also urge Muslims around the world to try to hack and manipulate American drones. The magazine allegedly goes on to state: “This is a call to anyone in the Islamic Ummah with knowledge, expertise and theories regarding anti-drone technology. [...] These drones can be hacked and manipulated as evidenced by the efforts of the Iraq Mujahideen”. The report concludes by stating that the Associated Press found an Al Qaeda guide with 22 tips on avoiding drones, which was conveniently left behind by militants driven out of Timbuktu, Mali. The tip sheet referenced similar software reportedly used by the Iraqi militants in 2009 to intercept the drone’s surveillance images.

5.3: U.S. Drone Crashes in Somalia
Coincidentally, just twenty days later on May 28th, 2013, it was reported that a U.S. reconnaissance drone had crashed in Somalia. According to the report, the crash happened in the southern Shabelle region, where African troops are fighting Al Shabaab insurgents. The provincial governor, Abdikadir Mohamed Nur, stated that an Al Qaeda-linked group had shot at the drone for several hours, eventually hitting it. The injured U.S. drone can now be theoretically loaded with explosives by Al Shabaab and used in an attack against Obama when he arrives in Tanzania, a country just south of Somalia. In reality, if a drone strike is called out on Obama, rest assured the drone will be under command and control of real Zionist terrorists located within the U.S. military.

5.4: African Based Terror Blinking Red
As evidenced, terrorism in Africa has reached an unprecedented level and will likely culminate with an attack on Obama. The following reports, while partially fabricated to be sure, were disseminated with the goal of programming the public that Africa is an unsafe place just prior to major false-flag terror attacks in Africa or stemming from Africa, as witnessed in the recently foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” terror plot.

Africa Terror Timeline:

1. May 29, 2013: 41 Child Soldiers With Armed Groups Released (Central African Republic)
2. June 3, 2013:
22 Prisoners, Including Suspected Extremists, Escaped Prison (Niamey, Niger)
3. June 11, 2013: Shooting At Paramilitary Base In Niger; Gunmen Not Known (Niamey, Niger)
4. June 12, 2013: UN Report Adds Malian Militia Groups To List Of Child Recruiters (Mali, Africa)
5. June 18, 2013:
Senior Johannesburg Cop Found Murdered (Johannesburg, South Africa)
6. June 18, 2013:
West Africa Has World’s Worst Piracy Rate: Report (London, England)
7. June 18, 2013: Shells Hit Sudan Town As African Football Cup Opens (Kadugli, Sudan)
8. June 18, 2013:
More Sailors Affected By Piracy Off West Africa Than Somalia (Dakar, Senegal)
9. June 18, 2013: Kidnapped French Sailor Freed In Nigeria (Yenagoa, Nigeria)
10. June 19, 2013: Somalia UN Office Attack By Al-Shabab ‘Kills 15′ (Mogadishu, Somalia)
11. June 21, 2013:
Spanish Police Smash Al-Qaeda Ring In Ceuta (Ceuta, North Africa)
12. June 22, 2013:
Fort Hood Deploys Riot Police Soldiers To Egypt (Egyptian/Israeli Border)
13. June 24, 2013: African Leaders Want Navy To Fight Gulf Of Guinea Piracy (Yaounde, Cameroon)
14. June 25, 2013:
Libya A Key Terrorism Transit Hub, Warns African Union (Oran, Algeria)
15. June 26, 2013: Al Qaeda-Linked Terror Group Targeting Civilians, Children In Nigeria (Lagos, Nigeria)
16. June 30, 2013: Massive Protest Planned In Egypt For June 30th, 2013 (Cairo, Egypt)

6. OBAMA ASSASSINATION AFTERMATH
:

6.1: The “Veep” TV Show
In what appears to be a move to program Americans for the Vice President Joe Biden, commonly referred to as the “Veep”, to take over if and when Obama is assassinated, a television show entitled “Veep” was launched on April 22, 2012. According to Wikipedia, “Veep is an HBO television comedy series, starring Julia Louis-Dreyfus, set in the office of Selina Meyer, a fictional Vice President of the United States”. If Obama is severely injured or assassinated, he will no longer be able to continue as President, thus making Joe Biden the defunct President of the United States.

6.2: George W. Bush In Africa
It’s not often that Africa get a visit from a U.S. president, much less two at the same time. However, as “luck” would have it, current U.S. President Obama and former U.S. President George W. Bush will be in Africa at the same time and even in the same country! In the event that Obama is attached, injured or killed, Bush will be right there to grandstand on the international stage and spin the Obama attack as he has been instructed. According to a June 22nd, 2013, New York Times report, “It’s coincidental that we have two American presidents on the continent at the same time – in the same country at the same time – but it’s indicative of a continued commitment, which is great news,” said Hannah Abney, communications director for the George W. Bush Presidential Center. “It wasn’t planned. It really was coincidental. But we’re really excited about it.” A June 23rd, 2013, Washington Times report then stated that, “Mr. Obama’s trip to Africa will coincide with a visit to the continent from former President George W. Bush and his wife, Laura…They’ll then travel to Tanzania, a visit that will overlap with Mr. Obama’s stop in that country.The commander in chief and his predecessor aren’t scheduled to meet, but first lady Michelle Obama plans to attend the African First Ladies Summit with Mrs. Bush on July 2.”

Conclusion
It’s imperative to remember that starting fights between different races, classes and religions is taken word for word from the 3rd Protocol of the Protocols of Zion. The main goal of the Zionist establishment is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. An assassination of Obama would go a long way in making sure that this happens.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum since the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with subverting a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has since released The Bio-Terror Bible, a website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic likely planned for 2013. Taylor has also exposed numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, as well as Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Tea Party Terror

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
June 18, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — As the U.S. marks the 40 month anniversary of the February 18th, 2010, Kamikaze Suicide Attack on the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) building in Austin, Texas, the Tea Party will hold their largest political rally since 2010 in Washington D.C. on June 19th, 2013.

The sudden and spontaneous protest is allegedly in response to the IRS’s recent admission that they have been specifically targeting conservative groups. Coincidentally, a major NORAD terror exercise entitled Falcon Virgo 13-09  will also occur in Washington D.C. on June 19, 2013, the same exact day as the Tea Party protest. 

Download & Forward PDF

Both events will occur while U.S. President Obama is conveniently out of the country in Germany where he is scheduled to give a speech at the same location where JFK made his famous “ich bin ein Berliner” speech. Should a domestic terror attack occur on the U.S. Capitol building or the Tea Party protest, Obama will have the international stage to grandstand on and spin the terror attacks any way he so chooses. Needless to say, Obama will use the opportunity to demonize conservatives, gun owners and any Americans who oppose his radical Zionist agenda.

Suspiciously, NORAD’s Falcon Virgo 13-09 consists of an “identification” exercise which apparently deals with an unidentified wayward plane (Club Piper Seneca III) flying towards Washington D.C. With Obama out of the country, it’s the perfect time to execute the “lone plane scenario” for NORAD’s security around the capitol will be relaxed, mainly due to the drill. Once in Washington D.C., the plane could theoretically reach its intended target of the U.S. Capitol building or the Tea Party protest where it can then make a horrific kamikaze terror attack most likely involving a bio-terror agent such as acid or anthrax. Although potentially ludicrous sounding, fourteen years ago in 1999, a bioterrorism war game simulated terrorists attacking a political rally with silent, odorless smallpox. Three years later in 2002, a bioterrorism war game simulated terrorists in a small private airplane releasing 440 pounds of military-grade powdered anthrax over an American city resulting in deaths ranging from 447,000 to 591,000.

(more…)

April 25, 2013 Obama Assassination

Access: ObamaCSI.com

David Chase Taylor
April 24, 2013
Truther.org

As previously reported, there have been over 65 Obama assassination plots in which individuals were either questioned, arrested, detained or convicted for making death threats against U.S. President Barack Obama.

While some of the 65+ documented cases may have in fact been legitimate threats to Obama, most if not all of them appear to be staged “events” orchestrated to give the impression that Obama is in tremendous danger, especially due to his race. If and when an Obama assassination plot manifests itself in reality, it will be used by the Zionist owned media to create unprecedented racial division and turmoil within the United States.

Given Obama’s rich assassination history, especially in the wake of the Boston Marathon Bombings, an obvious false-flag, there is a real chance that an Obama assassination “event” could occur on Thursday, April 25, 2013. Obama is currently scheduled to appear at three different locations that day, giving ample opportunity for a JFK like moment to transpire at one or more of the following events:

Obama’s Itinerary for April 25, 2013:

1. George W. Bush Presidential Library Opening (Dallas, Texas)
2. West, Texas Memorial (West, Texas)
3. Planned Parenthood’s Annual Fundraising Dinner (Washington D.C.)

In the aftermath of an Obama assassination “event”, it is highly likely that a “truther” or “conspiracy theorist” who believes that the Sandy Hook Massacre and the Boston Marathon Bombings were false-flag terror attacks will be scapegoated. The reality is, Obama will never actually be “assassinated” until his job of destroying America is complete; only at that point will he become truly expendable.

1. APRIL 25, 2013:

1.1: George W. Bush Presidential Library Opening
On April 25, 2013, Obama will attend the opening of the George W. Bush Presidential Library in Dallas, Texas. As history dictates, U.S. President John F. Kennedy what assassinated in Dallas, Texas on November 22, 1963. While Lee Harvey Oswald and the Grassy Knoll are often fingered in conspiracy theories about the JFK assassination, it appears that the fatal shot which killed America’s last real president was delivered courtesy of Bill Greer, the driver of Kennedy’s limousine. Dallas, Texas was also home to the Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot—the slated nuclear assassination of America.

1.2: West, Texas Memorial

On April 25, 2013, Obama will attend the West, Texas Memorial for 15 people killed and the hundreds injured when a local fertilizer plant exploded on April 17, 2013. Based on evidence which has now surfaced in the aftermath of the explosion, it would appear that the initial fire was aided by a missile fired from a plane or drone which caused a massive explosion resulting in a 100-foot-wide crater in the ground. Coincidentally, the “largest emergency preparedness drills ever held in the state of Texas” were going on April 15-16, 2013, just one day prior to the fertilizer plant exploding on April 17, 2013. On Sunday February 6, 2011, the night of the planned Super Bowl XLV nuclear detonation, there was also a massive chemical explosion involving a train in Toledo, Ohio. Just like the Texas fertilizer plant, the explosion looked like a nuclear bomb and was also conveniently caught on camera. Coincidentally, both massive “accidental explosions” occurred just prior to an impending act of nuclear terror. In the case of West, Texas, an Iranian nuclear bomb was slated to explode at the U.N. Headquarters in New York City just a few days later (see below).

1.3: Planned Parenthood Dinner
On April 25, 2013, Obama will deliver the keynote address at Planned Parenthood Federation of America’s annual fundraising dinner in Washington D.C. In the last week, alleged STRATFOR agent and Zionist operative Alex Jones has been continually harping on and hyping up his audience to the murder charges against Philadelphia abortionist Dr. Kermit Gosnell. Gosnell and his staff allegedly killed babies by cutting the back of their necks and witnesses allegedly saw a late-term baby who survived an abortion “swimming” in a toilet “trying to get out”. The Gosnell case and trial appears staged in order to enrage the Pro-Life Movement just prior to an act of anti-abortion related domestic terror. Coincidentally, on April 23, 2013, three murder charges against Gosnell were inexplicably dropped, potentially providing a “motive” for an upcoming false-flag terror attack against an abortion related facility.

2. BOSTON TERROR:

2.1: Boston Terror Linked to Iran Nuclear Plot
The Boston Marathon Bombings were slated to be the first wave of Iranian terror attacks on America that would eventually culminate in nuclear attacks on U.S. nuclear reactors and the U.N. Headquarters in New York City. The nation of Iran was initially blamed for the Boston attack but after an April 18, 2013, report entitled “Iranian Nuclear 9/11: Attack On U.S. Nuclear Reactors And U.N. Headquarters Imminent”, the Iranian terror plot was exposed and intelligence agencies were forced to resort to Plan B in which they double-crossed and set-up intelligence patsies; the two brothers from Chechnya.

Secret Terror Drill: Attack on Nuclear Reactor
On April 16, 2013, the first ever simulated terrorist attack drill on a U.S. nuclear power plant occurred at the Three Mile Island Nuclear Generating Station near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Suspiciously, this top-secret terror drill was not reported until April 19, 2013, the day after Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed. A terrorist attack on Three Mile Island would have left most of the East Coast “radioactive” and was likely chosen by the “terrorists” to invoke memories of the nuclear “accident” which occurred there on March 28, 1979—widely considered the worst nuclear disaster in American history.

Top U.N. Nuclear Chief Aide Resigns
On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after the Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed, the top aide to the chief of the U.N. nuclear agency unexpectedly resigned citing “tensions among the organization’s top leadership”. According to the report, the resignation by IAEA Assistant Director General Rafael Mariano Grossi came at a “critical time” for the International Atomic Energy Agency who was the world’s “only window [into] Iran’s nuclear program, which some nations fear is close to the ability to make atomic arms”. The report further stated that the U.N. was “trying to kick-start a probe of suspicions that Iran has secretly worked on developing nuclear weapons after more than five years of stagnation”. Although impossible to know for certain, it would appear that Grossi was the man responsible for executing the would-be Iranian nuclear attack upon the U.N. Headquarters in New York City.

New U.N. Security Zone
On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after the Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed, the U.S. Coast Guard proposed an unprecedented and permanent “United Nations Security Zone” in the East River extending out 175 yards offshore around the U.N. Headquarters in New York City. The unprecedented security zone, which wasn’t reported until April 21, 2013, was most likely established prior to the planned U.N. nuclear detonation based on classified “intelligence” which indicated that there was a real terror threat to the U.N. building. By secretly preparing for a specific terror attack in advance, it gives government officials “plausible deniability” in the aftermath of a similar terror attack by making it publically appear that they did all they could to prevent the attack.

2.2: Boston Attack: A “False-Flag False-Flag”
The Boston Marathon Bombings, like the Sandy Hook Massacre, was an obvious false-flag, but way too obvious. Predictably, alleged STRATFOR agent and Zionist operative Alex Jones has been incessantly hyping that notion that the U.S. government, specifically Navy SEALS, were behind the attacks. Although Boston was indeed a staged false-flag terror attack, it was all part of a far greater plan to suck Americans into a violent revolution by making Obama appear as the terrorist. While most of America and the world believe the Boston Bombers to be from Chechnya, there are four obvious points which were purposely widely disseminated in the aftermath of the attacks which would indicate otherwise:

The  Family Guy Episode
In the Family Guy episode entitled “Turban Cowboy” which aired on March 17, 2013, the popular cartoon depicted twin bombings via cell phone and a bloody massacre at Boston Marathon, all just weeks before the event transpired in reality.

The Boston Bomb Drill
On the day of the Boston Marathon, there was a bomb drill being run either by the FBI or Boston Police in which bomb sniffing dogs were at the start and finish lines law enforcement spotters on the roofs.

FBI Knew Suspects
Four days after the Boston Bombings, the FBI admitted that they had in fact known both suspects. The mother of the brothers stated that the FBI “knew what he was doing on Skype” and that they counseled him “every step of the way.” The FBI is known to set-up terror suspects on a regular basis, so Boston was just par for the false-flag terror course.

Navy SEALS with Backpacks
Surveillance camera footage of the Boston Marathon crowd appears to depict Navy SEALs wearing heavy backpacks. This story was “broken” by Infowars and is meant to show clear government involvement in the attacks.

2.3: Don’t Be a Sucker
In order for gun-owning Americans to take the “bait” of starting what they think will be a successful second American Revolution, Obama must look corrupt, evil, illegitimate and a terrorist worthy of removal. Just like the Sandy Hook Hoax four months prior, the Boston Marathon Bombings were laid out to “bait” Americans into thinking that they have the moral high-ground over Obama. The attack was purposely sloppy and an obvious act of state sponsored terror meant to condition the American gun-owning public that a revolution against by the Obama administration the only solution. The goal of America’s Zionist controllers is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of the next major terror attack, whether it is false-flag or “real”, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly and Rush Limbaugh will attempt to bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government. Predictably, these intelligence operatives will blame Obama for either ordering the acts of terror himself, or allowing the “terrorists” to commit the attacks.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

 

 

 

Operation Northwoods 2.0

Please Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
April 4, 2013
Truther.org

Based on breaking news and events, it appears that U.S. President Barak Obama, at the behest of his Zionist puppeteers, has authorized Operation Northwoods 2.0, a redux of the 1962 state-sponsored terror plot which was approved but never executed by the Joint Chiefs of Staff within U.S. Department of Defense.

Declassified on November 18, 1997, the false-flag terror operation called for a major terror attack against the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, along with subsequent terror attacks on American citizens in cities from Miami, Florida, to Washington D.C. These unprovoked terror attacks were scheduled to consist of military boats being targeted and sunk, mass shootings and bombings, as well and civilian and military planes being hijacked and crashed in a calculated attempt to generate support for offensive U.S. military operations.

In the 2013 version of Operation Northwoods, it appears that a concoction of alleged Islamic “terrorists” potentially including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Joseph Kony, Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates will most likely hijack a ship or flotilla and/or airplanes and make their way across the Atlantic Ocean from the Africa and the Middle East to conduct a heroic attack the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, in order to create the mother of all prison breaks and free their Islamic brothers who make up a majority of the roughly 170 “GITMO” terror detainees held at Camp Delta.

Although U.S. military ships and planes may be hijacked from Guantanamo Bay and used to make the 90 mile trip to Miami, Florida, it is most likely that helicopters will be used post-Guantanamo attack in order to quickly escape to the mainland of the United States prior to the news of the attack being received and adequately responded to by U.S. military personal in Florida and other Gulf Coast states. Once on American soil, it is highly likely that these “terrorists” will target then target the city of Miami, just as the original Operation Northwoods terror plot planned to do. Potential terror targets include but are not limited to attacks against buildings, passengers and planes at Miami International Airport, beachgoers at South Beach, United Airlines Arena, home to the Miami Heat, Marlins Park, home of the Miami Marlins, and students and faculty at the University of Miami.

As America collectively reels from the shock of the Miami terror attacks, the “terrorists” will then spread throughout America like a plague conducting further acts of terror most likely consisting of 9/11 style aerial attacks and suicide bombings against U.S. airports, bio-labs, churches, courthouses, dams, hospitals, landmarks, malls, nuclear reactors, ports, oil and gas facilities, power plants, schools, sporting events, universities and other soft targets. These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America and construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.

This Truther.org terror warning is substantiated by the cumulative terror related data and corroborated by numerous U.S. and U.K. terror warnings in respect to Africa, as well as breaking news in respect to the Guantanamo terror detainees, recent ship hijacks by  Somali Pirates, numerous U.S. military base attacks, numerous courthouse attacks, numerous prison riots and prison breaks (a number of them orchestrated by Islamic terrorists), numerous medical, police and military helicopter attacks and crashes, numerous airplane threats, scares and crashes, as well as a host of terror related incidents in respect to airports. Taken collectively, these reports indicatively show that America is being systematically programmed and psychologically prepped for a new storm of Islamic terror attacks spawned by the shocking escape of all of the world’s most wanted terrorists. This terror narrative is of course laughable as it is well known that the Israeli Mossad was behind the 9/11 attacks as well as many others.

The following chapters attempt to expose this complex and intricate false-flag terror plot in a chronological order of how events would likely transpire on the ground in real time.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Africa Terror Warnings
2. Guantanamo Bay Terror
3. Somali Pirate & Al Shabaab Terror
4. U.S. Military Base Terror
5. U.S. Courthouse Terror
6. U.S. Prison Terror
7. Helicopter Hijack & Escape to Miami
8. #1 Terror Target: Miami, Florida
9. U.S. Airport Terror
10. U.S. Airplane Terror

An “Inside Job”
If and when a Guantanamo prison break occurs, it will most likely happen due to alleged “inside help” from U.S. military personal on the base. This scenario will allow the U.S. government to blame military personal in the aftermath of the attack and ultimately quell any internal resistance that may arise in the wake of the prison break and subsequent terror attacks. Once these terrorists set the GITMO terrorists free, they will most likely seize a number of select U.S. military personal that will “help” them gain access to certain computers, equipment, vehicles and aircraft. By instructing the “terrorists” to retain U.S. military hostages, the real terrorists in Washington D.C. and Jerusalem with be able to a) keep command and control over the terror operation, b) blur the line between who the good and bad guys really are, and c) make it plainly obvious to people in the know that this is a blatant act of state-sponsored terror.

Operation Northwoods Created to Incite Violent Revolution
Although Operation Northwoods theoretically existed on paper; the terror operation was likely created with the sole purpose of creating a psychological marker to incite a violent revolution sometime in the future when a copy-cat like false-flag terror operation is conducted by the U.S. government. On April 2, 2013, alleged STRATFOR operative Alex Jones stated as much on his radio program when he stated that, “Everybody knows about Operation Northwoods”. Jones is indeed correct; the American public is very aware of this false-flag terror plot and therefore it appears that it has been hand-selected by the Zionist establishment to bait American gun-owners into a violent revolution against their own government.

Zionist Operatives in America
The goal of Alex Jones and his Zionist handlers is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of a bloody wave of state-sponsored terror attacks against the American people, Jones will likely attempt bait his radio audience of over 3 million gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government.

Dictator Obama

Operation Northwoods 2.0 will likely be a valiant political attempt to resurrect Obama to dictator status. This will be accomplished by a) first garnering unprecedented domestic support in the wake of the attacks, b) creating unprecedented race related division over the suspicious nature of having an African-American president “allow for” African terrorists to kill American citizens, and c), death on the scale of Nazi Germany as gun-owning Americans and patriots will be rounded up and sent to FEMA camps for extermination. As planned, most Americans won’t stand for this and therefore a “civil war” between gun-owners and those loyal to Obama and the U.S. government will ensue.

U.N. Gun Ban
In order to publicly demonize Americans on a global scale just prior to the Guantanamo terror attacks, it was reported on April 2, 2013, that the United Nations General Assembly approved the first U.N. treaty regulating international arms trade. According to the report, the National Rifle Association (NRA) has portrayed the draft treaty as a threat to gun ownership rights enshrined in the U.S. Constitution, making Americans even more insecure about their guns and their government, Coincidentally, the next day on April 3, 2013, a 40-story high-rise in Grozny City, Chechnya, was fully engulfed in fire, an ominous sign considering the building failed to collapse like the Twin Towers on 9/11. Like the 9/11 attacks, the Guantanamo terror attacks will be instantly labeled an “Inside Job” and therefore there is little doubt that this tower will be used as a rallying war cry by Zionist operatives like Jones to foment a violent and bloody revolution in the after-math of the new Operation Northwoods.

1. Africa Terror Warnings
:

1.1: U.S. & U.K. Terror Warnings
On January 27, 2013, it was reported that British diplomats stated that citizens should immediately leave the Somaliland region of Somalia because of a specific threat to Westerners. According to the report, the Britain’s Foreign Office did not go into any further detail about the nature of the threat but noted that “kidnapping for financial or political gain, motivated by criminality or terrorism” is an issue throughout the Somalia. Roughly 3 weeks later on February 20, 2013, it was reported that the United States had issued a worldwide travel alert to its citizens that terrorist outfits like al-Qaida, the Taliban and Lashkar-e-Taiba might harm them. According to a State Department release, “U.S. citizens are reminded to maintain a high level of vigilance and to take appropriate steps to increase their security awareness”.

1.2: Chief of U.S. Africa Command Warns Of Islamic Terror Collaboration
On March 15, 2013, it was reported that the chief of the U.S. Africa Command has warned that threats from Islamic extremists in Africa are increasing and if unchecked could pose a greater danger to American interests and allies. According to the report, Army General Carter Ham stated that threats in Africa do not match al-Qaida or the Taliban in Afghanistan, “but the trend is not good”. General Ham then cited the growing collaboration between the Nigerian-based radical sect Boko Haram and al-Qaida in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM), which bases its operations in Mali. The general said AQIM is the wealthiest affiliate of al-Qaida, due in part to ransom from kidnappings and the drug trade, and the group has been financing Boko Haram.

1.3: Terrorists Now Working Together
Chief of U.S. Africa Command’s Islamic terror collaboration concern was echoed on April 2, 2013, when it was reported that Iraqi intelligence has stated that Syrian and Iraqi Islamic extremist groups were ramping up cooperation in terrorist attacks throughout the Middle East. Also on April, 2, 2013, it was reported that a radical Islamic group operating in northern Mali had released a report enumerating their attacks since the start of a three-month-old, French-led military offensive. According to the report, the transcript of Movement for Oneness and Jihad in West Africa, or MUJAO, claims credit for nine operations around the northern Malian city of Gao, including suicide bombings. For nearly 10 months, Gao was ruled by MUJAO, an offshoot of al-Qaida’s chapter in Africa. In an apparent move to bring political attention to the new African terror connection, it was reported on On April 2, 2013, that U.S. Senators John McCain and Sheldon Whitehouse had arrived in Bamako, Mali, for meetings with the country’s leaders.

1.4: Islamic Prison Breaks
A potential preview of how a Guantanamo Bay prison break scenario would commence has already occurred 5 times in 3 different countries in 2012 alone. In each reported case, Islamic “terrorists” or “rebels” have attack a prison killing the guards and breaking out prisoners. On September 28, 2012, it was reported that an Al Qaeda prison break left 12 dead and allowed 81 inmates to escape in Tikrit, Iraq. A few weeks later on October 15, 2012, a Libyan prison break allegedly conducted by Syrian Revels resulted in 120 prisoners escaping from a prison in Tripoli, Libya. Roughly five months later on March 3, 2013, Syrian Rebels attack a prison and reportedly freed “hundreds” of inmates from a prison in Raqa, Syria. 11 days late on March 14, 2013, it was reported that a prison break in Nigeria conducted by terrorists had resulted in 25 dead and 120 to escape from a prison in Ganye, Nigeria. A few days later on March 26, 2013, it was reported that another prison break in Libya left 1 dead and allowed for 50 inmates to escape from a prison in Sabha, Libya.

2. Guantanamo Bay Terror:

2.1: Breaking GITMO News
Breaking news and events in respect to the Guantanamo Naval Air Force Base and the terror detainees held there is quite shocking and may potentially foreshadow future terror events on the military base. Guantanamo Bay prison violence, emergency helicopter landings, protests, terror attacks, terror trials and the much hyped relocating of GITMO terror detainees to American shores all indicates that Guantanamo Bay related terror is blinking red on every level.

2.2: Guantanamo Bay Prison Violence
If an when the GITMO terror detainees are sprung from prison, there will be a massive and bloody battle likely resulting in the death of many Americans. In an ominous sign of the coming battle, on March 6, 2013, it was reported that a spokesman for the Guantanamo Bay prison stated that guards used what he called “non-lethal force” to quell a disturbance in a recreation yard. According to the report, a lawyer reported that a prison guard had fired a shot at a prisoner, possibly using some type of non-lethal projectile such as a rubber bullet.

2.3: GITMO Chopper Makes “Emergency” Landing Miami Airport
In what appears to be obvious foreshadowing as to how the “terrorists” will make the 90 mile journey to Florida after the initial attack, on March 15, 2013, it was reported that a flight headed from Guantanamo Naval Air force Base to Andrews Air Force Base made an emergency landing at Miami International Airport after a light indicator came on. According to the report, Miami Airport spokesman Marc Henderson stated that the flight landed safely with 144 on board, mostly U.S. soldiers.

2.4: “Gitmo Created More Terrorists than We Could’ve Ever Imagined”
If and when the GITMO terror detainees are sprung from prison, the prophetic words of a U.S. military shill will come to fruition. On March 18, 2013, it was reported that Brandon Neeley, a U.S. Army Veteran and former guard at Guantanamo Bay, had spoken out about abuses he witnessed at the prison. According to the report, Neeley went in to detail about violent incidents and stated that the Geneva Convention was not held in effect and that detainees weren’t allowed to walk around in their cells or cages and they even weren’t allowed to pray. When asked where the detainees would go if they were released, Neely replied “They wanted to be sent to other countries like Somalia”. Neely further stated that, “I really believe Guantanamo has created more true terrorists around the world then we’ve gotten rid”.

2.5: Ex-GITMO Terror Attacks

Just as the 9/11 Terror Trial is allegedly about kick-off, reports are beginning to surface that ex-Gitmo detainees are complicit in recent terror attacks giving further credence to the theory that the Guantanamo military base is place where Muslims are radicalized, brainwashed and ultimately sent out into the world to commit acts of terror. On July 19, 2012, it was reported by Bulgarian media that Mehdi Ghezali, an ex-Gitmo jihadist, was responsible for blowing up a bus with Israeli tourists.  Two months later on September 20, 2012, it was reported that the September 11, 2012, attack on the U.S. Consulate in Benghazi, Libya, was directly tied to Al Qaeda and a former Guantanamo detainee. A months later on October 27, 2012, it was reported that Al Qaeda had called on Muslims to kidnap Westerners with the purpose of trading victims for Islamic jihadist prisoners.

2.6: Gitmo Terror Detainees In America A Viable Option
Despite numerous terror attacks conducted by ex-GITMO terror detainees, Zionist operatives within the U.S. government are making a public spectacle about moving the GITMO terror detainees to American soil in an attempt to terrorize Americans as well as psychologically program the public that these terrorists will be coming to America very soon. On November 28, 2012, it was reported that U.S. Senator Dianne Feinstein, Democratic chairwoman of the Senate Intelligence committee, had commissioned a federal report to identify prison facilities in the U.S. that are a suitable and viable option for housing Guantanamo detainees in the U.S. The report cited an investigation into whether domestic facilities could house the approximately 170 detainees remaining at the controversial facility in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Feinstein stated that, “This report demonstrates that if the political will exists, we could finally close Guantanamo without imperiling our national security”. Republican Rep. Frank Wolf of Virginia, who heads the subcommittee on appropriations overseeing the Justice Department, stated that it “could be the first step in transferring the world’s most dangerous terrorists from Guantanamo Bay to the U.S.”.

2.7: Ex-Gitmo Detainee Releases
Complementing the impending 9/11 Terror Trial is the sudden and inexplicable release of at least 57 Guantanamo terror detainees which consist of former al-Qaida cook Ibrahim al-Qosi who supported terrorism by providing logistical support to al-Qaida, Shaker Aamer, the last British resident held at Guantanamo, and Omar Khadr who was convicted of killing Sergeant First Class (SFC) Christopher Speer. Another suspicious development is the upcoming transfer of Guantanamo terror detainees to the Thomson Correctional Center, a state prison 150 miles west of Chicago, Illinois. It is also not unlikely that these ex-GITMO terror detainees will be fingered post-GITMO attack for providing inside information or tactical help which eventually lead to the successful prison break.

2.8: GITMO 9/11 Terror Trial?
Any day now, the world should be subjected to a spectacular show trial when the 9/11 Terror Trial kicks off in Guantanamo, Cuba. Despite the fact that the Israeli Mossad executed the 9/11 attacks, these alleged Islamic terrorists will be tried and likely convicted in a television show trial which should be something of a hybrid between the Nuremberg Trial and the O.J. Simpson trial. Curiously, just prior to the start of the 9/11 Terror Trial, the U.S. Navy stated that it will “clean up offices at the Guantanamo Bay” to take care of offices which are “dangerously contaminated with rat droppings and mold”. This had led to fears that the Navy could conveniently leave behind explosives and/or weapons to aid the terrorists and GITMO terror detainees in their daring prison escape from Guantanamo Bay.

2.9: Media Hypes GITMO Anniversary Protest
In an attempt to draw international attention to Guantanamo Bay prior to a terror related prison break, the global media has hyped-up a very small protest that was likely staged for that exact purpose. On January 11, 2013, it was reported that dozens of activists staged a protest outside the U.S. Embassy in London to mark 11 years since the opening of the U.S. prison camp at Guantanamo. According to the report, about 50 protesters, some wearing orange jumpsuits and masks of President Barack Obama or a dark sack around their heads, turned out for the peaceful demonstration in central London.

2.10: Cuban Mass Migration Drill
In a possible attempt to sell the public on the authenticity of a Guantanamo terror attack and prison break, it appears that the U.S. government has been suspiciously drilling a staged made-for-TV event. On February 10, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. Army and U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) ran a week long drill off the coast of the Guantanamo Bay U.S. Naval Base which simulated wave of Caribbean migrants sailing to America brought on by political upheaval or natural disaster in the region. According to the report, “…participants would not disclose the script they will [were] working from”.  A similar migration drill in 2007 was held in Miami, Florida which featured a mass exodus of Cubans fleeing violence as a “mystery virus” spread among the refugee camps. The drill appears to be part of a terror script in which alleged Cubans will flee to Florida in rafts in order to escape the terror attacks at Guantanamo Bay.

GITMO News Timeline:

1. July 11, 2012: Ex-Guantanamo Terror Prisoner Returns Home To Africa
2. July 19, 2012: Bulgarian Suicide Bomber Allegedly An Ex-Guantanamo Jihadist
3. September 20, 2012: Al Qaeda, Ex-Gitmo Detainee Involved In U.S: Consulate Attack
4. September 23, 2012: U.S. Names 55 Cleared Guantanamo Terror Prisoners
5. September 29, 2012: Ex-GITMO Terrorist Who Killed U.S. Military Sergeant Is Freed To Canada
6. October 2, 2012: Lawmakers Open To GITMO Transfer With Illinois Prison Buy
7. October 8, 2012:
Officials Say U.S. And Taliban Talks Collapse Over Guantánamo Deal
8. October 14, 2012:
9/11 Trial Censorship In Guantanamo Terror Cases Under Scrutiny
9. October 16, 2012:
GITMO Prisoner’s Opinion Of Miami Hear Star James Treated As Top Secret
10. October 18, 2012: U.S. Navy To Clean GITMO Offices Contaminated With Rat Droppings And Mold
11. October 25, 2012: WikiLeaks Publishes Guantanamo Terror Detainee Manuals
12. November 1, 2012: Lawyers Of  9/11 Terrorists Ask U.S. Defense Secretary To Televise GITMO Trial
13. January 11, 2013: Protest Marks 11 Years Since Establishment Of Guantanamo Bay Prison
14. February 15, 2013: Flight From GITMO Makes Emergency Landing At Miami Airport
15. March 6, 2013: U.S. Says ‘Non-Lethal Force’ Used In GITMO Prison Altercation
16. March 18, 2013: U.S. Veteran Says GITMO “Created More Terrorists” Than We Could Ever Imagine
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

3. Somali Pirates & Al Shabaab Terror
:

3.1: Pirate Terror Blinking Red
If and when terrorists make their way to American shores, it will most likely occur when a ship or ships are hijacked in the Atlantic Ocean by pirates who are members of the Somali terrorist group known as Al Shabaab. A recent epidemic of boat and ship accidents, disasters and scares, escalating acts of piracy and multiple reports of vanishing ships have pirate terror blinking red on every level.

3.2: Piracy Propaganda Films
Prior to a high-profile ship hijack and subsequent attack by Somali pirates/terrorists, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “A Hijacking” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which a Danish ship is hijacked by Somali pirates and the shipping crew is held for ransom. “Fishing Without Nets” (2012) is a film (see trailer) which tells the story of Somali pirates from the viewpoint of the Somalis. If and when this pirate terror programming will manifest in reality is unknown, but it is definitely in the terror cards.

3.3: Al Qaeda/Al Shabaab/Somali Pirate Connection
Based on the cumulative research data, the terror group known as Al Shabaab and the infamous Somali pirates appear to be one in the same entity. This revelation has been confirmed in recent Al Shabaab terror propaganda and used as justification in the ever expanding U.S. war on Al Shabaab The marriage between these two terror factions is in fact legitimate, given that both groups are run by western intelligence agencies, namely the CIA. Like Al Shabaab, the list of Somali pirate related attacks and ship heists is growing longer and bolder each with each passing month.

3.4: Gulf Coast-Somali Terror Connection
On December 23, 2012, it was reported that two Alabama men have been arrested and charged with planning to wage violent jihad in Africa. According to the report, federal prosecutors portrayed Randy Wilson as an Islamic radical who wanted to reunite with Omar Hammami, an American who also grew up in Alabama but has since become one of the most well-known jihadists in Somalia. Wilson and another American who lived in Alabama for the last year, Mohammad Abdul Rahman Abukhdair, are accused of plotting to leave the country to join Islamic radicals fighting in North Africa. According to an FBI statement, the Alabama men “discussed their joy that Omar Hammami is now on the FBI `Most Wanted Terrorists’ list, and were excited that he is now even more famous”.

3.4: Al Shabaab Terror Attacks
The apparent specialty of Al Shabaab terrorists is of course piracy and terror attacks on sports and theater related events. Minus piracy, list of Al Shabaab terror attacks includes but is not limited to twin bombings on crowds watching the World Cup soccer final, a truck bomb at the education ministry in Somalia, kidnapping aid workers at a camp in Kenya, grenade attacks, a suicide attacks on sports officials in a theater, a suicide attack on the president of Somalia and the foreign minister of Kenya, the attack and capture of an airport in Somalia, a suicide attack on a church, and the bombing of a church in Africa. Based on recent terror attacks conducted in in Africa and well as the recent convictions of African terrorists in America and Europe, a more clear and concise picture of what is in store for America begins to emerge. Attacks on unarmed villages, military bases, military leaders, suicide attacks, kidnappings, hostages, and attacks on infrastructure are all par for the African terror course.

African Terror Timeline:

1. December 9, 2012:Nigerian Finance Minister’s Mother Kidnapped By Terrorists (Lagos, Nigeria)
2. January 6, 2013: Armed Terrorists Kill 7 People In In 3 Different Villages (Akuzo, Makera, Usu Nigeria)
3. January 10, 2013: Armed Terrorists Kill 19 In Village Raid (Tana River, Kenya)
4. January 10, 2013: Tribal Chief Killed In Apparent Revenge Attack By Al-Qaida (Abyan, Yemen)
5. February 9, 2013: Mali Army Arrests 2 Men Wearing Suicide Belts (Gao, Mail)
6. February 11, 2013: Syrian Rebels Capture Major Dam (Raqqa, Syria)
7. March 3, 2013: 20 Killed In Terror Attack On Nigerian Military Base (Mongu, Nigeria)
8. March 12, 2013:
Nigerian Hostages Killed By Islamic Extremists Identified (Bauchi, Nigeria)
9. March 25, 2013: Somali Man Guilty Of Supporting Terrorist Group Al-Shabab (New York, New York)
10. March 25, 2013:  2 Somali Brothers Found Guilty Of Terror Training In Somalia (Aarhus, Denmark)
11. March 25, 2013: Man Found Guilty Terror Plot To Attack U.S. Military Base (Seattle, Washington)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

3.5: Al Shabaab & Piracy

In a rather strange sequence of events, the following headlines were repeatedly published in respect to Somali piracy despite the contrary occurring in reality: On October 22, 2012, the following report entitled “World Sea Piracy Falls To Lowest Level In 4 years As Somali Threat Eases” was published. Approximately three months later on January 16, 2013, essentially the same story was again published with the headline, “World Sea Piracy Falls To Five-Year Low In 2012 As Naval Patrols Deter Somali Pirates”. Roughly two months later, the same basic story was published again for a third time with the headline, “Somali Pirates Release Sailors As Piracy Reports Reach Five-Year Low”. Aside from being repetitive, these reports directly conflict with the ever increasing amount of reported pirate attacks and ship hijackings. Why the public is being purposely misled is unknown, but all indications are that Al Shabaab/Somali Pirate false-flag related terror attack against the U.S. is imminent.

Pirate Terror Timeline:

1. December 9, 2008: Pirate Threat Forces Cruise Ship Evacuation (Somali Coast, Africa)
2. September 17, 2010:
Somali Pirates Scope Out Cruise Ship (Seychelles, Indian Ocean)
3. October 8, 2012:
Greek Oil Tanker & Crew Of 24 Disappears (Ivory Coast, Africa)
4. October 19, 2012: 10 Somali Pirates Guilty In Container Ship Hijack (Gulf of Aden)
5. October 29, 2013: Ship With 700 Tons Of Gold Ore Disappears (Sea of Okhotsk, Russia)
6. January 21, 2013: Pirates Hijack Oil Tanker (Ivory Coast, Ghana)
7. February 4, 2013: Oil Tanker With 17 Aboard Hijacked By Pirates (Ivory Coast, Africa)
8. February 8, 2013: Pirates Kidnap 3 Sailors In Hijack Attempt (Gulf Of Guinea, Africa)
9. March 12, 2013:
Somali Pirates Release Hijacked Oil Tanker, 26 Sailors (Arabian Sea)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

4. U.S. Military Base Terror:

4.1: U.S. Border Patrol Attacked
Prior to a terror attack on the U.S. military base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in October of 2012, an unprecedented wave of military base attacks and terror plots has occurred in Africa, America and the Middle East. In a potential preview of things to come, it was reported on April 2, 2013, that U.S. Border Patrol agents were attacked by gunmen in an area along the U.S.-Canadian border. In the Guantanamo prison break scenario, it is highly likely that first-responders like U.S. Border Patrol officials will suffer the same fate as the first responders in the 9/11 attacks.

Military Base Terror Timeline
:

1. November 6, 20009: Gunman Kills 12 And 31 Injured In U.S. Military Base Rampage (Ft. Hood, Texas)
2. October 24, 2012:
Woman Charged U.S. Military Base Attack (Bethesda, Maryland)
3. December 2, 2012:
Suicide Bombings At U.S.-Afghan Military Base Kills 5 (Jalalabad, Afghanistan)
4. December 15, 2012: Soldier Killed In Shootout With Police At U.S. Military Base (Fort Hood, Texas)
5. January 19, 2013: Man Drives Through Gate At U.S. Military Base (Anchorage, Alaska)
6. February 26, 2013: 2 Navy Divers Die At U.S: Military Base (Aberdeen; Maryland)
7. March 3, 2013: 20 Killed In Terror Attack On Nigerian Military Base (Mongu, Nigeria)
8. March 19, 2013:
7 Killed In Explosion At U.S. Military Base (Hawthorne, Nevada)
9. March 22, 2012: 3 Dead In Shooting At U.S. Military Base (Quantico, Virginia)
10. March 25, 2013: Man Found Guilty Terror Plot To Attack U.S. Military Base (Seattle, Washington)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

5. U.S. Courthouse Terror:

5.1: Terror Target: 9/11 Terror Trial
Prior to a terror attack on the U.S. courthouse or trial at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in March of 2012, an unprecedented wave of courthouse terror attacks and terror plots has occurred in America, Asia and the Middle East. If and when Guantanamo terror detainees are sprung from prison, it will most likely occur in or around the 9/11 Terror Trial when security will be at its weakest and ultimately compromised in some manner. A potential preview of this exact scenario played-out on April 3, 2013, when it was reported that Taliban suicide attacks on a courthouse conducting a Taliban terror trial in Afghanistan had killed 50 people and injured 90. According to the report, a police chief stated that the aim of the attack had been to free 15 Taliban prisoners who were being transferred to the courthouse for trial.

Courthouse Terror Timeline:

1. January 4, 2010:U.S. Courthouse Shooting Leaves 2 Dead (Las Vegas, Nevada)
2. September 20, 2011:
Officers Justified In Killing U.S Courthouse Gunman (Van Buren, Arkansas)
3. March 7, 2012:
U.S. Courthouse Shooting Leaves 4 Wounded (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
4. March 10, 2012:
Suspect In U.S. Courthouse Stabbing Attack Arrested (Montesano, Washington)
5. March 14, 2012: U.S. Courthouse Shooting Leaves 1 Dead And 4 Injured (Beaumont, Texas)
6. August 22, 2012: Bomb Threats Against U.S. Courthouse Result In Arrest (El Cajon, California)
7. November 27, 2012:
30 U.S. Courthouses In Tennessee Receive Bomb Threats (Tennessee)
8. December 13, 2012: Fed Employee Commits Suicide Inside U.S. Courthouse (Birmingham, Alabama)
9. January 23, 2013: 2 Killed In Court Building Shooting (Cebu, Philippines)
10. January 31, 2013:
County Prosecutor Shot Dead Outside U.S. Courthouse (Kaufman, Texas)
11. February 6, 2013: Cop Leaves Gun In U.S. Courthouse Bathroom (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
12. February 11, 2013: 3 Wounded In Shooting  At U.S. Courthouse (Wilmington, Delaware)
13. February 13, 2013: 2 Wounded In Shooting Outside U.S. Courthouse (Chesterfield, South Carolina)
14. February 20, 2013: U.S. Courthouse Evacuated Over Anthrax Report (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
15. April 3, 2013: Taliban Suicide Attack On Trial At Courthouse Kills 44 People (Farah, Afghanistan)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

6. U.S. Prison Terror:

6.1: “Bio-Terror” Prison Break?
If and when a Guantanamo Bay prison break occurs, the terrorists will make a “surprise” attack that will undoubtedly catch the U.S. military personal completely off guard. This means that an “event” of some kind must occur that U.S. military personal have not anticipated. Based on recent news and events, a bio-terror attack or outbreak may be the type of “event” needed in the terror narrative for a successful prison break. On October 20, 2013, it was reported that a Chickenpox outbreak had locked down San Quentin prison in California. A month later on November 22, 2013, it was reported that 45 prisoners had to be taken to a hospital after a gas odor was reported in Dover Borough, Pennsylvania. A few months later on January 13, 2013, it was reported that a prison was locked down after guards called in sick at a prison facility in Chicago, Illinois. In the wake of an alleged biological outbreak in Cuba, prison guards could allegedly get sick, die, or be admitted to the hospital ultimately leaving Guantanamo Bay open for a terror attack and prison break.

6.2: U.S. Prison System Demonized
In a propaganda campaign to demonize the U.S. prison system prior to a high-profile prison escape, the following stories have made both national and international headlines. On November 10, 2011, it was reported that the Federal Bureau of Prisons has stated that “hackers” can now unlock prison doors, theoretically making a prison escape just a key stroke away. Roughly a year later on October 10, 2012, it was reported that America’s private prisons are riddled with violations. Six months later on April 2, 2013, it was reported that ex-convict Evan Spencer Ebel was mistakenly released from prison four years early and was then able to slip his electronic monitoring bracelet off before anyone noticed he was missing. According to the report, a corrections computer system recorded that Ebel’s bracelet stopped working on March 14, 2013, but officers only learned that Ebel had fled on March 19, 2013, the same day that Colorado Prison Chief Tom Clements was fatally shot when he answered the front door at his home.

6.3: Unprecedented Prison Violence
Prior to a terror attack on the U.S. prison at Guantanamo Bay, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in October of 2012, an unprecedented wave of killings, prison riots and bloodshed has occurred in jails and prisons worldwide. In a potential preview of things to come, it was reported on January 2, 2013, that shots were allegedly fired in a violent prison incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Curiously, the only Islamic related prison riot event occurred on November 9, 2012, when a prison break riot left 27 dead and allowed 4 inmates to escape their prison in Colombo, Sri Lanka.

Prison Violence Timeline:

1. September 20, 2012:
Riot At ‘New Folsom’ Prison Leaves 13 Wounded (Sacramento, California)
2. October 16, 2012: State Executes Inmate Who Killed Prison Guard (Sioux Falls, South Dakota)
3. November 1, 2012: Northern Ireland Prison Officer Slain In Gun Ambush (Belfast, Ireland)
4. November 2, 2012: Prison Inmate Stabbed To Death In Cell (Stringtown, Oklahoma)
5. November 9, 2012: Prison Break Riot Leaves 27 Dead: 4 Escape (Colombo, Sri Lanka)
7. November 23, 2012:
3rd Inmate Dies In 4 Months At Jail (Santa Cruz, California)
8. January 2, 2013: Reports Of Shot Fired In GITMO Prison Incident (Guantanamo Bay, Cuba)
9. January 26, 2013: 61 Killed In Prison Riot, Hospital Says (Uribana, Venezuela)
10. February 5, 2013: Attack On 3 Prison Staffers Leads To Lockdown (Chester, Illinois)
11. February 26, 2013:
Inmate Kills Guard At Prison Facility (Canaan, Pennsylvania)
12. March 14, 2013: 10 Wounded In Prison Fights (Delano, California)
13. March 14, 2013: Second Suspect In 4 Days Commits Suicide In Jail (New Deli, India)
14. April 3, 2013:
Palestinian Prisoner’s Death Sparks Protests (West Bank, Israel)
15. April 3, 2013:
60 Inmate Brawl Sends Some To Hospital (Los Angeles, California)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

6.4: Terrorist Prison Breaks
A potential preview of how a Guantanamo Bay prison break scenario would commence has already occurred 5 times in 3 different countries in 2012 alone. In each reported case, Islamic “terrorists” or “rebels” have attack a prison killing the guards and breaking out prisoners. On September 28, 2012, it was reported that an Al Qaeda prison break left 12 dead and allowed 81 inmates to escape in Tikrit, Iraq. A few weeks later on October 15, 2012, a Libyan prison break allegedly conducted by Syrian Revels resulted in 120 prisoners escaping from a prison in Tripoli, Libya. Roughly five months later on March 3, 2013, Syrian Rebels attack a prison and reportedly freed “hundreds” of inmates from a prison in Raqa, Syria. 11 days late on March 14, 2013, it was reported that a prison break in Nigeria conducted by terrorists had resulted in 25 dead and 120 to escape from a prison in Ganye, Nigeria. A few days later on March 26, 2013, it was reported that another prison break in Libya left 1 dead and allowed for 50 inmates to escape from a prison in Sabha, Libya.

Prison Break Timeline
:

1. December 17, 2010: Mexican Prison Break: 140 Escape (Nuevo Laredo, Mexico)
2. September 20, 2012: Mexican Prison Break Near U.S. Border: 129 Escape (Piedras Negras, Mexico)
3. September 23, 2012: Killer Escapes From State Penitentiary (Parchman, Mississippi)
4. September 28, 2012: Al Qaeda Prison Break Leaves 12 Dead: 81 Escape (Tikrit, Iraq)
5. October 15, 2012: Libyan Prison Break: 120 Escape (Tripoli, Libya)
6. November 14, 2012: Pakistan Frees Taliban Prisoners In Midst Of Peace Process With Afghanistan
6. December 18, 2012:
2 Inmates Escape From Federal Prison (Chicago, Illinois)
7. December 19, 2012: Mexican Prison Break Leaves 22 Dead (Mexico)
8. February 4, 2013: Brazilian Prison Break Via Sewer: 27 Escape (Bangu, Brazil)
9. March 14, 2013: Nigerian Prison Break Leaves 25 Dead: 120 Escape (Ganye, Nigeria)
10. March 18, 2013: 2 Inmates Escape Jail Via Helicopter (Saint-Jerome, Quebec, Canada)
11. March 19, 2013: 3 Inmates Arrested After Failed Jail Break (Butler County, Missouri)
12. March 26, 2013: Libyan Prison Break Leave 1 Dead: 50 Escape (Sabha, Libya)
13. April 2, 2013: 2 Inmates Awaiting Trial Escape From Jail: (Hopkins County, Texas)
14. March 2, 2013: Former Inmate Accused Of Sneaking Back Into Jail (Riker’s Island, New York)
15. March 3, 2013: Syrian Rebels Attack Prison And Free “Hundreds” (Raqa, Syria)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

7. Helicopter Hijack & Escape to Miami
:

7.1: Helicopter Prison Escape Foreshadowing
Based on recent news, events and propaganda, the “terrorists” responsible for the prison break will likely make the 90 mile from Guantanamo to Miami, Florida, via helicopter. As previously mentioned, on March 15, 2013, it was reported that a flight headed from Guantanamo Naval Air force Base to Andrews Air Force Base made an emergency landing at Miami International Airport. Three days later on March 18, 2013, it was reported that 2 inmates allegedly escaped from jail via helicopter in Saint-Jerome, Canada. The notion of a prison escape via helicopter was also recently depicted in the Hollywood movie starring Arnold Schwarzenegger entitled “The Last Stand” (2013) in which (see trailer) a notorious Mexican drug lord escapes from prison in Los Angeles via helicopter only to make his way back to Mexico in a violent rampage of terror.

7.2: Helicopter Attacks & Crashes
Prior to a helicopter hijack and escape from Guantanamo Bay, the public must first be psychologically programed that this is in fact possible. Starting in November of 2012, an unprecedented wave of helicopter attacks and crashes have occurred worldwide. A majority of these helicopter crashes involved medical, police or military helicopters, all of which exist at the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” which died in these helicopter crashes, ultimately amplifying the notion of helicopter terror as well as creating more dramatic headlines in respect to their death.

Helicopter Terror Timeline:

1. July 27, 2007: TV News Helicopter Crash: 4 Dead (Phoenix. Arizona)
2. January 19, 2010: Man Shoots Police Helicopter (Appomattox, Virginia)
3. February 14, 2010: Private Helicopter Crash: 5 Dead (Phoenix. Arizona)
4. March 14, 2012: Police Helicopter Crash: (Jos, Nigeria)
5. November 4, 2012: Police Helicopter Crash: 2 Dead (Atlanta, Georgia)
6. November 10, 2012: Military Helicopter Crash: 17 Dead (Siirt, Turkey)
7. November 18, 2012: 2 Police Helicopters Crash: 6 Injured (Los Angeles)
8. November 22, 2012: Private Helicopter Crash: 1 Dead: 4 Injured (Baker’s Bay, Bahamas)
9. December 11, 2012: Medical Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Rochelle, Illinois)
10. December 16, 2012: Government Helicopter Crash: (Bayelsa, Nigeria)*
11. December 22, 2012: U.N. Helicopter Attack & Crash: 4 Dead (Likuangole, Sudan)
12. December 25, 2012: Police Helicopter Crash: 5 Dead (Alexandria, Ukraine)
13. January 2, 2013: Medical Helicopter Crash: 4 Injured (Seminole, Oklahoma)
14. January 4, 2013: 2 Medical Helicopters Crash: 3 Dead: 4 Injured (Ventura, Iowa)
15. January 16, 2013: Private Helicopter Crash: 2 Dead: 13 Injured (London, England)**
16. February 4, 2013: Government Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Puerto Antequera, Paraguay)***
17. February 11, 2013: TV Show Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Los Angeles, California)
18. February 22, 2013:  Military Helicopter Attack: (Papau, Indonesia)
19. February 22, 2013: Medical Helicopter Attack: 2 Dead: 1 Injured (Oklahoma City, Oklahoma)
20. March 12, 2013: Military Helicopter Crash: 2 Dead (Kibbutz Revadim, Israel)
21. March 12, 2013: Military Helicopter Crash: 5 Dead (Kandahar, Afghanistan)
22. March 18, 2013: Helicopter Prison Escape: 2 Escape (Saint-Jerome, Quebec, Canada)
23. March 21, 2013: 2 Police Helicopters Crash: 1 Dead: 4 Injured (Berlin, Germany)
24: April 1, 2013: Police Helicopter Crash: 3 Dead (Talkeetna, Alaska)
25. April 2, 2013: Man Shoots Police Helicopter (Ferron, Utah)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

Celebrity Helicopter Victims:

* Victim: Governor of Nigeria
** Victim: “Skyfall” Movie Pilot
*** Victim: Paraguayan Presidential Candidate

8. #1 Terror Target: Miami, Florida:

8.1: Miami Blinking Red
The city of Miami, Florida, is blinking red on every level of terror, namely because of Operation Northwoods, but also because it has a lot of potential terror targets such as Miami International Airport, South Beach, United Airlines Arena, home to the Miami Heat, Marlins Park, home of the Miami Marlins, and the University of Miami. Although Miami is the first target in a line of many, other Floridian cities such as Daytona Beach, Jacksonville, Key West, Orlando, Tallahassee, Tampa Bay, as well as the Kennedy Space Center Walt Disney World, Sea World, and cruise ports such as Port Canaveral and Port Everglades which may be targeted at the same time or in the immediate aftermath of the Guantanamo terror attacks.

8.2: Miami is Trending
In an attempt to bring unprecedented global attention to Miami and the state of Florida, prior to an unprecedented terror attack; both Hollywood and the sports world have pulled out all the stops. On July 8, 2010, NBA star LeBron James made a public spectacle on ESPN about his decision to join the Miami heat, otherwise known as the “The Decision”. Later that month on July 29, 2010, the MTV show Jersey Shore inexplicably relocated to Miami. Half a year later on February 22, 2011, “The Real Housewives of Miami” premiered on the television series on Bravo. Half a year later on August 29, 2011, rapper Flo Rida released a single entitled “Good Feeling“. The song peaked at No. 3 in the United States and topped the charts in Austria, Germany, Scotland, and the UK as well as being top 5 in nine other countries. Needless to say Flo Rida became an overnight sensation.
In 2012, the Miami Heat won their 2nd NBA world championship and the Florida Marlins changed their name to the Miami Marlins, eventually moving into the newly constructed Marlins Park in Miami’s Little Havana. Also in 2012, the Miami Dolphins were featured in the popular HBO television series entitled “Hard Knocks”, despite being a very bad team. Also, Southern Florida, namely Palm Beach, was recently featured in the 2013 Hollywood movie entitled Parker.

8.3: TV Show: ‘‘Airport 24/7: Miami”
Aside from all the sports and Hollywood attention Miami has received of late, on October 1, 2012, it was reported that the Travel Channel is launching a new television show entitled ‘‘Airport 24/7: Miami’’  which offered viewers a behind-the-scenes look at Miami International Airport. ‘‘We host a Super Bowl every day at MIA,’’ security director Lauren Stover said, comparing the number of travelers to attendance at the championship football game. According to the report, the show follows workers as they deal with terrorist threats, intercept drug smugglers, attend to medical emergencies, repair aircraft and secure an Air Force One landing. With about 40 million passengers moving through the airport every year, Stover stated that Miami is a ‘‘Category X’’ airport, meaning it’s a prime target for a terrorist attack. The idea for the show started with 2C Media owner Chris Sloan, who stated that, ‘‘Whenever you go to an airport, there are always signs that say, ‘Staff Only,’ ‘Do Not Enter,’ ‘Prohibited Area,’ ‘Alarm Will Go Off, But we actually go to all those places, and that’s unique’’. The report further stated that six years ago, MIA began making its 40,000 civilian employees part of the security program, starting with a group of about 70 janitors.

8.4: Florida Terror Suspects Charged with WMD Conspiracy
Just prior to potential terror attacks within the state of Florida, alleged homegrown Islamic terrorists have been arrested. On November 30, 2012, it was reported that two Pakistani men from Fort Lauderdale, Florida, have been charged with providing support to terrorists and plotting to use mass destruction weapons within the U.S. According to the report, federal prosecutors identified the men Friday as two brothers: 30-year-old Sheheryar Alam Qazi and 20-year-old Raees Alam Qazi. Both are naturalized U.S. citizens originally from Pakistan. A grand jury indictment claims the two provided money, lodging, communications and other support for a conspiracy to obtain a weapon of mass destruction.

8.5: Florida Lt. Governor Forced to Resign
In an apparent sign that terror in Florida is imminent, it was reported on March 13, 2013, that Florida Lt. Governor Jennifer Carroll, a former Navy lieutenant commander, was forced to resign amid allegations of corruption. Apparently, somebody didn’t want the Navy veteran investigating an alleged “terror attack” stemming from a U.S. Navy base just 90 miles off-shore. As of March 11, 2013, the Lt. Governor position for the state of Florida is vacant ultimately leaving millionaire, former U.S. Navy veteran and Florida Governor Rick Scott in sole possession of power over the state of Florida and any subsequent investigation into any terror related attacks or conspiracy. A little too convenient for comfort.

9. Airport Terror:

9.1: Airport Terror Blinking Red
In 1968, Israeli terrorists blew up 13 civilian airliners at the airport in Beirut, Lebanon. Since then, airport terror has spread worldwide and it is highly likely that it will make its way to American shores any day now. Should the Guantanamo terror attack and prison break be allowed to commence, Miami International Airport most likely be the first target secured with other airports being targeted in subsequent attacks. These African terrorists will obviously need an airport to land at and conduct terror operations from and they are in luck! Recent reports of air traffic control towers being closed and airport security being compromised will allow for future acts of airport terror to occur throughout America, all thanks to the U.S. government. In 2012 alone, there have been over 50 major terror threat or terror related events at airports worldwide, something unprecedented in aviation history.

9.2: Flashback: LAX Bombing Plot
Plans to target airports with terror is nothing new. After all, on 9/11, ICTS, an Israeli company, was in charge of every 9/11 airport from which the hijacked planes allegedly operated out of. That being said, on January 1, 2000, alleged Islamic terrorists plotted to bomb the Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) in a grander terror plot entitled the “2000 millennium attack plots”. According to Wikipedia, “Ahmed Ressam, an Algerian citizen living in Montreal, Canada planned to bomb Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) on New Year’s Eve 1999/2000. He was arrested at Port Angeles, Washington, the U.S. port of entry, on December 14, 1999. Customs officials then found a cache of explosives that could have produced “a blast forty times greater than that of a devastating car bomb” and four timing devices hidden in the spare tire well in the trunk of the rented car in which he had traveled from Canada. Like 9/11, the LAX terror plot has all the hallmarks of a false-flag terror operation and therefore it should come as no surprise that an amalgamation of this airport terror plot will be executed in the future by the Israeli Mossad..

9.3: 173 Air Traffic Control Towers Will Close on April 7, 2013
On March 6, 2013, it was reported that the federal government’s will close 173 air traffic control towers at small- and medium-size airports on April 7, 2013 and another 16 towers on September 30, 2013, despite originally stated that it would close 168 towers. According to the report, the towers are part of the FAA’s contract tower program, in which 251 towers are staffed with contractors instead of FAA employees. Though little-known, contract towers are widely used by the FAA to manage air traffic. Such towers handle approximately 28% of all control tower operations, although the towers being cut account for a little less than 6% of commercial airline operations. The report further stated that the tower closures would not necessarily result in airport closures, because some aircraft can land without air traffic control help, and those that need controller help can communicate with more distant FAA facilities. This FAA regulation essentially clears the way for future terror operations in America by essentially abandoning almost 200 air traffic control towers to the terrorist before they even need them.

9.4: Airport Security Compromised
Despite all the new airport security protocols put in place since 9/11, airport security is now more compromised more than ever before. On September 26, 2012, it was reported that airport security workers at JFK airport have stated that security inspections are routinely rushed so that flights will not be delayed, ultimately raising the risk of missing weapons, explosives and drugs. Three days later on September 29, 2012, it was reported that a convicted TSA Agent who stole more than $800K worth of goods from passengers stated that stealing from bags in “very common”. A day later on September 30, 2012, it was reported that the TSA had allowed a loaded gun through security on two separate occasion during the same week in airports in New Orleans, Louisiana, and Newark, New Jersey. On October 16, 2012, it was reported that a JFK baggage handler had received life in prison for his part in an airport drug-smuggling ring. A month later on November 14, 2012, it was reported that an American Airlines employee was found to be on the government’s terrorist “No-Fly List”. A day later on November 15, 2013, it was reported that two thieves looted nearly 4,000 new iPad minis from a John F. Kennedy Airport in New York, New York. A day later, a woman allegedly was able to drive her car onto an active runway at an airport in Phoenix, Arizona. Four months later on March 22, 2013, it was reported that a man impersonating a pilot reached the plane’s cockpit at the airport in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Needless to say, these events were orchestrated to demonize America and pave the way for future terror attacks.

9.5: Airport Related Terror Events

Prior to an airport terror attack stemming from an incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that airport terror on a grand scale is in fact possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airport related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the 51 documented airport terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 14 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way.

Airport Terror Timeline:

1. December 31, 2011: Explosives Found In Bag During Screening (Midlands, Texas)
2. February 25, 2012: 10 Air Traffic Controllers Sleeping And Texting (White Plains, New York)
3. March 9, 2012: Air Controller Involved In 2 Potential Collisions (Gulfport, Mississippi)
4. March 29, 2012: Bomb Found On Man Trying To Pass Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
5. April 20, 2012: Airliner Crashes While Trying To Land At Airport Killing 127 (Islamabad, Pakistan)
6. August 1, 2012:
Airport Evacuated Over Bomb Threat (San Antonio, Texas)
7. August 29, 2012: Airport Closed After WW II Bomb Found (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
8. September 22, 2012: Naked Woman Arrested At Airport (Orlando, Florida)
9. September 25, 2012: Kenya Bombs Somali Airport Held By Militants (Kismayo, Somalia)
10. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (New Orleans, Louisiana)
11. September 30, 2012: Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (Newark, New Jersey)
12. October 9, 2012: Man Arrested With Weapons And Body Armor At LAX (Los Angeles, California)
13. October 9, 2012: 17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
14. October 11, 2012: Indiana Woman Disappears From Airport (Dallas-Ft. Worth, Texas)
15. October 14, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Traveler Cracks Bad Joke (Anchorage, Alaska)
16. October 15, 2012: Miami Plane Causes Typhoid Scare At Airport (New Orleans, Louisiana)
17. October 16, 2012:
Airport Worker Gets Life In Prison For Drug-Smuggling (New York, New York)
18. October 30, 2012: 92 Flights Canceled After Bomb Found At Airport (Sendai, Japan)
19. November 2, 2012: Man Found Shot Near Airport (Burbank, California)
20. November 6, 2012:
Pilot Accused Of Stealing Car Near Sea-Tac Airport (Seattle, Washington)
21. November 14, 2012: American Airlines Employee Put On “No Fly List” (Miami, Florida)
22. November 15, 2012: 4,000 Apple iPads Stolen From JFK Airport (New York, New York)
23. November 15, 2012: Flights Grounded After United Suffers Computer “Glitch” (USA)
24. November 16, 2012: Man Arrested With Suicide Bomb Materials At Airport (Oakland, California)
25. November 16, 2012: Airport Workers Set To Strike On Thanksgiving Eve (Loa Angeles, California)
26. November 16, 2012: Woman With Child Drives Onto Airport Runway (Phoenix, Arizona)
27. November 19, 2012: Passenger Detained After Threats Against Flight (New York)
28. November 23, 2013: French Riot Police Clash With Airport Protesters (Nantes, France)
29. November 26, 2012: Airport Evacuated After Dynamite Threat (Miami, Florida)
30. December 1, 2012: Airport Rapist Is Sentenced To 6 years To Life (Denver, Colorado)
31. December 3, 2012: Violence Near Airport Forces Flight Back To Egypt (Damascus, Syria)
32. December 7, 2012: Syrian Rebels Say Airport Are Legitimate Targets (Damascus, Syria)
33. December 10, 2012: Man Arrested Smuggling 26 Stun Guns Through Airport (New York, New York)
34: December 12, 2012: Woman Arrested With Cocaine Breast Implants At Airport (Barcelona, Spain)
35. December 14, 2012: TSA Detains ‘Explosive-Laced’ Girl In Wheelchair (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
36. December 14, 2012: JFK Airport Strike Authorized Amid Holiday Travel (New York, New York)
37. December 24, 2012: Lighter Mistaken For Grenade Causes Security Scare At Airport (Miami, Florida)
38. January 4, 2013: Battery-Powered Toothbrush Prompts Airport Security Scare (Atlanta, Georgia)
39. January 15, 2013: 18 Human Heads Found At O’Hare Airport (Chicago, Illinois)
40. January 30, 2013: Smoking Bag Prompts Airport To Close Four Gates (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
41. February 2, 2013: Syrian Rebels Advance Near Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
42. February 6, 2013: Live Cannonball In Luggage Forces Airport Evacuation (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
43. February 15, 2013: Plane Carrying Political Delegation Crashes Near Airport (Charlesville, Liberia)
44. February 17, 2013: Police Arrest Man With Loaded Gun At Airport (Newark, New Jersey)
45. February 19, 2013: NFL Player Caught With Gun At Airport (New York, New York)
46. March 12, 2013: Syrian Rebels In Battle With Syrian Troops Over Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
47. March 20, 2013: Airport Concourses Evacuated After Security Breach (Seattle, Washington)
48. March 22, 2013: Falling Sign Kills 10-Year Old Boy At Airport (Birmingham, Alabama)
49. March 22, 2013: Fake Pilot Reaches Plane’s Cockpit At Airport (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
50. April 1, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Device Found (Detroit, Michigan)
51. April 2, 2013:
Airport Drug Smuggler Sentenced To 12 Years In Prison (San Francisco, California)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

10. Airplane Terror:

10.1: Airplane Terror Blinking Red
The first act of air piracy in the history of civil aviation was carried out by Israel in December of 1954 when a civilian Syrian airliner was forced down in Tel Aviv and its passengers and crew were held for days by Israeli terrorists.  Despite international condemnation, the Israeli terrorists refused to release the hostages. Since then, real airplane terror events like 9/11 are few and far between but terror related headlines, hoaxes and scares are now at an all-time high. This is due to the fact that fake and exaggerated headlines, stories and propaganda are just as effective in terrorizing the population and are a lot easier to clean up after than a real terror operation. 

10.2: TSA Announces Biggest Loosening of Security Since 9/11
In another U.S. government decision to make acts of air related terror easier to conduct, rules in respect to weapons being allowed on planes have been suddenly changed.  On March 6, 2013, it was reported that that the TSA will be allowing air passengers to bring pocketknives (blades shorter than 2.36 inches), golf clubs and hockey sticks on flights and in the passenger cabin starting on April 25, 2013. According to the report, the policy changes were made to conform to international rules and shorten the amount of time checkpoint officials spend confiscating items.  The TSA only stated that, “This is part of an overall risk-based security approach, which allows transportation security officers to better focus their efforts on finding higher-threat items such as explosives”. The Flight Attendants Union Coalition reacted to the new rules by stating that “these proposed changes will further endanger the lives of all flight attendants and the passengers we work so hard to keep safe and secure” and described the TSA decision as “poor and shortsighted”.

10.3: Palestine, Nigeria & Zimbabwe “Resume” Flights
The sweeping changes by TSA in respect to weapons on planes appears to be a set-up for future 9/11-style events potentially originating out of Palestine, Zimbabwe or Nigeria, all of whom have recently been allowed to “resume” their international flights. On May 28, 2012, it was reported that Palestinian Airlines had resumes flights after a lengthy hiatus. Roughly five months later on October 23, 2012, it was reported that an airline from Zimbabwe was now allowed to resume international flights. Three months later on January 3, 2013, it was reported that Nigeria’s Dana Air has been allowed to resume flights after a horrific accident. Interestingly, all three of these countries have been recently implicated in Islamic terror attacks, ultimately raising suspicions as to whether or not these particular airlines will be hijacked by “terrorists” in the near future.

10.4: Airplane Terror Hype
Prior to numerous airplane terror attack stemming from an incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on the 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in April of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the 65 documented airplane terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 15 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” that were involved in these airplane terror related incidents, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane terror as well as creating more dramatic headlines in respect to the terror which transpired transpired.

Airplane Terror Timeline:

1. January 6, 2011: Hijack Attempt Foiled Aboard Turkish Air Flight (Istanbul, Turkey)
2. May 12, 2011:
Bomb “Hoax” On Board Trans-Atlantic Virgin Flight (Atlantic Ocean)
3. September 4, 2011:
U.S. Terror Warning For Small Planes, But Says No Plots Known
4. December 28, 2011:
NORAD F-16′s Intercept Airplane Over U.S. Capitol (Washington D.C.)
5. January 17, 2012: British Airways Flight Tells Passengers Plane Will Crash (Atlantic Ocean)
6. January 17, 2012: Military Jets Escort Trans-Pacific Plane After Hijacking Scare (Seattle, Washington)
7. April 10, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Pacific Light Require Military Escort (Vancouver, Canada)
8. April 20, 2012:
Landing Aborted As Australian Pilot Was Busy Texting (Changi Airport, Singapore)
9. April 30, 2012: Officials Watch For Terrorists With Body Bombs On US-Bound Planes
10. June 17, 2012:
Pilot Attempts To Hijacks  CRJ200 Jet Aircraft—Commits Suicide (St. George, Utah)
11. June 30, 2012:
Passengers And Crew Foil Hijack Attempt (Xinjiang, China)
12. August 7, 2012:
Man Arrested With U.S. Customs, Coast Guard And CIA Uniforms (Miami, Florida)
13. August 16, 2012:
Bomb Threat Forces Trans-Atlantic Flight To Land In Iceland (Atlantic Ocean)
14. August 21, 2012:
Afghan Militants Hit U.S. Military Chief’s Plane (Kabul, Afghanistan)
15. September 23, 2012: Fake Pilot Who Joined Cabin Crew Arrested (Turin, Italy)
16. September 20, 2012:
Plane Makes Emergency Landing After Smoke On Board (Jacksonville, Florida)*
17. September 20, 2012: Fight Between Flight Attendants Delays Flight (New York, New York)
18. September 22, 2012:
Police: Flight Attendant Stole Passenger’s iPad (Oregon City, Oregon)
19. September 23, 2012
: Flight Attendant Bring Loaded Gun Through Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
20. September 26, 2012:
Plane Diverted After Flight Attendant Altercation (Morrisville, North Carolina)
21. October 1, 2012:
Second Flight Returns To JFK After Row Of Seats Comes Loose (AA)
22. October 2, 2012: American Airlines Pulls More Jets Following 3rd Seat Incident (AA)
23. October 3, 2012
: Plane Lands Safely In After Bird Strike (Windsor, Connecticut)
24. October 9, 2012: “Terror Threats” Ground 2 Flights Headed For Beijing (China)
25. October 9, 2012: 17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
26. October 17, 2012:
Man Tries To Open Exit Door After Flight Lands  (Salt Lake City, Utah)
27. October 19, 2012: U.S. Forces Turkey To Down Syrian Passenger Plane
28. October 21, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Atlantic Flight Prompts Search (Los Angeles, California)
29. October 28, 2012:
Interior Panel Of American Airlines Plane Falls Off In Flight (Miami, Florida)
30. October 31, 2012: Court Sentences Man To Life In Prison For 2009 Hijack Scare (New Deli, India)
31. November 11, 2012:
Plane Slides Off Taxiway At Airport (Denver, Colorado)
32. November 13, 2012: Wheel Of Plane Catches Fire During Takeoff (Johannesburg, South Africa)
33. November 19, 2012: Turbulence On Cuba-Miami Flight Leaves 30 Bruised (Miami, Florida)
34. November 19, 2012: Flight Loses Cabin Pressure Oxygen Masks Used (Dallas, Texas)
35. November 24, 2012: NORAD Sends F-16 Jets To Escort Cessna (Charleston, South Carolina)
36. November 28, 2012: Shotgun Shell Found On Seat Delays Flight (Milwaukee, Wisconsin)
37. December 25, 2012: Small Fire Breaks Out Jet At Airport (Phoenix, Arizona)
38. January 2, 2013: Flight From Brazil Diverted When Woman Dies On Plane (Houston, Texas)
39. January 3, 2013: Drunk Pilot Removed From Airliner While Trying To Depart (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
40. January 3, 2013:
Plane Bursts Into Flames At Airport (Las Vegas, Nevada)
41. January 5, 2013: Airline Crew Binds Man To Seat After He Goes Berserk (New York, New York)
42. January 13, 2013: Japan Airlines Reports New Fuel Leak In Boeing 787 (Tokyo, Japan)
43. January 14, 2013: Plane Lands After Fire Reported On Flight (Windsor Locks; Connecticut)
44. January 14, 2013: Bird Strikes Force 2 Planes To Return To JFK Airport (New York, New York)
45. January 14, 2013: Prime Minister Praises Plane Just Before It Breaks Down (Oxfordshire, England)**
46. January 16, 2013: All Boeing 787 Jets Grounded After  Burning Smell Reports (Japan)
47. January 21, 2013: Plane From New York Blows 4 Tires Veers Off Runway (Newark, New Jersey)
48. January 22, 2013: Jetliner Blows 3 Tires On Runway (Denver, Colorado)
49. January 24, 2013: Video Of Plane Barely Missing 2 People Prompts FAA Probe (Lancaster, Texas)
50. January 28, 2013: Italian Court: Missile Caused 1980 Plane Crash
51. February 1, 2013:
Pilot Locked Out Of Cockpit While Co-Pilot Slept (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
30. February 1, 2013: Flight Diverts To Denver Due To “Unruly Passenger” (Denver, Colorado)
52. February 4, 2013: Flight Diverted After Pilot Loses Consciousness Midair (Portland, Oregon)
53. February 8, 2013: Trans-Atlantic Flight Diverted After Smoke In Cockpit (Shannon, Ireland)
54. February 12, 2013:
Pakistani Plane Has Tire Malfunction On Landing (Muscat, Oman)
55. February 12, 2013:
British Airways Staff In Boozy Rampage On Flight (Washington D.C)
56. February 12, 2013: Passenger Pronounced Dead When Plane Lands (Salt Lake City Utah)
57. February 15, 2013: Flight From GITMO Naval Base Makes Emergency Landing (Miami, Florida)
58. February 18, 2013: Plane Makes Emergency Landing Due To Mechanical Fault (Harbin, China)
59. February 22, 2013: Flight Skids Off Runway At Airport (Cleveland, Ohio)
60. March 4, 2013: Small Plane Makes Emergency Landing At Airport (St. Louis, Missouri)
61. March 5, 2013: Mysterious Drone Over JFK Airport Almost Causes Crash (New York, New York)
62. March 7, 2013: Engine Trouble Forces Plane To Make Emergency Landing (Chicago, Illinois)
63. March 11, 2013: Jet Gets Stuck In Grass Off Airport Runway (Houston, Texas)
64. March 13, 2013: Plane Pulled From Muddy Field After It Skids Off Runway (Katowice, Poland)
65. March 30, 2013: Police Find Body Of Man Ejected From Plane (Apison, Tennessee)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

Celebrity Plane Scares
:

*Baltimore Oriels Plane
**Prime Minister David Cameron
***Chicago Bulls Plane

10.5: Airplane Crashes
Prior to numerous airplane crashes stemming from a terror incident at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on a 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane crash related terror has occurred worldwide. Of the 55 documented airplane crashes in the span of roughly 15 months, there is little doubt that most if not all of these alleged plane “accidents” were in fact man-made acts of terror. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” that were involved in these airplane crashes, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane crash terror as well as creating more dramatic headlines in respect to their respective deaths.

10.6: EMP Related Airplane Crashes?

Based on the aforementioned 55 documented airplane crashes, a second look at the cause of these unprecedented plane disasters is in order. In a majority of the cases, the planes have either crashed on take-off or while trying to land, ultimately indicating that their engines are being rendered powerless by some sort of EMP like device at or near the airport. Although an independent investigation must be conducted prior to coming to any concrete theories as to the root cause of these plane crashes, it would appear on the surface that the EMP-like weapon/gun responsible for the engine failures and subsequent crashes is some sort of an electronic device which is most likely located high off the ground with a 360 degree rotational view at or near the top of the air traffic control tower, airport or an adjacent building structure. While this EMP weapon is most likely camouflaged to look like a benign piece of standard electronic equipment such as satellite dish, it likely has dual use capability that is currently unknown to pilots, the airport and the local government. This EMP weapon can then be accessed autonomously by a third party who apparently takes great pleasure in crashing airplanes and killing people.

Airplane Crash Timeline:

1. June 23, 2011: Russian Airliner Crashes—“Technical Malfunction”: 45 Dead (Petrozavodsk, Russia)
2. February 12, 2012: Plane Crashes En-Route To Goma: 11 Dead (Bukavu, Congo)
3. April 4, 2012: Small Airplane Crashes Into Florida Publix Store: 5 Injured (Deland, Florida)
4. April 20, 2012: Pakistani Airliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 127 Dead (Islamabad, Pakistan)
5. April 21, 2012: 2 Commuter Planes Crash Into Each Other At Airport (Los Angeles, California)
6. May 31, 2012: American Eagle Jet Crashes Into Boeing 747 (Chicago, Illinois)
7. June 3, 2012: Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 153 Dead (Lagos, Nigeria)
8. August 26, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off (Lake Tahoe, California)
9. September 25, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Albuquerque, New Mexico)
10. September 28, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 19 Dead (Kathmandu, Nepal)
11. September 29, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off 2 Dead (Fredericksburg, Virginia)
12. September 30, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 1 Dead (Granite Quarry, North Carolina)
13. October 3, 2012: Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Tennessee: 1 Dead (Gary, Indiana)
14. October 17, 2102:
Sudanese Military Plane Crashes—“Technical Fault” : 13 Dead (Khartoum, Sudan)
15. October 20, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Indian Trail, North Carolina)
16. November 1, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Caldwell, North, Carolina)
17. November 10, 2012: Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Nebraska: 2 Dead (Shaver Lake, California)
18. November 14, 2012: Small Plane With 3 Pilots Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jackson, Mississippi)
19. November 15, 2012: U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Panama City, Florida)
20. November 16, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Owls Head, Maine)
21. November 19, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Burlington, Wisconsin)
22. November 21, 2012: Egyptian MiG-21 Jet Fighter Crashes In Training (Aswan, Egypt)
23. November 21, 2012: Yemenis Military Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 10 Dead (Sanaa, Yemen)
24. November 28, 2012: Plane Crashes In Indian Ocean: 29 Survive (Moroni, Comoros Islands)
25. December 1, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Engine Misfires (Mount Ulla, North Carolina)
26. December 8, 2012: U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Pearl Harbor, Hawaii)
27. December 9, 2012: Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off: 7 Dead (Nuevo Leon, Mexico)*
28. December 25, 2012: Kazakhstani Military Plane Crashes: 27 Dead (Shymkent, Kazakhstan)
29. December 26, 2012:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 2 Dead (He’Ho, Myanmar)
30. December 29, 2012: Russian Jetliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 13 Dead (Moscow, Russia)
31. December 30, 2012: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Santee, California)
32. January 1, 2013: Plane Crashes Into Airbus A320 On Runway-Taxi (Fort Lauderdale, Florida)
33. January 2, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jasper, Alabama)
34. January 4, 2013: Small Plane Crashes Into House Trying To Land: 3 Dead (Palm, Coast, Florida)
35. January 5, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off: 5 Dead (Grenoble, France)
36. January 6, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off  (Los Roques, Venezuela)**
37. January 13, 2013:
Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off (Paris, Texas)
38. January 17, 2013: Airbus Crashes Into Air France 777-300 At Gate (Miami, Florida)
39. January 22, 2013: Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off: 3 Survive (Danbury, Connecticut)
40. January 24, 2013: Small Plane Goes Crashes: 3 Dead (Terra Nova Bay, Antarctica)
41. January 27, 2013: Small Plane Crashes Into Hudson River: 2 Survive (Yonkers, New York)
42. January 29, 2013: U.S. F-16 Fighter Jet Crashes Near Italy: 1 Dead (Adriatic Sea)
43. February 10, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead (Brussels, Belgium)
44. February 11, 2013: Guinea Government Plane Crashes: 10 Dead (Monrovia, Liberia)***
45. February 14, 2013: Plane Crashes Trying To Land: 4 Dead: 41 Survive (Donetsk, Ukraine)
46. February 18, 2013: Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Vero Beach, Florida)****
47. February 21, 2013: Small Jet Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead: (Thomson, Georgia)*****
48. March 4, 2013: Planes Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 36 Dead: 4 Survive (Goma, Congo)
49. March 5, 2013: Small Plane Crashes: 3 Dead (Rainy Pass, Alaska)
50. March 9, 2013: Air India Aircraft Crashes Into JetBlue Airliner (New York, New York)
51: March 12, 2013: U.S. Navy Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Spokane, Washington)
52. March 16, 2013: Small Plane Crashes In Parking Lot After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
53. March 18, 2013: Small Plane Crashes Into 3 Houses Trying To Land: 2 Dead (South Bend, Indiana)
54. March 18, 2013: Mauritanian Military Plane Crashes: 1 Dead (Aoujeft, Mauritania)
55. March 31, 2013: Small Plane Crashes: 6 Survive (Kisbey, Saskatchewan, Canada)
(Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events)

Celebrity Plane Victims:

*Jenni Rivera, Mexican Pop Star
**Vittorio Missoni, Italian Fashion Designer
***Kelefa Diallo, Guinea Army Chief
****Buffalo Bill’s Great-Grandsons
*****Dr. Steven Roth, Vein Guys Co-Founder
******Steve Davis, Former Oklahoma QB

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

School Bus Terror

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
March 31, 2013
Truther.org

The scheduled follow up to the Sandy Hook Massacre Hoax will most likely take on the form of a racially motivated militia attack targeting innocent African-American school children riding on school buses. This horrific attack will most likely occur Chicago, Illinois, the Tri-State Area, Florida, and/or in the Southern states of Alabama, Georgia or Mississippi.

In CNN’s program entitled “The Perfect Day Scenario”, television host Glenn Beck suspiciously predicts that “school buses could be filled with explosives” in a future terror attack which would simultaneously target schools and school buses in multiple locations throughout America.

Download & Forward PDF

Based on documented school bus terror propaganda, the 50+ school bus attacks, crashes and emergencies since 2012, and the 44 school busses stolen since 2007, school bus terror in America is now blinking red on every level. This domestic terror attack on children will most likely be the dreaded “Gun Confiscation False-Flag” which will inevitably spark a Civil War in America over the legal right to bear arms.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. School Bus Terror
2. School Bus Thefts
3. School Bus Terror Locations
4. Bus Terror
5. History of School Terror
6. Aftermath of School Bus Terror
7. School Bus Terror Warning

1. School Bus Terror:

1.1: School Bus Terror Drills
On March 29, 2012, it was reported that during school terror drills America, children were being suspiciously forced out of their classrooms and ordered onto school buses which are then sent to undisclosed “alternate locations”. Given this context, we may see an initial terror event at a school whereby then children are subsequently loaded onto school busses in order to “escape” the event, only to have these exact same school busses be targeted with terror later that same day. This particular scenario would provide a decoy for law enforcement (the original event), and give the “terrorists” unfettered access to multiple school busses in the so called “alternate locations” —severely limiting the amount of potential witnesses.

1.2: School Bus Terror Propaganda Films
Prior to a high-profile school bus terror attack, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “The Dark Knight Rises” (2012) is a film (see trailer) which depicts a school bus terror attack on the Brooklyn Bridge wherein children are stranded helplessly on their school bus in the middle of a terror attack. “Red Dawn” (2012) is another film (see trailer) in which school buses are used to transport “terrorists” and are routinely shown in violent scenes. “The Last Stand” (2013) is yet another film (see trailer) in which a school bus is not only featured in the actual movie poster but where an actual school bus is front and center in numerous violent and bloody scenes. If and when school bus terror manifests itself in reality is unknown, but it is definitely in the terror cards.

1.3: Racial False-Flag Redux
The School Bus Terror Plot appears to be an amalgamation of the November 2012 terror plot exposed in the report entitled “Obama Caught Red-Handed Trying To Stage New 9/11”. This particular terror plot involved U.S. military militia men from Georgia, along with accomplices in Texas, Florida, North Carolina and South Carolina, who apparently planned to hijack a jetliner (Flight 1267), load it with stolen battery acid (possibly weaponize it with anthrax) and fly it into a crowd of 74,000 people (mostly African-Americans) while Obama spoke at the 2012 Democratic National Convention. Due to the exposure of this horrific terror plot, another race based terror attack is likely being planned.

1.4: “It’s Going Hot”: Racial False-Flag Planned
On August 29, 2012, a few days before the 2012 Democratic National Convention, it was reported by Douglas J. Hagmann of the North East Intelligence Network that according to his sources at the DHS, “It’s going hot”. The Zionist operative Hagmann then added that there was a “racial component” to the upcoming false-flag terror attack. Hagmann made his dire prediction on the alleged STRATFOR agent Alex Jones’ radio program where he elaborated on the Obama terror plot: “What it is, when I say it’s going hot, or when my sources say it’s going hot, a staged event of some kind, or some sort of a false-flag to type of event to garner sympathy to garner support for the president…Whatever “it” is going to be, it’s going to galvanize, it’s going to polarize I should say, various aspects of our country, the rich versus the poor, the black versus  white, it’s going to cover a gambit of things”. Till we hear different from Hagmann and Jones, we can assume that a race-based terror attack is still being planned by Zionist terrorists.

1.5: School Bus Terror Scapegoat: The “F.E.A.R.” Militia?
On August 27, 2012, it was reported that U.S. Army soldiers had formed a militia group in Georgia and had plotted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama and overthrow the U.S. government. The militia group in question was likely slated to be indicted for the 2012 DNC Terror Plot. According to the report, the militia group planned to overtake nearby Fort Stewart, bomb a dam in Washington State, poison the state’s apple crop and ultimately overthrow the government. The militia group allegedly consisted of former and active-duty U.S. service members who spent $87,000 on guns and bomb components. The reported name of the militia was “F.E.A.R.” (Forever Enduring Always Ready), and it was openly labeled a “domestic terrorist organization” by the state prosecutor. If the “F.E.A.R.” militia group is not implicated in the School Bus Terror Plot, a similar group with alleged military and/or militia ties will be.

1.6: School Bus Related Terror Incidents
Make no mistake, the sheer number of recent school bus terror related incidents are no accident. These are planned and coordinated events with the overall goal of constructing an escalating narrative that will culminate in an unprecedented state-sponsored terror attack on American school buses.

School Bus Terror History:

1. February 9, 2012: School Bus Bursts Into Flames (Charlotte, North Carolina)
2. March 12, 2012: School Bus Wreck Kills Child And Driver (Indianapolis, Indiana)
3. March 13, 2012: School Bus Overturns; At Least 16 Injured (Washington County, Missouri)
4. March 14, 2012: School Bus Collides With Truck; 1 Dead (Rockwood, Pennsylvania)
5. September 7, 2012: School Bus Hit By Gunfire: Report (Chicago, Illinois)
6. September 21, 2012: School Bus Wreck Injures 25 (Washington County, Tennessee)
7. September 29, 2012: School Bus Wreck Sends 50 To Hospital (Louisville, Kentucky)
8. October 8, 2012: School Bus Struck After Running Red Light (Greensboro, North Carolina)
9. October 10, 2012: School Bus Driver Has Medical Emergency (Clarksburg, Maryland)
10. October 10, 2012: School Bus Wrecks While Full Of Kids (Salem, Oregon)
11. October 11, 2012: School Bus Wreck Injures 17 (Victorville, California)
12. October 18, 2012: School Bus Driver Charged With DUI (Clinton, Massachusetts)
13. October 24, 2012: School Bus Wreck Leaves 1 Dead (Dearborn County, Indiana)
14. October 26, 2012: School Bus Driver Accused Of Kicking Girl (Tampa, Florida)
15. October 29, 2012: School Bus Wreck Leaves 2 Dead (Carroll County, Kentucky)
16. November 15, 2012: School Bus Home To Brutal Beating (Fort Lauderdale, Florida)
17. November 17, 2012: School Bus Struck By Train; 50 Dead (Cairo, Egypt)
18. November 20, 2012: School Bus Shooting Leaves 1 Dead (Miami, Florida)
19. November 22, 2012: School Bus Driver Who Choked Boy Is Fired (Broward County, Florida)
20. December 20, 2012: 2 School Busses Shot With BB Pellet Gun (Haverhill, Massachusetts)
21. December 24, 2012: School Bus Wreck Kills 17 Kindergarten Kids (Guixi City, China)
22. January 10, 2013: School Bus & City Bus Wreck; 2 Critically Injured (Amboy, New Jersey)
23. January 16, 2013: Girls Beat Woman At School Bus Stop (New Windsor, New York)
24. January 17, 2013: School Bus Struck By Hit-And-Run Driver (Winston-Salem, North Carolina)
25. January 17, 2013: School Bus Crashes Into Motel Swimming Pool (San Antonio, Texas)
26. January 22, 2013: School Buses Break Down In Cold (Ashwaubenon, Wisconsin)
27. January 24, 2013: 4 School Buses Collide; Kids Sent To Hospital (Norfolk, Virginia)
29. January 30, 2013: School Bus Shootout Injured 1 Man (Dale County, Alabama)
30. February 12, 2013: School Bus Struck By Hit-And-Run Driver (Greensboro, North Carolina)
31. March 4, 2013: School Bus Wreck Kills 12 (Delhi, India)
32. March 12, 2012: Boy Pushes Girl Out Of Moving School Bus (Brooklyn, New York)
33. March 22, 2012: Bullies Burn Child On School Bus (Apache Junction, Arizona)
Random

1.7: School Bus Headlines
Prior to conducting a major false-flag terror operation against school busses, the public’s collective psyche must be saturated with conscious and unconscious references to school busses in order for school bus terror to not only seem more feasible, but to compound the terrorizing effects of the attack. Shocking school bus stories along with headlines containing words such as “strike”, “drug” and “fights”, ultimately program the public that school bus drivers are irresponsible, on drugs and reckless.

1. January 15, 2012: School Bus Drivers Announce Strike Plan (New York City, New York)
2. January 22, 2012: School Bus Driver Leaves Boy On Bus For Hours (Colorado Springs, Colorado)
3. February 13, 2012: School Bus Driver Who Flunked Drug Test Can Keep Job (Albany, New York)
4. March 19, 2013: School Bus Driver Fights Suspension For Talking On Phone (Broward County, Florida)

2. School Bus Thefts:

2.1: The Stolen School Buses

Generally, vehicles own by the U.S. government are outfitted with GPS tracking systems and/or anti-theft devices. Despite this fact, a majority of the 44 stolen school buses since 2007 have never been recovered. These school buses will likely resurface at random locations throughout America driven by Israeli Mossad members with very bad intentions. Although the potential school bus terror scenarios are endless, kidnaping, hostage taking, gun related violence, or explosives sewn into the underbelly of the buses are the most likely scenarios. The latter terror scenario was witnessed on July 7, 2005, when the double-decker buses targeted in the London 7/7 terror attacks clearly showed signs that the explosion came from beneath the floor of the bus rather than from a passenger on the bus. In order to gain an upper hand and circumvent the normal school bus drivers and standard protocols, thousands of school bus radios have been stolen in order to allow the “terrorists” to stay one step ahead of school and law enforcement officials.

School Bus Related Thefts:

1. May 23, 2005: 2,000 School Bus Digital Two-Way Radios Stolen (Los Angeles, California)
2. August 27, 2007: 17 School Buses Stolen (Houston, Texas)
3. December 13, 2011: Stolen School Bus Found In Arkansas (Nashville, Tennessee)
4. January 20, 2012: 8 School Buses Stolen (St. Louis & Jefferson County, Missouri)
5. January 20, 2012: 3 School Buses Stolen from Parking Lot (Kingsland, Georgia)
6. January 21, 2012: 3 School Buses Stolen (Camden County, Florida)
7. March 11, 2012: Police Chase Man In Stolen School Bus (Albuquerque, New Mexico)
8. September 24, 2012: School Bus Driver Steals School Bus (Rochester Hills, Michigan)
9. October 18, 2012: Schools Bus Stolen School Bus Driver’s Home (Jefferson County, Texas)
10. October 23, 2012: School Bus Batteries Stolen, Twice (Douglass, Kansas)
11. December 6, 2012: 2 Dozen School Bus Radios Stolen (Ripley, West Virginia)
12. March 8, 2013: 8 School Buses Stolen, Allegedly Scrapped (Chicago, Illinois)
13. March 14, 2013: School Bus Stolen From Storage Lot (Windsor, Ontario)

3. School Bus Terror Locations:

3.1: Potential School Bus Terror Locations
With schools in almost every city, county and state in America, it is impossible to know exactly when and where school bus terror will take place. That being said, there are certain locations that are more likely to be targeted than other simply based on the fact that they have already suffered high-profile school bus related violence, school bus thefts and disturbing news in respect to local government officials.

School Bus Terror Locations
:

1. Chicago
2. Tri-State Area (New York, New Jersey, Connecticut)
3. Florida
4. The South (Alabama, Georgia, Mississippi)

3.2: Chicago, Illinois
Although Chicago has only suffered two major school bus terror related incidents, it is the #1 school bus terror target for the following reasons: On September 7, 2012, it was reported that a Chicago school bus had been hit by gunfire. To date, this is only one of two events in respect to school busses whereby an actual school bus was hit by gunfire. Six months later on March 8, 2013, it was reported that 8 school buses had been stolen from a school bus lot in Chicago. Aside from being Obama’s hometown, the city of Chicago is run by Zionist Mayor Rahm Emanuel, the son of an Israeli terrorist.

3.3: Chicago Blood Sacrifice?
On January 29, 2013, Hadiya Pendleton, 15-year girl, was killed in a park close to the Obamas’ home on Chicago’s South Side. Coincidentally, the Chicago native was killed shortly after returning home from performing during the inauguration of President Obama. This has led to speculation that Hadiya was murdered in ritualistic blood sacrifice prior to a major school bus terror attack in Chicago. Roughly a week later on February 7, 2013, it was reported that Michelle Obama had attended the funeral for the slain girl, raising further suspicion about the girl’s murder.

3.4: The Tri-State Area 
The Tri-State Area of New York, New Jersey and Connecticut has suffered the most individual incidents of school and bus related terror events and headlines: On December 14, 2012, it was reported that a massacre had occurred at Sandy Hook elementary school killing 20 children in Newtown, Connecticut. A day later on January 15, 2012, it was reported that New York City school bus drivers had announce a strike plan. The next day on January 16, 2013, it was reported that school girls had severely beaten a woman at a bus stop in New Windsor, New York. A month later on February 13, 2012, it was reported that a school bus driver who had allegedly flunked a drug test was allowed to keep his job in Albany, New York. A month later on March 12, 2012, it was reported that a boy had pushes a girl out of a moving school bus in Brooklyn, New York. Eight months later on November 28, 2012, it was reported that a bus crash had killed a 6-year-old in Nassau County, New York. Two months later on January 10, 2013, it was reported that a school bus and a commuter bus had crashed, injuring 2 in Amboy, New Jersey. Two months later on March 16, 2013, it was reported that a NYC-bound bus had been evacuated after a cockroach infestation. Keep in mind that the Mayor of New York City is Michael Bloomberg, a Zionist and an outspoken anti-gun advocate who would undoubtedly green-light a school bus terror attack in order to further demonize gun owning Americans.

3.5: Florida
Second only to the New York Tri-State Area, the state of Florida has suffered the most overall incidents of school and bus related terror events and headlines: On January 21, 2012, it was reported that 3 school buses were stolen in Camden County, Florida. Nine months later on October 26, 2012, it was reported that a school bus driver had been accused of kicking a girl on his bus in Tampa, Florida. A month later on November 15, 2012, it was reported that a school bus was the scene of a brutal beating in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Five days later on November 20, 2012, it was reported that a school bus shooting had left 1 dead in Miami, Florida. To date, this is only one of two events in respect to school busses whereby an actual school bus was hit by gunfire. Later that month on November 22, 2012, it was reported that a school bus driver who had choked a boy on his bus had been fired in Broward County, Florida. A few weeks later on December 1, 2012, it was reported that a bus crash at Miami International Airport had resulted in the deaths of 2 people while injuring 3 more. Three months later on March 3, 2013, it was reported that a student was suspended after disarming a gunman at his school in Fort Meyers, Florida. Later that month on March 19, 2013, it was reported that a school bus driver was fighting suspension after getting caught talking to her son in the Marines on her cell phone in Broward County, Florida.

3.6: The South
Combined, the Southern states of American have suffered the most overall incidents of school and bus related terror events and headlines: States such as Alabama, Georgia, Kentucky, Missouri, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Texas have all experienced severe and shocking school and bus related terror events. Interestingly, Mississippi has experienced no school related violence but five of their elected state officials have died in the last 5 months potentially foreshadowing that school bus terror in Mississippi is on the horizon.

3.7: Five Mississippi Legislators Killed
On March 25, 2013, it was reported that Mississippi State Representative Jessica Upshaw had been likely suicided. Upshaw was the fifth legislator from Mississippi to die in as many months. The other four deceased lawmakers include two State Representatives and two State Senators, all of which allegedly died of natural causes. It would appear that something very tragic is about to happen in Mississippi and someone is attempting to wipe out any opposition beforehand.

3.8: Unexplained Mississippi Murders
On March 26, 2013, a day after the death of Jessica Upshaw was reported, Mississippian authorities stated that 1 teenager and 2 adults were found murdered in their home in Northern Mississippi. According to the report, Lee County Sheriff Jim Johnson stated that, “there is someone on the loose that is causing harm to people”.

4. Bus Terror:

4.1: Bus Related Terror

Complementing the numerous incidents of school bus terror, school bus thefts and school bus headlines, are a host of bus accidents, bus attacks and bus disasters that are quickly reaching a crescendo. Like school bus terror, bus terror is committed to psychologically program the public that buses are unsafe and vulnerable to attack.

History of Bus Terror:

1. November 28, 2012: Bus Crash In Kills 6-year-Old (Nassau County, New York)
2. November 29, 2012: Saints Bus Egged At Atlanta Airport (Atlanta, Georgia)
3. December 1, 2012: Bus Crashes At Airport; 2 Dead, 3 Injured (Miami, Florida)
4. December 9, 2012: Bus Attacked, Torched; 2 Dead (Sao Paulo, Brazil)
5. December 19, 2012: 11-Year-Old Hit, Killed At Bus Stop (Kernersville, North Carolina)
6. December 29, 2012: Bus Explosion Kills 6, Wounds Dozens (Karachi, Pakistan)
7. December 31, 2012: Charter Bus Skids On Ice, Kills 9 (Pendleton, Oregon)
8. January 1, 2013: Bus Ambush Kill 5 Teachers, 2 Others (Khyber, Pakistan)
9. January 1, 2013: Bus Fire Kills Dog In Day Care Bus (South Burlington, Vermont)
10. January 1, 2013: Woman Stabbed Onboard Metrobus (Washington D.C.)
11. January 10, 2013: Car Explodes Near Bus (Tel Aviv, Israel)
14. January 10, 2013: Bus & School Bus Crash; 2 Critically Injured (Amboy, New Jersey)
15. January 12, 2013: Bus Plunges Off Cliff; 30 Dead (Kathmandu, Nepal)
16. January 21, 2013: Bus Collides With Truck Kills 14 (Cairo, Egypt)
17. January 27, 2013: Bus Falls Into Ravine; 10 Dead And 33 Injured (Castelo Branco, Portugal)
18. February 3, 2013: Bus Hits Overpass Injuring 34 People (Boston, Massachusetts)
19. February 4, 2013: Tour Bus Crashes Killing At Least 7 (Los Angeles, California)
20. February 4, 2013: Bus Crash Kills At Least 22 Migrant Laborers (Al Ain, UAE)
21. February 9, 2013: Bus With Soccer Fans Careens Off Road Killing 12 (Santiago, Chili)
22. February 10, 2013: Bus With Pilgrims Runs Off Bridge Killing 16 (Cox’s Bazar, Bangladesh)
23. February 27, 2013: Bus With Maine Basketball Team Crashes (Boston, Massachusetts)
24. March 8, 2013: Greyhound Bus Hits Pedestrian (Birmingham, Alabama)
25. March 15, 2013: Bus Overturns Killing 9 (Beirut, Lebanon)
26. March 15, 2013: Bus Veers Off Road Killing At Least 24 (Cape Town, South Africa)
27. March 16, 2013: Bus Plunges Into Ravine Killing 27 (Kohistan, Pakistan)
28. March 16, 2013: NYC-Bound Bus Evacuated After Roach Infestation (New York, New York)
29. March 16, 2013: Bus Crash Kills 14 Palestinian Pilgrims And Driver (Amman, Jordan)
30. March 16, 2013: Bus Crash Kills Pregnant University Lacrosse Coach (Pennsylvania)
31. March 18, 2013: Bus Plunges Into Ravine Killing 13, Injuring 15 (Yunnan, China)
32. March 18, 2013: Bomb On A Bus Kills 4 (Baghdad, Iraq)
33. March 19, 2013: Bus Plunges Into Jagbudi River Killing 37 (Ratnagiri, Pakistan)

5. History of School Terror:

5.1: School Terror History
After the School Bus Terror Plot is exposed, there is a real possibility that another Columbine or Sandy Hook may be staged in its place. Based on the history of state-sponsored terrorism in the United States, it appears that most if not all of the following documented school related terror events are either acts of state sponsored terror or staged media events with the collective goal of terrorizing the American populace. In order to provide cover for the high-profile acts of school terror, numerous amounts of irrelevant gun/terror related events must occur in and around schools just prior to and after high-profile acts of state sponsored school terror. These terror tremors and aftershocks ultimately exist to convince the public that the horrific acts of school terror are in fact a natural phenomenon.

History of School Terror Since December 14, 2012:

1. December 14, 2012: Sandy Hook Massacre; 20 Children Killed (Newtown, Connecticut)
2. December 14, 2012: School Knife Attack; 22 Kids Killed (Chengping, China)
3. January 2, 2013: “Batman” Massacre Threat Closes School (Giles County, Virginia)
4. January 9, 2013: Middle School Student Brings Loaded Gun To School (Mobile, Alabama)
5. January 10, 2013: 1 Student Shot, Wounded At High School (Taft, California)
6. January 15, 2013: Twin Explosions University Kill More Than 80 (Aleppo, Syria)
7. January 15, 2013: Gunman Shoots College Administrator, Himself (St. Louis, Missouri)
8. January 15, 2013: 28 Students Hospitalized For Carbon Monoxide Poisoning (Nashville, Tennessee)
9. January 16, 2013: 2 Reported Dead In Shooting At College (Hazard, Kentucky)
10. January 17, 2013: Gun Found In 7-Year-Old’s Backpack School (New York, New York)
11. January 22, 2013: 3 Hurt After Two Gunmen Exchange Fire On Campus (Houston, Texas)
12. January 25, 2013: Student Caught Carrying Loaded Gun Into School (Detroit, Michigan)
13. January 29, 2013: Toy Gun Prompts Bronx School Lock-Down (Bronx, New York)
14. January 31, 2013: Student Shot In Head In School Shooting (Atlanta, Georgia)
15. February 3, 2013: High School Coach Shoots Attackers Outside School (Detroit, Michigan)
16. February, 4, 2013: Student Commits Suicide Inside School Bathroom (Coweta, Oklahoma)
17. February 20, 2013: Texas A&M Stadium Evacuated After Bomb Threat (College Station, Texas)
18. February 23, 2013: MIT Campus Lockdown After Report Of Gunman (Cambridge, Massachusetts)
19. February 27, 2013: Gunman Shoots Student At  CCU Campus (Conway, South Carolina)